The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
“ ' >* to H U N T ’S MERCHANTS’ MAGAZINE. MAY, 1 847. Art, I.— THE PROGRESS OF WEALTH IN MASSACHUSETTS, FROM 1790 TO 1840. I t is the object of this article to exhibit the progress of wealth in Massachusetts, during the fifty years from 1790 to 1840, as deduced from the six State Valuations, taken at intervals of ten years each. These valua tions have the legislative sanction of the General Court, and are the basis of apportionment of all State taxation for the ten years following. They are prepared from the returns furnished by the assessors of the several towns and districts, and are intended to embrace all the taxable property of the Commonwealth. They may be relied upon as sufficiently correct for the purposes of comparison, or of showing the progress of wealth during these fifty years ; at least they furnish the nearest approximation we have to the true amount of wealth in the State. Certain items of property are exempted from taxation, and of course are not included in these aggregates of valuation,—such as the property of the United States, of incorporated literary institutions, &c., (Revised Statutes, pp. 75, 76,) so that, at each valuation, the amount, on this account, proba bly falls short of the real amount by at least 1 or 2 per cent. By the Constitution of Massachusetts, (ch. I. sec. 1,) it is provided that, “ while the public charges of government, or any part thereof, shall be assessed on polls and estates, in the manner that has hitherto been prac tised, in order that such assessments may be made with equality, there shall be a valuation of estates within the Commonwealth, taken anew once in every ten years at least, and as much oftener as the General Court shall order.” In the first four valuations, the income value of the property, which is in tended to be 6 per cent of the true value, appears in the returns, and is adopted as the basis of State taxation. In the following tables and views, the income value is reduced to the true value, in order to make the com parison at different epochs. 436 The Progress o f Wealth in Massachusetts. TABLE I. Exhibiting the Value o f the Rateable or Taxable Property in Massachusetts, according to the State Valuations, at six epochs, by Counties as now constituted. 1810. Counties. Income value. True value. Income value. Suffolk....... $359,747 07 $5,995,784 50 $811,946 Essex......... 442,228 93 7,370,482 16§ 867,877 484,767 Middlesex. 328,637 49 5,477,291 50 Worcester.. 386,673 05 6,444,550 83} 545,151 Hampshire. 114,422 86 1,907,047 66§ 154,807 Hampden... 111,773 06 1,862,884 33} 148,200 Franklin..... 102,952 02 1,715,867 00 161,568 Berkshire... 157,389 54 2,623,159 00 207,937 Norfolk...... 198,596 94 3,309,949 00 285,757 Bristol........ 161,346 04 2,689,100 66§ 234,434 Plymouth... 193,274 41 3,221,240 16f 263,503 Barnstable. 858,866 16f 89,282 51,531 97 23,219 Dukes......... 259,572 661 15,574 36 N antucket. 45,488 17,313 20 288,553 33} True value. Income value. 12 $13,532,435 33}$1,297,132 18 17 14,464,619 50 1,059,319 69 8,079,453 66 § 22 632,853 97 52 9,085,858 66§ 701,312 75 2,580,129 83} 79 213,608 24 64 2,470,010 6 6 | 211,101 46 2,692,801 83! 210,239 55 11 3,465,630 00 275,425 38 80 4,762,626 00 373,037 85 56 321,036 24 87 3,907,247 83J 315,863 87 72 4,391,728 66} 1,488,046 50 79 114,821 14 63 386,993 83} 24,974 21 16 758,136 00 126,268 48 2,641,460 94 44,024,349 00 4,323,943 10 72,065,718 33} 5,876,995 01 TABLE I . CONTINUED. 1820. 1810. Counties. T rue value Suffolk...... 21,618,869 E ssex....... 17,655,328 Middlesex. 10,547,566 Worcester.. 11,688,545 Hampshire 3,560,137 Hampden. 3,518,357 Franklin... 3,503,992 Berkshire . 4,590,423 Norfolk..... 6,217,297 Bristol....... 5,350,604 Plymouth . 5,264,397 Barnstable. 1,913,685 416,236 Dukes....... Nantucket. 2,104,474 Income value. 66*3,602,737 16 1,267,794 16 793,167 83 848,840 33 260,000 66 270,638 50 258,082 00 316,671 50 467,260 00 390,154 83 375,161 66 143,129 29,072 83 66 190,000 93 25 00 19 no 20 39 76 16 79 12 56 93 00 1850. 1840. T rue value True value 60,045,632 21,129,904 13,219,450 14,147,336 4,333,333 4,510,636 4,301,373 5,277,862 7,787,669 6,502,579 6,252,685 2,385,492 484,548 3,166,666 16* 80,244,261 16 24,335,935 00 21,678,604 50 21,166,640 33 5,603,255 66 6,548,342 16 5,452,300 66 6,744,648 33 10,229,111 83 11,346,936 33 7,576,932 66 3,500,000 83 534,166 66 3,895,288 T rue value. 25 110,000,000 00 57 31,111,204 00 00 37,593,082 00 69 29,804,316 00 87 7,298,351 00 20 10,188,423 71 00 6,548,694 00 34 9,546,926 76 09 15,522,527 00 33 19,493,694 84 06 10,694.719 00 00 4,896,683 00 75 1,107,343 00 40 6,074,374 00 $97,949,916 83 9,212,710 28 153,545,171 33 208,856,422 55 299,880,338 31 From the next table it appears that the proportions of the wealth in the several counties were very different at the six epochs. We have given in Table III. the proportions of the population in the several counties, in order that the reader may easily compare the wealth with the population in the several counties at those epochs. TABLE II. Exhibiting the Proportions per cent o f the Wealth o f Massachusetts in the several Counties according to the six State Valuations. 1780. 1800. 1810. 1820. 1880. 1840. Suffolk.............. Essex................ Middlesex....... W orcester........ Hampshire....... Hampden......... Franklin........... Berkshire.......... Norfolk............. 13.62 18.78 22.07 16.74 20.07 18.03 12.44 11.21 10.77 14.64 12.61 11.93 4.34 3.58 3.64 3.43 4.24 3.59 3.74 3.58 3.89 5.96 4.81 4.69 7.52 6.61 6.35 39.11 13.76 8.61 9.21 2.82 2.94 2.80 3.44 5.07 38.42 11.65 10.38 10.14 2.68 3.14 2.61 3.22 4.90 36.68 11.37 12.54 9 94 2.43 3.40 2.18 3.18 5.18 Increase or decrease. In 50years. In 20years. 1790-1840. 1820-40. + 23.06 — 5.37 + 0.10 — 4.70 — 1.91 — 0.84 — 1.71 — 2.78 — 2.34 * The fractions of a cent in these columns, are omitted for want of room. —2.43 —2.39 + 3.93 + 0.73 —0.39 + 0.46 —0.62 —0.26 +0.11 437 The Progress o f Wealth in Massachusetts. TABLE H. COKTINUED. Bristol............... Plymouth......... Barnstable....... Dukes............... Nantucket....... 6.11 7.31 1.95 0.59 0.65 5.42 6.09 2.06 0.54 1.05 5.46 5.36 1.95 0.43 2.15 4.24 4.07 1.55 0.32 2.06 5.43 3.63 1.68 0.26 1.86 6.50 3 57 1.63 0.37 1.03 + 0.39 3.74 — 0.32 — 0.22 + 0.38 +2.26 —0.50 + 0.08 + 0.05 — 1.03 It appears from Table II. that the increase of wealth in Suffolk county, in relation to that in the whole Commonwealth, was greatly increased du ring the 50 years, but this relative increase was wholly during the first 30 years, while there was a relative decrease during the last 20 years. This increase in Suffolk, during the last 50 years, was at the relative expense of all the other counties, except Middlesex, Bristol, and Nantucket. TABLE IU. Exhibiting the Proportions per cent o f the Population o f Massachusetts in the several Counties, according to the six United States Censuses. Increase or decrease. In 50 years. In 20 years. Counties. Suffolk............... Essex................. Middlesex.......... Worcester.......... Hampshire....... . Hampden.......... Franklin........... Berkshire.......... Norfolk............. . Bristol............... . Plymouth.......... . Barnstable......... Dukes............... . N antucket........ 1790. 1800. 1810, 1820. 1810. 1810. 1790-1840. 1820-40. 4.96 7.28 8.40 10.18 12.98 +8.02 6.1 0 + 4.58 15.29 11.28 15.00 4.97 5.07 5.74 7.98 6.30 8.37 8.38 4.58 14.47 11.10 14.47 5.41 5.55 0.86 1.22 6.22 7.96 6.44 8.01 7.64 4.56 0.74 1.33 15.23 11.18 13.75 5.20 5.17 5.81 7.58 6.62 7.88 7.45 4.71 0.70 1.44 14.26 11.75 14.07 5.06 5.35 5.62 6.80 6.97 7.82 7.29 4.59 0.63 1.39 13.57 12.77 13.82 4.96 5.18 4.85 6.18 6.88 8.13 7.05 4.61 0.58 1.18 12.89 14.44 12.92 4.19 5.06 3.91 5.66 7.20 8.16 6.42 4.41 0.54 1.22 —2.40 + 3.16 —2.08 —0.78 —0.01 — 1.83 —2.32 + 0.90 —0.21 — 1.96 —0.17 —0.32 0.00 — 1.37 +2.69 — 1.15 —0.87 —0.29 — 1.71 — 1.14 + 0.23 + 0.34 —0.87 —0-18 —0.09 —0.17 The changes in the proportions of the population, during the 50 years, were somewhat different from those of the wealth. The proportions of the wealth in only three counties, Suffolk, Middlesex, and Norfolk, were in creased. TABLE IV. Exhibiting the average amount o f Wealth among the Inhabitants o f Massachusetts, at six epochs, by Counties. Increase or decrease. 50 years. 20 years. 1790. 1800. 1810. 1820. 1850. 1810. 1790-1810.1820-10. Suffolk....... $319 06 $524 79 $628 80$1,366 53$1,290 86$1,148 54 $829 48 $217 99 283 03 293 70 327 53 200 27 Essex......... 127 26 236 36 245 59 44 50 352 61 224 45 137 57 215 04 278 06 Middlesex.. 12816 172 16 199 80 192 15 250 92 312 69 199 25 120 54 Worcester.. 113 44 148 48 180 07 163 60 236 21 134 90 185 20 Hampshire. 10131 112 74 144 99 72 61 160 97 206 97 272 66 175 60 111 69 97 06 105 28 144 07 Hampden.. 146 21 184 01 227 29 78 91 102 38 127 78 148 38 Franklin.... 81 08 226 30 139 48 Berkshire... 86 82 102 92 128 27 148 37 178 87 77 93 243 71 292 10 153 49 213 53 Norfolk...... 138 61 174 99 198 98 78 57 158 95 228 80 324 00 239 20 165 05 Bristol........ . 84 80 11532 143 95 176 02 225 75 124 27 163 95 Plymouth... 101 48 135 95 149 68 61 80 122 74 77 12 8615 99 28 150 44 100 95 Barnstable . 49 49 51 16 147 18 151 88 279 77 100 27 132 59 Dukes........ . 79 50 124 11 126 51 540 86 674 03 612 58 238 22 435 81 Nantucket. . 62 45 134 97 309 16 $116 22 $170 43 $207 50 $293 42 $342 15 $406 50 $290 28 $113 08 i 438 The Progress o f Wealth in Massachusetts. It appears from this (IV.) table that the average amount of wealth among the inhabitants of all the counties, was greater at each later epoch than at the preceding, with the exception of Suffolk, from 1620 to 1840. TABLE V. Exhibiting the Increase o f Wealth in Massachusetts, according to the State Valuations, by Counties. Counties. Suffolk.... Essex....... Middlesex Worcester. Hampshire Hampden.. Franklin.. Berkshire. Norfolk.... Bristol...... Plymouth. Barnstable. Dukes...... Nanlucket 1790-1800. $7,536,650 7,094,137 2,602,162 2,641,307 673,082 607,126 976,934 842,471 1,452,677 1,218,147 1,170,488 629,180 127,421 469,582 83$ 33$ 16§ 83$ 1E§ 33$ 83$ 00 00 16$ 50 33$ 16$ 66$ 1810-20. 1800-10. $8,086,434 3,190,708 2,468,112 2,602,687 980,007 1,048,347 811,190 1,124,793 1,454,671 1,443,356 872,G69 425,639 29,243 1,346,338 1820—30. 33$ $38,426,762 50 $20,198,629 08$ 3,474,576 00 3,206,031 40$ 66? 8,459,154 00 50 2,671,883 83$ 7,019,304 19 16? 2,458,790 66? 1,269,922 53$ 50 773,196 00 2,037,705 53$ 00 992,279 00 1,150,926 83$ 66? 797,380 66? 1,466,785 67$ 00 687,439 66? 2,441,441 75? 50 1,570,371 83$ 16? 4,844,356 49$ 1,151,975 83$ 1,324,246 m 16? 988,287 50 1,114,507 33$ 16? 471,807 00 00 49,617 91? 68,312 00 728,621 73$ 66? 1,062,192 00 $28,041,369 33$ $25,884,198 50 $55,595,254 50 $55,311,251 21? TAELE V. CONTINUED. Counties. Suffolk,.............. Essex................... Middlesex........... W orcester........... Hampshire........... Hampden............. Franklin............... Berkshire............. Norfolk................. Bristol................... Plymouth............. Dukes................... Barnstable........... Nantucket........... 1830— 40. $29,755,738 6,775,268 15,914,478 8,637,675 1,695,095 3,640,081 1,096,394 2,802,278 5,293,415 8,146,758 3,117,786 1,396,683 573,176 2,179,085 1820-40. 1790—1840. 75 43 00 31 13 51 00 42 91 51 94 00 25 GO $91,023,915 76 $104,004,215 23,740,721 32,115,790 23,359,765 5.391,303 8,325,539 4,832.827 6,923,767 12,212,578 16,804,594 7,473,478 4,037,816 847,770 5,785,820 50 83$ 50 16? 33$ 37$ 00 76 00 17$ 83$ 83$ 33$ 66? $255,855,989 31 $49,954,367 9,981.299 24,373,632 15,656,979 2,965,017 5,677,787 2,247,320 4,269,064 7,734,857 12,991,115 4,442,033 2,511,190 622,794 2,907,707 83$ 83$ 00 50 66? 04$ 83$ 09$ 66? 00? 66? 33$ 16$ 33$ $146,335,166 97? TABLE VI. Exhibiting the Proportions per cent o f the Increase o f the Wealth in Massachusetts, by Counties. Counties. 1790-1800. 1800-10. 1810-20. 131.49 Suffolk......... 125.69 58.64 22.05 Essex........... 96.25 1968 30.54 Middlesex.... 47.50 25.33 28.64 21.03 W orcester... 40.98 21.71 Hampshire.. 35.29 37.98 Hampden..... 28.20 37.95 42.44 Franklin...... 30.12 22.75 56.93 Berkshire.... 32.11 32.45 14.97 Norfolk........ 30.54 25.25 43.88 36.94 21.52 Bristol........... 45.29 Plym outh.... 36.33 19.87 18.75 Barnstable... 28.60 24.65 73.25 Dukes........... 49.08 7.55 16.41 Nantucket... 162.73 177.58 50.47 63.69 35.91 56.75 1820— 30. 1830-40. 1790-1840. 1820-40. 33.63 15.64 63.99 49.61 29.30 45.17 26.75 27.79 31.35 74.49 21.17 46.72 10.24 23.00 37.08 27.84 73.41 40.80 30.25 55.58 20.14 41.54 51.74 71.79 41.14 39.90 10.73 55.94 1,734.62 322.10 586.34 362.47 282.70 446.91 281.65 263.94 368.96 624.91 232.00 470.14 326.60 2,005.11 83.19 47.23 184.37 110.67 68.42 125.87 52.24 80.88 99.32 199.78 71.04 105.26 128.52 91.82 36.02 43.58 581.16 95.31 X The Progress o f Wealth in Massachusetts. 439 Tabic VI. shows that while there has been an increase of the wealth in all the counties, this increase has been very different in the several counties. By comparing this table with the next, (VII.,) we perceive that the increase of wealth in the counties has been very different from, and much greater than that of the population, during every period, and in every county, except Suffolk, from 1820 to 1840. In that county, during these 20 years, though there was an absolute increase of wealth, its proportional increase was less than that of the population. During 20 years, from 1820 to 1840, the increase of wealth in all the counties, was 95.31 per cent, while that of the population was only 40.97 per cent, considerably less than half. During the 50 years, the increase of wealth was over sixfold, while that of the population was not doubled. The average increase to each person was nearly three-fold, from $116.22 to $406.50. (Table IV.) The increase of the wealth of the State has been unequal in the several decennial periods, as will be seen by inspecting Tables V. and VI. It was the greatest from 1790 to 1800, a period distinguished by wars in Europe, in consequence of which the commercial part of the community derived great benefit from a neutral commerce. This increase is particu larly manifest in those towns that were engaged in commerce and naviga tion, as Boston, Salem, Beverly, New Bedford, Nantucket, &c. It will be perceived that the absolute increase of wealth during the 50 years, was $255,855,989.31, of which $146,335,166.9 7 |, or about threefifths of the whole, was during the last twenty years, and is to be referred to manufactures ; while, during the preceding 30 years, the amount was only $109,520,822,331, or about two-fifths of the whole. The rate of in crease, however, during the period of 20 years, from 1790 to 1810, when the increase of wealth was owing chiefly to commerce, it being 122.48 per cent, was greater than during the last 20 years, in which the increase was owing mostly to manufactures. The increase from 1800 to 1820 was 113.06 per cent. The increase of wealth in Boston, from 1790 to 1810, was 260.56 per cent; from 1790 to 1820, 901.46 per cent; and from 1820 to 1840, only 83.9 per cent. TABLE VII. E xhibiting the Increase per cent o f the Population o f Massachusetts, according to the United States Censuses, by Counties. Counties. Suffolk........... Essex............. M iddlesex__ W orcester.... Hampshire..... Hampden....... Franklin......... Berkshire....... Norfolk........... Bristol............ Plymouth....... Barnstable .... Dukes............. N antucket.... 1790-1800. 1800-10. 1810-20. 1820-90. 1810-10. 1790-1840. 1820-40. 37.21 5.66 9.80 7.72 21.58 22.24 20.95 11.44 13.97 6.84 1.77 11.17 —4.19 21.58 33.33 17.47 12.48 6.07 7.28 4.08 4.26 6.2S 14.80 9.70 9.18 15.12 5.51 21.18 27.80 3.84 16.44 13.42 7.87 14.74 7.28 —0.60 16.72 10.06 8.43 8.17 0.00 6.74 41.47 10.98 26.80 14 57 14.29 12.91 0.72 6.31 15.08 21.22 12.86 18.67 6 83 —0.88 54.06 14.63 36.74 12.99 2.12 18.10 —2.76 10.71 26.60 21.31 10.05 14.14 12.53 25.13 409.64 64.01 149.45 67.78 64 12 94.68 32.51 38.16 122.54 89.74 49.25 87.55 21.22 95.06 117.96 27.23 73.43 29.45 16.64 33.34 —2.05 17.38 45.70 47.07 24.22 35.46 20.23 24.02 11.63 11.63 10.85 16.64 20.85 94.75 40.97 440 The Progress o f Wealth in Massachusetts, TABLE VIII. E xhibiting the Wealth o f Six Towns in Massachusetts, according to six State Valuations. 1790. $5,854,053 1,344,212 259,747 158,545 291,205 288,553 Salem..................................... Charlestown.......................... Chelmsford and Lowell....... New Bedford and Fairhaven Nantucket............................. 66§ 50 00 831 16! 33! 1800. - $13,377,779 4,346,526 731,043 196,935 722,185 758,136 .33J 83* 16! 00 66? 00 $20,132,606 00 $8,196,317 50 1810. $21,456,960 5,459,353 1,281,173 210,996 1,566,615 2,104,474 00 66| 16§ 33! 83J 66! $32,079,573 6 6 | TABLE VIII.— CONTINUED. 1820. $59,759,466 8,115,597 1,848,608 266,566 2,188,427 3,176,666 Boston.................................... Salem..................................... Charlestown.......................... Chelmsford and Lowell....... New Bedford and Fairhaven Nantucket.............................. 1830. 66§ 33J 00 33! 16| 66§ $80,000,000 8,515,091 2,441,167 2,757,039 3,960,817 3,895,288 1810. 00 75 00 00 15 40 $75,345,332 16§ $101,569,403 30 $109,304,218 10,218,109 4,033,176 10,604,336 7,697,291 6,074,374 50 00 39 90 30 00 $147,931,506 09 TABLE IX. Exhibiting the Increase o f Wealth, and the Proportions o f Increase in Six Towns in Massachusetts, according to six State Valuations. I. AMOUNT OF INCREASE. 1790-1800. Boston................... §>7,523,725 Salem.................... 3,002,314 471,296 Charlestown......... Chelmsford,Lowell 38,389 N.Bed ford, Fairh’n 430,980 469,582 Nantucket............ 1800-10. 6fi§ $7,079,180 33i 1,112,826 16'§ 550,130 14,061 16? 844,430 50 66§ 1,346,338 1810-20. 1820-80. 6C| $38,302,506 6C§ $20,240,533 83J 2,656,243 66§ 399,494 00 567,434 83J 592,559 33J 55,570 00 2,490,472 16§ 621,811 33-i 1,772,389 66f 1,062,192 00 728,621 33$ 41f 00 66| 98J 73J $11,936,288 50 $11,946,967 6 6 | $43,265,758 50 $26,224,071 13! AMOUNT OF INCREASE— CONTINUED. 1830-40. Boston.................................. S alem .................................. Charlestown........................ Chelmsford &. Lowell....... New Bedford & Fairhaven N antucket........................... $29,304,218 1,703,017 1,592,009 7,847,297 3,736,474 2,179,085 50 25 39 90 15 60 $46,362,102 79 1790-1840. 1820-40. $103,450,164 83J 8,873,896 50 3,773,429 39 10,445,791 0£§ 7,406,086 13J 5,785,820 66f $49,544,751 83! 2,102,511 661 2,184,568 39 10,337,770 56§ 5,508,864 13J 2,907,707 33J $139,735,188 59 $72,586,173 92J TABLE IX. CONTINUED.— II. PROPORTIONS PER CENT OF INCREASE. Boston......................... Salem .......................... Charlestown................ Chelmsford & Lowell. N.Bedford&Fairhaven Nantucket.................... 1790-1800. 1800-10. 1810-20. 1820-30. 1830-10. 1790-1810. 1820-10. 128.52 223.35 181.44 24.21 147.99 162.83 60.39 27.90 75.25 7.14 116.92 177.58 178.50 48.65 43.82 26.33 39.69 50.47 145.62 59.28 134.87 33.86 36.33 1,765.15 82.90 4.92 19.99 660.15 25.90 32.05 65.21 1,452.72 118.17 934.27 284.62 6,588.49 3,878.12 80.98 94.33 2,543.25 251.72 22.97 55.94 2,005.11 92.13 34.80 45.64 1,704.85 96.33 The Progress o f Wealth in Massachusetts. 441 The whole increase of the wealth of the State, from 1790 to 1840, was §255,855,989.31, which is nearly six times $44,024,349, the whole value in 1790. The amount of increase in three towns, (Table VIII.,) namely, Boston, Chelmsford, including Lowell, and Salem, was $122,769,852.40, or half of the whole increase within $5,158,142,251. If we take the six towns in this table, we perceive that their increase was $11,807,193.93^, more than half of the whole increase. There was, indeed, an increase throughout the Commonwealth, but exceedingly various in the different towns. The increase of the wealth of the State, from 1820 to 1840, was $146,335,166.97§, one-half of which is $73,167,583.48f, which is only $581,409,561 more than the increase of the above six towns. During the 20 years from 1820 to 1840, there was a decided falling off in the proportion of wealth, and in the average amount per head among the inhabitants of Suffolk, constituted chiefly by Boston, (Tables II. and IV.,) though there was a large increase of the population of that county, {Table III.) This is the only county in which there was a decrease of wealth per head. It may seem, at first view, from the localities of wealth in 1840, that the people of Suffolk, on an average, were poorer, or possessed less wealth per head than they did 20 years before ; but it should be recol lected that a large portion of this increase of wealth, though located in other counties, as of railroads and manufacturing establishments, is the property of residents of Suffolk, to say nothing of the large amounts of capital which they have invested in similar enterprises out of this Com monwealth. Instead of becoming poorer on an average, we apprehend that the reverse has been the case, and that the inequality in the distribution of wealth was greatly increased, during this period, in favor of those who live in Suffolk. We apprehend that throughout the Commonwealth, in the progress of society, with the advance of manufactures, greater de pendence is a necessary consequence, and greater inequality of wealth a ■usual, if not invariable concomitant. It is the opinion of many that the proportion of real estate owners was, during this period, decreased, and especially that the proportion of unincumbered real estate was decreased. The amount of wealth in Massachusetts, in 1840, was $299,880,338.31, averaging to each individual, $406.50. Nearly six-sevenths of the whole amount is the increase of the last 50 years. This amount of wealth is the accumulation of over two centuries, and comprehends not merely the value of the soil, but the result of the toil and saving of the people during these centuries, together with what they and their fathers brought from abroad, or gained by commerce. The whole number of persons who have lived in Massachusetts during the 50 years from 1790 to 1840, is computed to be equivalent to 26,003,922 persons living one year, or 520,078 living through each year during the period. If we divide by 26,003,922, $255,855,989.31, the whole increase of wealth during the 50 years, according to the State valuations, we obtain $9.83 as the average annual increase to every individual that lived ; and $491.97 as the aggregate increase to the average number of persons liv ing during the 50 years. • The average amount of wealth to each individual in the Commonwealth, in 1840, was $406.50, having been increased to each person living, $290.28, or from $116.22, during the 50 years preceding. This amount of $406.50 per head, seems to be small, but in reality it is larger than the average is in almost any other State in the Union. We perceive 442 The Progress o f Wealth in Massachusetts. from this, that most o f the earnings o f a community are consumed in the year that is passing, and but little remains to be added to what was pos sessed the year before. The whole population of Massachusetts, in the year 1840, was 737,700, as follows :— W hite Males. W h ite Females. Census of 1840............................................... Under 15 years............................................... 15 years and upwards. 360,679 125,580 235,099 Colored Males. 368,351 122,260 T o tal W hites. 729,030 247,840 246,091 481,190 Colored Females. T otal Col’d. Census of 1840....................... Under 24 years....................... 4,654 2,027 4,016 1,958 8,670 3,985 24 years and upwards. 2,627 2,058 4,685 The value of the whole property of Massachusetts, in 1840, was $299,880,338.31, and the interest on that amount, per annum, is...... The number of white males, of 15 years of age and upwards, in 1840, was 235,099, whose aggregate of earnings, at $320 each, per annum, is....................................................................................................... The number of white females of 15 years of age and upwards, in 1840, was 246,091, whose aggregate of earnings, at $100 each, per annum, is....................................................................................................... The number of colored persons, of both sexes, over 24 years of age, in 1840, was 4,685, whose aggregate earnings, at $75 each, per an num, is................................................................................... $17,992,820 30 75,231,680 00 24,609,100 00 351,375 00 And we have, as the annual amount of income................................ $118,184,975 30 From which deduct, for the annual accumulation of wealth, according to the average accumulation for 50 years, at $9.83 per head, for 737,700 inhabitants...................................................................................... 7,251,590 00 And we have............................................................................................. $110,933,385 30 As the annual consumption of the people; which, divided by 737,700, the number of in habitants in 1840, gives $150.37 as the average annual amount for the support of an in dividual in Massachusetts. This amount of expenditure, or cost of living, $110,933,385.30, may be distributed somewhat as follows:— One-quarter, or 25 per cent of the whole, for rents or their equivalents $27,733,346 32J Aggregate amount of provisions, eatables and drinkables, at $1.25 per week, on an average, to each person............................................. 47,950,500 00 Aggregate value of clothing, at $30 per annum, on an average, to each person................................................................................................ 23,131,000 00 For education, charity, amusements, luxuries, &e.................................. 12,118,533 97 J T otal...............................................................................$110,933,385 30 The income, or productive value of all the property and industry of the people of Massachusetts, amounting to $118,184,975.30, indicates what is equivalent to a capital of $1,969,740,588.33, at interest at 6 per cent per annum ; of which sum only $299,880,338.31, or but little more than one-seventh part, is taxable property, while nearly six-sevenths ofthe whole is derived from the industry of the people of this Commonwealth, applied to the raw material, and aided by whatever there is of fertility in the soil. In fact, as a community, we are dependent for a living, and for the ordinary comforts of life, upon the continued industry of the people, not merely du ring the year, but during every week and day of the year. The Progress o f Wealth in Massachusetts. 443 As the population of Massachusetts has become more dense, and the manufactures have increased, the modes of living have changed, the de pendences of individuals upon each other for the. necessaries of life have multiplied, and a greater demand has shown itself for every species of pro perty to supply the wants of society. In this way, some items of property have greatly accumulated, and prices of real estate have greatly risen. Besides, the increase of dependences requires a greater amount of a circulating medium, which in turn inflates in some degree the value of property. To some extent, the State valuations, though furnished by the assessors of the several towns, and regularly increasing in every town, during every period, seem to be affected by the increase of a circulating medium, and by the increased amount of barter for the necessaries of life. By consulting the annual bank returns of this Commonwealth, we find that for the 18 years from 1803 to 1820, the average amount of bank capital, per annum, was $7,772,068, or $16 to each inhabitant, while for the 20 years from 1821 to 1840, it was $23,163,771.60, or $37 to each inhabitant. The proportion of population to bank circulation averaged as 1 to 4 during the 18 years, and as 1 to 11 during the 20 years. This increase in the banking capital was rendered necessary for the conveniences of the community, who formerly were chiefly engaged in agricultural pursuits, except those living on the seaboard ; but during the last twenty years, the agricultural interest has remained stationary, and the whole increase has been substantially of those engaged in manufactures. In a community where the currency is convertible into the precious metals, the prices of articles, or the value of property, will depend very much upon the amount of those metals on hand or at command, or sup posed to be so, as well as upon the numbers of those who seek the same property. But considering that there has been a uniform increase of wealth in every town, county, and range in this Commonwealth, during each decennial period, and an increase, too, depending upon causes well known, and having a certain proportionality to the number of inhabitants, the kind of their employment, and the general prosperity of the commu nity, we regard the six valuations, prepared from materials furnished by the assessors of over 300 towns, and which materials were sanctioned as substantially correct by the acquiescence of all the tax-payers of those towns, and published by authority of the Commonwealth, as not merely containing a very near approximation to the truth, but all which it is import ant to know, for comparing the wealth of the several parts of the Com monwealth, at six epochs, from 1790 to 1840. The increase of the wealth of Massachusetts, during the 50 years from 1790 to 1840 was nearly six-fold, or three times as great as that of the population. The increase of wealth was in every town, during every de cennial period; but very unequally, to be sure, in the several towns during some of the periods. It may, however, be doubted whether, notwith standing the increase of wealth, there has been an increase of the means of happiness; in other words, whether more happiness has been en joyed or prospectively secured to the people of this Commonwealth. This is certain, that important changes have taken place' in the habits of the people, and in the modes of living. It would be inter esting to inquire, for example, into the comparative number of land own ers, in 1790 and 1840, and the comparative freedom of real estate 444 The Progress o f Wealth in Massachusetts. from mortgages at those epochs, from which important inferences might be drawn, respecting the comparative inequality of wealth at those epochs among the mass of the people. The habits of the people have been essentially changed since 1790. We conclude this article by an extract from an article on the “ Banks of Massachusetts,” published in the February number of the Merchants’ Magazine for 1840, simply premising that the amount of manufactured articles, which, in 1836, was $86,282,616, with 117,352 hands employed, in 1845, nine years after, was $114,478,448, with 152,760 hands em ployed :— “ But it is the circulation in its relation to the habits and condition of the peo ple, to which we would particularly direct the attention. This has risen, during the period in question, from $1,565,189, in 1803, to $10,892,249 50, or been in creased seven-fold, and per head five-fold, in 1836. Its average, per head, for the thirty-seven years, has been $8 07, or more than double what it was in 1803. What does this increase of paper currency indicate and imply ? It implies a change in the habits and condition of the people. It implies that the greater amount of a paper currency (for we may suppose that the proportion of specie among the people has been, during the whole period, and is now, as great as it was in 1803) has been used in the way of trade—of buying and selling; that the people have come into the habit of buying more than they used to ; that they have come into the habit of living less within themselves; and that they have become more dependent upon others than they formerly were. “ It is well known that the habits of the mass of the people have greatly changed during this period, as is indicated by the currency alone. The value of the pro ducts of certain branches of industry in Massachusetts, for the year ending April 1,1837, was estimated at $86,282,616; and the hands employed, at 117,352—over a seventh part of the population. A large portion of this business has been created in the last thirty-seven years; in other words, a larger proportion of indi viduals was then employed, and a larger proportion of manufactured articles pro duced, than in 1803 ; and we presume that it is not materially different now from what it was three years ago. Thus the attention and labor of many have been diverted from other pursuits, especially agricultural, to various manufacturing pursuits, which have rendered them more dependent for the necessaries of life upon others, and also others more dependent upon them for manufactured articles, which at length have become necessaries to all. The people, formerly, wore homespun, now they wear factory and imported cloths and silks; formerly, they subsisted chiefly upon provisions of their own raising, now they rely much more upon foreign produce. In fact, if we survey the houses, the furniture, the luxu ries—in fine, the whole apparatus of living, we shall find that, in the last thirtyseven years, the habits of the people of Massachusetts, their labors and occupa tions, have rendered them more dependent upon others and upon foreign countries. Should this circulation be greatly and suddenly diminished, or wholly withdrawn, without a substitute, it would be attended with great distress among thousands and tens of thousands. It would take a long time, if it were possible, for them to return to their former habits and condition.” Annuities, L ife Insurance, Tontines, <SfC. 445 Art. II.— ANNUITIES, LIFE INSURANCE, TONTINES, &c. NUMBER n . a former communication, contained in the January number of the “ Merchants’ Magazine and Commercial Review,” (Vol. XV., No. 1.,) I endeavored to show the astonishing effect produced by a systematic accu mulation of small amounts, through the agency of compound interest; and to explain, in a few practical examples, the great benefits which may be secured in a variety of cases and positions, by the application of the prin ciple. This salutary result is still more enhanced, when, besides the in terest of money, the chances of life are also taken into consideration. Human life may, with some truth, be compared to a great race, in which nearly every individual starts with equal hopes, and almost equal chances, of reaching the goal, or at least an average term of life. From his infancy he prepares for his future career,—wishing and expecting to enjoy a long, happy, and successful one ; but alas ! a few only will ever reach the extent of their hopes. Sickness, accidents, and premature death, put a sudden stop to the sanguine expectations of some, while others meet with reverses of fortune, and are condemned to live in a state of poverty and want. Comparatively few only are more lucky, and either arrive at an old age, or they are successful in all their enterprises, and blessed with a gratifi cation of their wishes. The system of annuities and life insurance is calculated to avert, in a pecuniary respect, the evil consequences of this uncertainty of our exist ence, to equalize the fluctuations and sudden changes in life, and offers an opportunity to every individual, in proportion to his means, and according to his peculiar position and fears, to provide for every emergency, and to shelter himself from the dreadful necessity of being dependent upon the charity of others ; and this he can do, by the sacrifice of some luxuries, by increased economy, or by the judicious employment of surplus means in time of youth, health, and prosperity. A number of individuals, none of whom can say that he is exempt from the dangers above alluded to, no matter how rich, how healthy he may be at the time, can associate together, each contributing at once, or in partial payments, a certain amount,, in proportion to the risk he wishes to cover, forming thus a common fund, out of which the parent will procure the means for the education and establishment of his children, or the support of his family after his death. The husband can secure his widow an in come for the rest of her life, the industrious mechanic can lay up a certain sum, to be received at an age when he is desirous to quit his daily work ; and many other equally desirable benefits. It is to be regretted, and most surprising, that in a country where every useful discovery is immediately copied and improved upon, annuities and endowments should have attracted so little attention and been so seldom re sorted to; while, for a number of years past, Europe has placed such a good example before us,—the advantages of the system having become there so universally known and appreciated. We have, it is true, some public institutions, where “ immediate annuities and endowments for chil dren” are granted, and the terms published ; but while the former are only suitable for a small class of people, of very old age, having no relatives to leave the money to, and wishing to make the most of it while they live, In 446 Annuities, L ife Insurance, Tontines, <fyc, the latter show no advantage whatever, from the age of four upwards; as, with $100 placed into a savings bank to accumulate at 5 per cent com pound interest, $229.20 is produced at the age of twenty-one, without losing the money in case of death, while only $225.42 is allowed by the companies. Other benefits may also be obtained, but the terms are not made public, and their nature and advantages remain unknown. The English companies, on the contrary, take great pains to make the various benefits well known, explaining them in a very simple and intelli gible manner, giving tables of rates, and many practical examples in their prospectuses, and raising thereby the attention of the reader, who easily discovers the advantages which either of the various branches would afford him in his peculiar position ; and many, who otherwise would never have dreamed of it, may find some remedy for their own wants. To this cir cumstance must be principally attributed the extent to which their opera tions have reached, and the benefits which they have spread over the whole community, saving many a family from poverty and distress. The rate of interest being so much higher in this country than in Eu rope, with every prospect to remain the same for many years to come, the development of our immense and daily increasing resources, creating a constant demand and steady employment for money, it remains only to examine what better terms we are able to establish, in introducing and promoting the system on the most liberal and advantageous principles. My principal object being to show, in a few practical examples, in what manner persons in different situations would be benefited, and not to dic tate terms at which it should be done, those which at present are charged not being sufficiently known to me, nor, in my opinion, liberal enough, money being worth more than the rate at which calculations are generally made, I take 5 per cent as the ground-work for these examples, deeming this a fair standard, and leaving a good margin for any fluctua tions in the value of money for permanent investments. The selection of a proper table of mortality for these calculations is of no less difficulty than of importance. Those generally used for the purposes of life insurance do not answer for annuities, at least not without making some adequate allowance. They all represent the mortality to be far greater than in reality it is believed to b e ; and no tables have ever been constructed which could implicitly be adopted for that purpose, and entirely depended upon with unreserved confidence. If a bargain for life insurance is made, and the premiums are calculated by a table showing the average term of life to be shorter than it really is, it is evident that the payment of the stipulated sum will be protracted, and more premiums will be received, placing the office cn the safe side ; and, indeed, some offices derive their immense profits from this source, and from the premiums being thereby enhanced. But in the case of annuities it is just the reverse ; for if the person lives longer than contemplated by the tables, the office will be the loser. I have carefully examined and compared the following ta bles, viz., the Carlisle, the Equitable Experience, the Actuaries’ Combined Experience, Mr. Finlaison’s Government Table, the English Life Table, the Northampton, Ansell’s Friendly Societies’and the Amicable Experience. The result was, that the three first are, if not the nearest to truth, at least the safest and the most profitable for the computation of annuities. I have selected the Carlisle table as the basis for my examples, above the age of 2 1 ; while, for the earlier ages from birth, I have formed a table from Annuities, L ife Insurance, Tcmtines, <SfC. 447 the reports of the Registrar-General of England, agreeing very closely with the observations made in Paris on a large scale, as given in the “ Annuaire du Bureau des Longitudes.” I would not, however, pretend to recommend either of them as a stand ard for an office, in the absence of more accurate information, unless some slight addition were made to the price of a purchase, as it cannot be expected that any company would guarantee the payment of annuities too strictly calculated, without a sufficient margin to cover expenses, to com pensate any incorrectness of the tables, and to produce a moderate profit, though the difference between the 5 per cent and the rate at which in vestments can be made, is an item of some consequence. Annuities, as well as life insurance business, can only be conducted with perfect safety, by an association on a large scale, as a large number only of individuals will produce an average and be a guard against fluctuations ; but it is not necessary that each separate branch or benefit should consist of many members, as every one joining, though for different purposes, in creases the security. The price, or premium charged, whatever may be its nature, is measured by the degree of risk produced to the whole concern, and the difference of age, the amount secured, the period of payment, the time of joining, and the kind of risk, are all taken into consideration ; the interest of each party is therefore equalized, and each stands on a footing of equality and proportion with the others. IM M E D IA T E A N N U IT IE S . The principle of this kind of annuities is, that an office undertakes to return to the annuitant all the money received, with the interest thereon, in regular periodical payments, which, being larger than the interest, will gradually absorb the principal, and when the party arrives at the average term of life, the whole amount is gone. If the party lives beyond that time, the office loses; and if he dies before, the remainder of the sum originally deposited, becomes the property of the company. If 1,000 per sons, all of fifty years, joined together, whose expectation of life, per Car lisle table, is 21.11 years, 13 would die the first year, 14 the second year, and after 21 years, only 518 would be remaining, whose annuities would of course continue until their death ; but the profit made on those deceased before the age of 71, would compensate the loss on those surviving. The following extract from the rates of several offices, shows that we allow a larger per centage for every §100 than any other country:— Ages— ) males ►females New York Life Insurance and Trust Co....... < 40 50 7.38 7.03 8.50 7.87 7.72 7.92 6.97 7.40 7.77 7.39 6.45 7.94 Philadelphia Pennsylvania Company................ London Royal Naval, Military, and East In- <) males 6.65 dia Company...................................................( > females b.13 London National Loan Office............................ . 6.26 London Family Endowment Society............... . 6.63 Paris L’Union........................................................ 6.09 Lubeck Lebensversicherungs Anstalt............... 5.76 Trieste Assicurazioni Generali........................... 6,74 60 10.68 9.68 9.47 10.07 8.72 9.71 10.35 9.37 8.10 9.95 70 15.16 13.57 12.87 14.27 12.37 14.12 14.90 11.76 11.28 13.12 75 19.47 16.85 16.39 17.78 19.08 13.00 14.62 14.45 The rat'-s of the above foreign offices are for an annuity payable an nually, while the New York Company above mentioned pays it semi-an nually without extra charge. 448 Annuities, L ife Insurance, Tontines, <SfC. Immediate annuities are useful— 1st, to a person who, having no re lations to whom to bequeath his money after death, obtains thereby a higher rate of interest for it than any other investment would produce ; 2d, as a legacy in favor of some aged relative, friend, or faithful servant; 3d, to clear an estate of a life-interest, substituting for the same an annuity. TEM PO RARY A N N U IT IE S . If an association were formed of individuals of different ages, each con tributing, in one sum, $100, for the purpose of dividing the principal and interest during ten years, those aged 40, 50, 60, and 70, would be entitled to receive $13.91, $14.02, $15.68, and $18.66, annually; because if the deaths occurred according to the tables, the above payments would absorb the whole fund in that space of time. An annuity certain for ten years, would have produced only $12.95 ; but as, in the former case, the number of members is constantly diminishing, their forfeited shares enhance those of the survivors. This description of annuities is but seldom resorted to ; cases in which they may be useful occurring very rarely. D EFERRED A N N U IT IE S . Deferred annuities may be procured by a single payment, or by regular annual instalments, and are payable after the person arrives at a certain age. By the payment of $100 at the age of 20, an annuity of $131.64 could be procured, to commence at the age of 60, and to continue for the re mainder of life; and by the annual payment of $10, commencing at the age of 20, and continued regularly until the age of 60, the above an nuity would amount to $210.06. It will be remarked that in this mode a very small sum paid at an early age, or still smaller amounts paid annually, would secure an adequate in come for old age. An annuity of and in annual paym’ts the age of at 20....... 30....... 40........ 50....... at 20........ 30....... 40....... 50....... 50 years, $194 79 342 48 620 19 13 25 28 53 81 00 60 years, $75 96 133 56 243 54 457 88 4 76 9 38 20 81 60 22 70 years, $21 78 48 22 69 36 130 40 1 31 3 16 5 13 11 69 Thus, a young man of 20, with the trifling sum of $1.31, paid annually, would secure an annuity of $100 after the age of 70, if he then lives, and with $104.51 paid annually, a man 40 years old can purchase an income of $500 after the age of 60, or with $25.65, from the age of 70. A hus band may, with a small sum, purchase an income for his wife, to commence at a certain ag e; and a mechanic who has to depend upon his daily labor, can gradually lay the foundation for a sufficient income for old age. The cases in which deferred annuities may become of great benefit are very numerous, and it would require more space than would be allotted to me, if I were to enumerate them ; but I cannot refrain from relating a singular, and no doubt very good suggestion, made by an eminent actuary of London, as a substitute for the very unpopular poor rates of England :— “ To enforce the payment from every parent, of every rank and station, rich or poor, for every child born, and annually afterwards, of such a sum as would secure an annuity during the whole of life, after a given age. Annuities, L ife Insurance, Tontines, <^-c. 449 “ In the event of the parent being unable to provide the means, then the parish to which he belongs to be compelled to supply the requisite funds, until the child shall attain the age of twenty-one. “ The child, on attaining the age of twenty-one,-to be required not only to reimburse, by instalments or otherwise, the sums advanced by the parish for his future and exclusive benefit, but also the annual payments, until the period prescribed for entering upon his annuity. “ Supposing, also, to give efficiency to this system, the legislature en acted that the sale, purchase, transfer, or assignment, directly or indirectly, in any way, by or to any person whatever, should be considered, prose cuted, and punished as a misdemeanor. “ The annual sum of 14s. 3d. paid for every child so soon as born, and continued to be paid until he reached the fiftieth year of his age, but to cease should he die in the interval, would be required for an annuity of £20, to be then entered upon and enjoyed during the remainder of his life, (Northampton table, at 4 per cent.) Only a few shillings per annum, treasured up in the days of manhood and vigor, to secure the valuable re version of a home and a crust in the evening of old age and helplessness ! Would that such a self-supporting system of relief were carried into active operation ! then, indeed, would the condition of the poor be ameliorated, and want and destitution banished from the land forever!” D EFERRED T E M P O R A R Y A N N U IT IE S . Among other benefits which this description of bargains offers, the following claims particularly the attention of parents for the facility it pre sents to prepare in a most advantageous manner the means for the educa tion of children. We will suppose that they require an outlay of $100 a year when they arrive at the age of 12, until they are 21 years of age, and that it is desirable to make provision at once, in a single sum, or by gradual easy instalments. (English Life Table ; interest, 5 per cent.) If the benefit is to be commenced at the age o f.. . . 12 years, 16 years, requiring, therefore, payments of $100 each............... lOpay’ts, 6pay’ts, it would cost in one single sum, paid at birth............... $267 26 $139 87 or for a child at the age of 3 years................................ 426 89 223 42 or for a child at the age of 6 years................................ 523 35 273 91 Or, in annual payments, ceasing one year before the benefit begins,— for a child just born........................ $35 80 $16 33 60 59 25 29 for a child of 3 years old................................................ 34 90 for a child of 6 years old................................................ 100 37 And if it was desired to divide the premiums upon a much longer period, the last to be paid at the age of 20, it would reduce the annual payments, for a child just born, to.................................................................. $26 28 $13 76 37 54 21 36 for a child of 3 years old................................................ 49 79 26 06 for a child of 6 years old................................................ It will be easily understood that the child may die without reaping any, or only part of the benefits expected, and that the premiums would then be lo st; but it may be so arranged with a company to have the same returned in case of such an event, without increasing materially the expense. VOL. x v i.— no . v. 29 450 Coal and Iron Trade o f the Ohio Valley. Art. III.— COAL AND IRON TRADE OP THE OHIO VALLEY. T he coal and the iron fields that exist between the Alleghany Moun tains and the Mississippi River, are commensurate in extent, because the strata of ironstone and coal alternate with each other. Iron is, it is true, a mineral not confined to one rock or formation, but ranges from the primi tive rocks, up through the sedimentary strata, to the recent alluvion. But the world over, it is a geological law, that the coal-bearing rocks are com posed in sensible quantities of the ores of iron ; so that an explorer, hav ing discovered that he is in the midst of the carboniferous system, expects to find beds of iron with as much confidence as he expects coal. This metal may not be so abundant in all parts, as to be of economical value ; but strata of greater or less thickness may be relied upon, as form ing part of the regular geological structure of the country. Thus we may foresee the immense product of iron that the W estern coal fields will, of certainty, yield to posterity. During the past two years, four furnaces have been built on the Ma honing Canal that use raw bituminous coal, in lieu of charcoal, in reducing ores. Three of them are in the county of Mahoning, Ohio, at Youngs town and Lowell, and another at Tallmadge, near Akron, in Summit coun ty. Two of them have been in operation long enough to test the project, and the results are, that good pig metal can be produced in this way at less cost than with charcoal. The consequences of this experiment, and its success, are prodigious. Ores, that are called “ harsh ” by the founders, containing silicious matter, and therefore refractory and expensive, are found to be more easily reduced by the concentrated heat and blast of the coal furnace than by the charcoal stack. The limit to the manufacture of iron, is thus not restrained by the want of tim ber; nor are the woodlands of the country destroyed to supply the furnaces. Mineral coal being liter ally inexhaustible, the only bounds to the production of iron, are the supply of ore and the demand for the article. Coal and coal lands, become thus of higher importance in the economy of a country, and of more local value. Geological investigations have gone so far as to determine, with general accuracy, the boundaries of the Alleghany coal field. It is of an oblong form and somewhat irregular, the longest axis extending Northwest and Southwest, from the neighborhood of Meadville, Pennsylvania, to that of Huntsville, Alabama, nearly 600 miles in length. It is widest at the Northern part, tapering to a point at the Southern extremity. Its breadth is greatest at Pittsburgh and Wheeling, where the Ohio River occupies a central position, and its thickness at the centre is estimated at 2,000 to 3,000 feet. By this is meant, that all the strata of sandstone, shale, coal, limestone, and ironstone, that compose the coal series or “ formation,” from the conglomerate, the base of the formation, to the top of the same, are, inclusive, so many feet thick. The region occupied by these strata is called a basin, or a coal basin, because the strata plunge towards a common centre, or central line ; so that a boring, or well, made in the valley of the Ohio River, at or near Wheeling, would pass through 2,000 or 3,000 feet of these rocks before reaching the conglomerate, which is seen at the surface, at Akron on the West, and at the summit of the Alleghanies on the East. In physical Coal and Iron Trade o f the Ohio Valley. 451 level, the Eastern outcross of the lowest bed of coal is higher than the surface of the upper beds of coal; but in geological order of super-position, it is lowest of all. For instance : the bed which is worked near the sta tion-house of the Portage Railroad, is the one at the bottom of the series, but is 2,000 feet above tide-water. The beds in the neighborhood of Wheeling are higher up in the series, and 2,000 or 3,000 feet above the continuation of the Portage summit bed, extending Westward to that place ; but the Ohio River is here only about 640 feet above the ocean, and the hills adjacent about 300 feet more. The bottom of the coal strata, is therefore 1,500 or 2,000 feet below the surface of the ocean. Such is the result of a gradual plunge, continued through long distances ; the lower bed of coal, having descended from the summit of the Alleghany Moun tains, 2,000 feet above the sea, to a point as many feet below it, and then rising towards the West, appears at the surface, on the other side of the basin, at Akron and Newcastle, 900 to 950 feet above the ocean level. The distance between the two sides of the field or basin, on its lesser axis, is about 200 miles. The entire number of coal and iron strata, embraced in this mass, is not known ; but if we could penetrate it from top to bottom, or make a vertical section, as we are enabled to do by observing the face of the rocks at various points, we should probably find at least fifty strata of coal, and more than twice that number of ironstone, lying in regular order one above another. Of these, twenty or twenty-five of the coal strata might be workable ; or say, three feet thick and upwards, to six feet; and of the iron, more than one-half would pay for stripping, at the edges around the hills. In Lawrence county, Ohio, on the Western verge of the field, where the strata dip gently to the Eastward, in the vertical space of about 800 feet, there are seen fo u r workable strata of coal, and eight of iron, with many more regularly stratified beds of less thickness. Here, a bed of coal less than three feet, is not considered valuable ; and ore is thought worth stripping, when an inch may be had by removing a foot of earth. All parts of this great field may not be as rich, but some are known to be more so ; and iron is found, in several instances, outside of the coal re gion. Here is an area, therefore, larger than all England and Scotland, over which furnaces may be supported, if a demand for iron could by pos sibility arise equal to such a capacity for production. On the Lower Ohio, in Kentucky, Indiana, and Illinois, is another basin, or field, of coal and iron, of large dimensions, but detached from the one above noticed. It is also oval in form, and more regular than the Alle ghany field ; its greatest length being in a Northwesterly and Southeast erly direction, from the Northwest angle of Illinois, passing the mouth of the Cumberland to the South line of Kentucky, say 300 miles. It em braces a large portion of Illinois, several of the Southwestern counties of Indiana, and four or five of the Green River, Tennessee, and Cumberland River counties, in Kentucky. But because a large part of the tract is level, the strata do not cross out advantageously for mining; and their edges are seen principally on the banks of streams and collateral valleys, that part out from the main ones. The mineral power of this region is but little understood. At Honesville, and a few other points, coal is fur nished for steamboats and taken to New Orleans. Beyond the Mississippi, in Missouri and Iowa, and even to the sources of the Arkansas, coal is known to exist; but as yet it is not explored, so 452 Coal and Iron Trade o f the Ohio Valley. as to define its limits or value, or to determine whether it is a part of the Illinois field, or of one or more separate basins. In Michigan, also, there is a basin, including about one-half the lower peninsula; but the strata are thin, and the position retired from naviga tion. And in addition to the iron ore, necessarily attendant upon such numerous and extensive beds of coal, there are, extending from Lake Su perior, with occasional intervals, through Wisconsin, Missouri, Arkansas, and Texas, masses of iron, in the primitive and volcanic beds, that exist along a line from Michigan to Mexico. By the census of 1840, there were, in the United States, 804 furnaces, producing annually 285,903 tons of pig metal and castings. There were also 795 forges or refineries, turning out 197,233 tons of malleable iron. The bituminous coal raised, was 27,603,191 bushels ; which, at 70 lbs. to the bushel, is 966,111 tons; of anthracite coal, 863,489 tons. On account of the increased demand, and also in consequence of the introduction of the hot blast, by which the yield of a furnace is increased from one-third to one-half, without knowing the number of the furnaces and iron-mills erected since 1839, I think it safe to allow 25 per cent, or one-quarter, for the enlarged production of 1846 over 1839:— That is, for pig metal in the United States,.......................... tons 358,024 For malleable iron and iron rails,........................................... “ 246,531 The increase in the quantity of bituminous coal, raised and consumed, is still greater—probably 50 per cent, or one-half. In February, 1846, the descending coal trade of the Ohio was estima ted at 12,000,000 of bushels, or 480,000 tons. In 1840, there were received at Cleveland, by the Ohio Canal, 6,032 tons ; in 1846, 31,283 tons. This is not all the coal consumed upon the lakes ; for the Erie exten sion, now in operation, delivers at Erie, in Pennsylvania, a large amount, probably 12,000 tons. At the time of the census of 1840, the mines on the Lower Ohio had scarcely been opened; and the steamboats on the Ohio River, like those on the lakes, had not become habituated to the use of coal. With all these indications of increased consumption at the West, where the principal beds of bituminous coal exist—for the United States, I think it safe to put the augmented business in that time, at 50 per cent. The new use in stack furnaces, and the increased use in rolling-mills and forges, add much to the already monstrous application of this fuel. We will therefore state the present amount of bituminous coal raised, which is principally at the West, at 1,449,161 tons. This does not probably show more than one-third of the consumption of the United States, including the anthracite and imported coals. At that rate, the total consumed in the United States would be 4,347,748 tons, or about the same as that of France, in 1841. It may appear singular, but it is nevertheless true, that in the experi ments upon the heating power of coal, made at Washington, in 1843-44, at the expense of the government, under Professor Johnston, only three specimens were taken from the W est of the Alleghany Mountains, out of fifty-eight specimens operated upon. Of the three, one was from Pitts burgh ; one from Connelston, Indiana; and one from the New Orleans coal-yards, its origin not known. We are therefore still without the bene fit of most of the splendid results that flow from these experiments. Coal and Iron Trade o f the Ohio Valley. 453 The practical value of the coal, everything else being equal, is its ca pacity to make steam ; and the rule of the experimenter was, to determine the quantity necessaiy to convert one cubic foot o f water into steam :— The Pennsylvania and Maryland free burning coals required for Lbs. that purpose,.................................................. 7.33 The anthracite,............................................................ 7.71 Richmond,......................................................................................... 8.20 English and W estern,...................................................................... 8.97 In regard to Western coals, the number of specimens was too small to give much value to the conclusion, in regard to their heating power. It is satisfactorily settled, however, that the heating power is not in direct proportion to the carbon of the coal; for although the anthracite is nearly pure carbon, it stands below the free burning Maryland and Pennsylvania coals that contain bitumen. According to Professor Silliman, the George’s Creek coal, Maryland, of which four specimens were analyzed, contained 18^ per cent bitumen; and it is this and the kindred kinds which, according to Professor John ston, stand at the head of the list. It is well known, that in Pennsylvania, there is a regular gradation from anthracite to bituminous coal, as we pro ceed from Mauch Chunk towards Pittsburgh. The Ohio coals contain, in general, a larger amount of bitumen than those of the Eastern edge of the field on the summit of the Alleghanies, that is to say, from 30 to 40 per cent. Reducing the bitumen to its elements, the Ohio coals, as far as analyzed, give about 81 per cent carbon, while the English coals have about 73 per cent. Professor Johnston ranges the English and Western, according to their heating effect, about the same. Let us now refer to the return of coal and iron for the whole United States, by the census, and compare the proportion of both down to the Ohio Valley, by which I mean the region drained by its waters. No. o f furnaces, and tons of cast iron. No. o f forges, and tons o f iron. Bush, o f bitu minous coal. Western Dist. of Pennsylvania,__ “ Virginia,.............. Tennessee......................................... Kentucky,......................................... O hio,................................................. Indiana,........................................... Illinois,.............................................. 134 30 34 17 72 7 4 53,101 10,892 16,128 29,206 35,236 810 158 67 38 99 13 19 1 0 63,431 3,721 9,673 3,637 7,466 20 11,620,654 8,073,364 13,942 1,158,167 3,597,769 242,000 461,807 For the Ohio Valley,....................... For the United States,.................... 298 804 145,531 286,903 237 795 87,948 197,233 25,167,703 27,603,191 By these footings, about one-half the iron made in this nation is turned out upon the waters of the Ohio, and almost the whole of the bituminous coal. I have no means of stating the quantity of anthracite coal now raised, or of giving the probable increase since 1839-40. In Ohio, since the above enumeration was taken, there have been at least eight furnaces erect ed, and in Kentucky, fo u r ; most of them hot blast furnaces. There has also been an increase in Western Pennsylvania. Throughout the West, generally, it may be asserted, that the number of works and the product of individual works, have increased in greater proportion than East of the mountains. If this is true, the relative product of the Ohio Valley and of 454 Coal and Iron Trade o f the Ohio Valley. the nation, at this time, would be different from that shown in the prece ding table, and the difference would be in favor of the West. The duty on coal, under the act of 1842, was $1 75 per ton. From September 1st, 1845, to March 1st, 1846, (six months,) New Orleans re ceived by the river 300,000 bushels, which it was supposed might be met by imported coal, under a duty of $1 per ton. The act of 1846, fixes upon coal a duty of 30 per cent ad valorem. It is an article that varies greatly in price, at different places, and almost as much at the same place at different times. At New Orleans, by retail, per bushel, from................ 12 to 18 cents. Cincinnati................................................. .................... 9 to 15 “ W heeling,.................. 3 to 5 “ Pittsburgh,.................................................................... 4 to 5£ “ Cleveland,..................................................................... 8 to 12 “ Philadelphia, (February, 1846,) bituminous,........... 20 to 22 “ 18 to 21^ “ New York, Nova Scotia coal,................................. New York, English coal,............................................ 23 to 25 “ These prices are, of course, mere approximations. By the experiments of Professor Johnston, the effect of anthracite, in generating steam, is not greatly superior to that of bituminous coal; and consequently, for household consumption, the bituminous, if furnished at about the same price, will work its way into favor. The cheerful bright ness of its flame is, to many persons, more than a compensation for the difference in heat. At Albany, there is already a small demand for coal from Lake Erie, at anthracite prices—say $6 to $7 per ton. It is more than probable, that after the Erie Canal is enlarged, this article, like the wheat, flour, and pork of the lakes, will become an important item in Western trade. At Cleveland and Erie, it can be delivered in bulk on large contracts, at $2 25 and $2 50 per ton of 2,000 pounds. H alf a ton, or fourteen and a quarter bushels, of bituminous coal, is more than equal to a cord of four-foot wood; in fact, some regard ten bushels, and others twelve bushels, as equal to a cord. There is therefore seldom, if ever, a time, even in the greatest scarcity of coal in market, when coal is not cheaper than wood as a fuel; ordi narily, it is about one-half less. This fact, taken in connection with its greater safety, less trouble, uniformity of temperature, and the increasing scarcity of timber, explains why mineral fuel conquers every other, every where, and works its way into all departments of life. In the coal regions, for most purposes of power applied to machinery, it is crowding hard upon the old method of water-wheels, substituting the steam-engine in their place. For such uses, the bituminous coal seems to please best, on account of the readiness with which it may be set on fire, and thus a quick steam is obtained. It will undoubtedly always bear a higher price in the principal Eastern cities than anthracite. The interior of the great Alleghany coal field, may be thought too re mote from the principal communications to be of anything more than a lo cal value. But in Virginia and Kentucky, the Cumberland, Kentucky, Licking, and Kenawha Rivers, extend far into the coal museums, and in high water the arks or flat boats are enabled to descend with a full load. The Monongahela and the Youghiogheny, likewise cut through coal strata for their entire length, and the same may be said of the Muskingum. United States' Commercial Regulations with Mexico. 455 From the sources of the branches of the Upper Ohio, to the neighbor hood of Portsmouth, all the streams flow over beds of coal, or have worn their way through them in the course of ages. The “ Erie extension” is cut in the coal strata,and also the Mahoning, and the Sandy and Brown Canals. The Ohio Canal, from Akron to Dresden, is in the same series ; and thence to Portsmouth skirts its West ern edges. The Hocking Canal is also in the coal region. At present, the principal mines on the river are at Honesville, Pomeroy, Wheeling, Pittsburgh, and thence to Brownsville. It is from these points that the flat boats are filled; but at a hundred other places can coal be taken, in any quantity, with equal facility, as soon as it shall be needed. Art. IV.— UNITED STATES’ COMMERCIAL REGULATIONS WITH MEXICO: W IT H R E F E R E N C E T O T H E E F F E C T S O F T H E T A R I F F O F D U T IE S , E T C ., I M P O S E D ON M E X IC A N P O R T S I N T H E M IL IT A R Y P O SSESSIO N O F T H E U . S. W h o e v e r contemplates the map of the world, and reflects upon the course of commerce in relation to the East, from the discoveries of the Portuguese, down to the present day, will naturally fix upon Mexico as that nation of all others best calculated from its frontier to take the lead in commerce. H er geographical position is good ; and the eyes of all na tions have, since the abandonment of a Northwest passage to India, been fastened on the isthmus as the great future road for commerce between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. Mexico labors, however, under many disadvantages. On the gulf coast, she has not a single good harbor ; and the cities are not habitable for foreigners during many months in the year. The land ascends rapidly from the coast to the interior, making the trans portation of goods difficult and expensive. But Mexico also enjoys many great advantages. Nature has blessed it with every possible description of mineral and agricultural wealth, in profuse abundance ; and an indus trious people, with an efficient government, would not fail to place it fore most among the nations of the earth. Unfortunately, however, the W’eak and imbecile natives passed under the dominion of proud, indolent, and rapacious Spaniards— a people essentially anti-industrial and anti-commercial. Down to 1789, Spain continued its barbarian prohibitive policy, al lowing only one galleon of 1,400 tons to enter Mexico annually, with Chinese merchandise ; and one, once in three years, from Seville or Ca diz, was chartered by government with European merchandise. In 1790, the trade was thrown open ; and private capitalists engaging in it, it soon reached from $11,000,000 to $19,000,000. This trade was, however, still burdened with most onerous impositions under four general heads : first, on articles of Spanish produce in the markets of Seville or Cadiz ; second, on shipment for Mexico; third, at Vera Cruz; fourth, transfer duties at every step from merchant to consumer. Under such arrange ments, the trade did not prosper much ; but on the breaking out of the civil war, the new government opened the leading ports to commerce. The Spanish merchants withdrew to Cuba and Cadiz, and their places were supplied by British and American, who, settling in the interior, supplied the natives with goods in exchange for dollars. The jealousy of the natives, who, themselves exceedingly indolent, are insanely enraged 456 United Stales’ Commercial Regulations with Mexico. at contemplating the prosperity of a diligent foreigner among them, caused an imbecile government to make absurd threats against foreign artificers and traders, and thereby prevented the growth of enterprise, and the settling of a more vigorous race among the Mexicans. These circumstances conspired to leave Mexico, at the era of the war of independence, in 1822, entirely without those great conservative commercial and industrial interests, without which, the military inevitably obtain the mastery and control of affairs. The long war of independence turned all the little energy that nation possessed into a military direction. From 1808 to 1821, the history of the revolution is only that of a sanguinary guerilla warfare, leading to no results other than destruction to trade and inse curity to property. In 1821, the sudden secession of Iturbide from the royal cause, in favor of liberalism, resulted in his ascending the throne as Emperor Augustin I. From that time, down to the present day, the po litical history of Mexico has been one rude scene of violence and military anarchy. A turbulent banditti, as faithless in their foreign dealings as they were rapacious, cruel, and treacherous, in their domestic affairs, have, for twenty-six years, held possession of that unhappy country. Room for enterprise, encouragement to industry, or security for property, there were none. The roads, particularly the splendid way constructed by the mer chants of Vera Cruz from that city to the upper country, were suffered to go to decay; not even the injuries they sustained during the war have been repaired. Their antipathy to carriages, and means of transport and communication, is even more strong than that of the Spaniards. While the government, in its enactments and practice, has shown itself far more hostile to commerce than to crime, traffic has been more oppressed than vice, and merchants more rigidly fined than murderers. The repeated revolutions have left those who gain power, no other prospect than to get rich by peculation ; and it has become a seemingly well understood sys tem, that those going out of power should empty the treasury, and leave their successors to fill theirs by the most approved system of plunder. The desperation created by fortunes ruined at the Mont6 table, has been, perhaps, the most frequent cause of revolution in Mexico. The readiest mode of replenishing the treasury and feeding the cupidity of the officers, has been found in the prohibitive tariff system ; because, while under pre tence of encouraging home manufactures, by keeping foreign goods scarce and high, it made the sale of special privileges to import goods, to mer chants, more profitable to the Dictator. The higher were the profits to be realized by the merchant, the better price could he pay for the privi lege ; hence, although a dishonest government had pledged the customs’ revenues to discharge the interest on the debt, by this device of the privi leges they could be still made available to the officer. A system of low duties would not have admitted such an operation. All these causes have operated powerfully against the development of those great conservative industrial and commercial interests, without which there can be no stability of government, no efficient execution of the laws, nor any means of keeping in check those military adventurers, whose turbulence has torn that ill-fated country in internal brawls, and whose non-observance of treaties and plighted faith has involved two countries in the horrors of war. As, however, there is no evil so unmixed that some good may not be ex tracted from it, the turn which affairs have taken may, it is not improba United States’ Commercial Regulations with Mexico. 457 ble, result in the political regeneration of Mexico, and advance it to the rank of a useful member of the commercial world. And no country has the material for general wealth in greater abundance than Mexico. The mere assurance that property will be secure, and that merchandise in transit or in deposit will not be exposed to the rapacity of officials, will alone give a great impulse to Mexican resources. The facility with which the American forces have overrun the cities of Mexico, and the ease with which they may be held by small forces, are circumstances calculated to enable the United States to suppress, not only the military marauders, but the professed banditti, at least along the great lines of communication. On this occupation, as a basis, the plan of revenue adopted by the Treas ury Department, and which may be found under another head,* seems eminently calculated, not only to divert from the Mexicans their principal means, and to throw those revenues into the hands of the United States in amounts sufficient to support the occupation, but to confer on Mexico the great and lasting benefit of planting commerce on her soil under cir cumstances that will insure its growth. We have said, that hitherto, Mexican commerce has been one of prohibition, on the law books, and of private bribery, in practice. The tariff, as it was, may be found in this Magazine, Vol. XIII., p. 566, and can be usefully compared with the new tariff; as imposed by the United States, in the present number. It will be observed that the prohibited articles will be admitted at comparatively easy rates. In order to show the probable extent of the trade, w'e annex a table of the exports of certain goods from Great Britain to Mexico, in the year 1846 :— EXPORTS OF CERTAIN ARTICLES FROM ENGLAND TO MEXICO. Cotton twist and yarn,.... Cotton thread,.................. Calicoes, plain,.................. yards Cambrics, muslins, lawns, Other plain cottons,.......... Lace, gauze, & c.,............ Cotton hose, & c.,............ Heavy woollens,.............. Woollen hose,.................. Silks and mixed,.............. 66,178 39,922 1,968,600 5,198,833 31,956 10,142 207,906 2,605 107 353 3,417 Cotton shawls, & c.,.... Cotton and linen cloth,. ..yards Other Cotton goods,..... Woollen yarn,.............. Woollen and cotton,.... Long cloths,................... Woollen and worsted,.. Flannels and blankets,. Other woollens,............. Total value woollen goods,...... 42,375 6,896 495 2,379,179 3,024 £10,310 1,343 14,180 1,028 9,062 36,403 This is pretty well for prohibited goods in time of war. The printed calicoes, in 1845, were over 7,000,000 yards. The trade may be in creased to a considerable extent; and, while it improves Mexico and re lieves the United States of a burden, it may conciliate foreign nations by throwing open to them a trade to which they have been strangers. There are a few disadvantages. Those creditors, to whom the Mexican customs are pledged, may grumble ; those English, who have enjoyed the trade by buying it of Santa Anna, may complain; and lastly, the priests may, if they take part with Santa Anna, interdict the use of such articles as have paid the duties. These objections are, however, not important; and the opening of the trade, in connection with the admirable system of ware housing now being perfected, will have the effect of restoring to our ship ping their ascendency in the carrying trade of this continent. From the * For tariff and regulations instituted for Mexican ports in the possession of the United States, see our usual department for “ Commercial Regulations,” in a subsequent part of the present number of this Magazine. 458 Mercantile Biography. time high cash duties were established, this trade began to decline ; but now our warehouses are becoming filled with assortments of cheap goods, calculated to supply any description of assorted cargo. The tonnage du ties are to be, in Mexican ports, §1 per ton registry measurement. The old duties were, on a vessel of 100 tons, as follows:— Pilotage in and out, per ton, $ 1 ,......................................................................... W ater draught, per foot, $2,............................................................................. Pilot’s fe e ,............................................................................................................. Tonnage, $1 50,.................................................................................................. Port captain’s fee,................................................................................................. Hospital,................................................................................................................. Total......................................................................................................... $100 15 6 150 10 10 00 00 50 00 00 00 $291 00 Duties payable in hard dollars, eight reals to the dollar. The new regulations are great modifications from those duties. In 1842, a decree, changing the mode of measurement, increased the duties 75 per cent. The foot is that of Burgos, of which 109.38 were equal to 100 English. The revenues of the Mexican government, under this system, were nearly as follows :— Customs’ duties,...................... Interior commerce................... Mint profits,............................ Post-office, salt, &c.,............. Direct taxes,............................ $6,500,000 Tax on m ines,........................ $1,000,000 4,500,000 Tobacco monopoly,................. 500,000 500,000 Tolls, &c.,................................ 500,000 500,000 3,000,000 Total,.......................... $16,000,000 The United States may, on a liberal system, realize probably this sum from the resources in their hands. If, through this operation, a great commercial interest can be built up in Mexico, that will enforce the laws and control the military, the greatest boon will be conferred, not only upon her, but upon the commercial world, and the products of the precious metals may easily be quadrupled. Art. V.— MERCANTILE BIOGRAPHY. T H E L A T E D A V ID K IC A R D O , E S Q ., M . P . M r . R icardo was placed, in early life, under circumstances apparently the least favorable for the formation of those habits of patient and com prehensive investigation, which afterwards raised him to a high rank among political philosophers. He was the third of a numerous family, and was born on the 19th of April, 1772. His father, a native of Holland, and of the Jewish persua sion, settled in England early in life. He is said to have been a man of good talents, and of the strictest integrity; and having become a mem ber of the Stock Exchange, he acquired a respectable fortune, and pos sessed considerable influence in his circle. David, the subject of the pre sent memoir, was destined for the same line of business as his father; and received, partly in England, and partly at a school in Holland, where he resided two years, such an education as is usually given to young men in tended for the mercantile profession. Classical learning formed no part of his early instruction ; and it has been questioned, with how much jus tice we shall not undertake to decide, whether its acquisition would have done him service ; and whether it might not probably have made him seek The Late D avid Ricardo, Esq., M. P . 459 for relaxation in the study of elegant literature, rather than in the severer exercises of the understanding ; and prompted him to adopt opinions sanc tioned by authority, without inquiring very anxiously into the grounds on which they rested. Mr. Ricardo began to be confidentially employed by his father in the business of the Stock Exchange, when he was only fourteen years of age. Neither then, however, nor at any subsequent period, was he wholly en grossed by the details of his profession. From his earliest years, he evinced a taste for abstract reasoning ; and manifested that determination to probe every subject of interest to the bottom, and to form his opinion upon it according to the conviction of his mind, which was a distinguish ing feature of his character. Mr. Ricardo, senior, had been accustomed to subscribe, without inves tigation, to the opinions of his ancestors, on all questions connected with religion and politics ; and he was desirous that his children should do the same. But this system of passive obedience, and of blind submission to the dictates of authority, was quite repugnant to the principles of young Ricardo, who, at the same time that he never failed to testify the sincerest affection and respect for his father, found reason to differ from him on many important points, and even to secede from the Hebrew faith. Not long after this event, and shortly after he had attained the age of majority, Mr. Ricardo formed a union, productive of unalloyed domestic happiness, with Miss Wilkinson. Having been separated from his father, he was now thrown on his own resources, and commenced business for himself. At this important epoch of his history, the oldest and most re spectable members of the Stock Exchange gave a striking proof of the esteem entertained by them for his talents and character, by voluntarily coming forward to support him in his undertakings. His success exceed ed the most sanguine expectations of his friends, and in a few years he realized an ample fortune. “ The talent for obtaining wealth,” says one of Mr. Ricardo’s near re lations, from whose account of his life we have borrowed these particulars, “ is not held in much estimation ; but, perhaps, in nothing did Mr. R. more evince his extraordinary powers, than he did in his business. His complete knowledge of all its intricacies; his surprising quickness at fig ures and calculation ; his capability of getting through, without any appa rent exertion, the immense transactions in which he was concerned; his coolness and judgment, combined certainly with (for him) a fortunate tissue of public events, enabled him to leave all his contemporaries at the Stock Exchange far behind, and to raise himself infinitely higher, not only in fortune, but in general character and estimation, than any man had ever done before in that house. Such was the impression which these qualities had made on his competitors, that several of the most discerning among them, long before he had emerged into public notoriety, prognosticated, in their admiration, that he would live to fill some of the highest stations in the state.” * According as his solicitude about his success in life declined, Mr. Ri cardo devoted a greater portion of his time to scientific and literary pur suits. When about twenty-five years of age, he began the study of some branches of mathematical science, and made considerable progress in * See an Account of the Life of Mr. Ricardo, in the Annual Obituary for 1823, sup posed to be written by one of his brothers. 460 Mercantile Biography. « chemistry and mineralogy. He fitted up a laboratory, formed a collection of minerals, and was one of the original members of the Geological So ciety. But he never entered warmly into the study of these sciences. They were not adapted to the peculiar cast of his mind ; and he abandoned them entirely, as soon as his attention was directed to the more congenial study of political economy. Mr. Ricardo is stated to have first become acquainted with the Wealth o f Nations, in 1799, while on a visit at Bath, to which he had accompanied Mrs. Ricardo for the benefit of her health. He was highly gratified by its perusal; and it is most probable that the inquiries about which it is conversant, continued henceforth to engage a considerable share of his at tention, though it was not till a later period that his spare time was almost exclusively occupied with their study. Mr. Ricardo came, for the first time, before the public as an author, in 1809. The rise in the market price of bullion, and the fall of the ex change that had taken place in the course of that year, had excited a good deal of attention. Mr. Ricardo applied himself to the consideration of the subject; and the studies in which he had latterly been engaged, com bined with the experience he had derived from his moneyed transactions, enabled him not only to perceive the true causes of the phenomena in question, but to trace and exhibit their practical bearing and real effect. He began this investigation without intending to lay the result of his re searches before the public. But having shown his manuscript to the late Mr. Perry, the proprietor and editor of the Morning Chronicle, the latter prevailed upon him, though not without considerable difficulty, to consent to its publication, in the shape of letters, in that journal. The first of these letters appeared on the 6th of September, 1809. They made a con siderable impression, and elicited various answers. This success, and the increasing interest of the subject, induced Mr. Ricardo to commit his opinions upon it to the judgment of the public, in a more enlarged and sys tematic form, in the tract entitled “ The High Price o f Bullion a Proof o f the Depreciation o f Bank Notes.” This tract led the way in the farfamed bullion controversy. It issued from the press several months pre viously to the appointment of the bullion committee, and is believed to have had no inconsiderable effect in forwarding that important measure. In this tract, Mr. Ricardo showed, that redundancy and deficiency of cur rency are only relative terms ; and that, so long as the currency of any particular country consists exclusively of gold and silver coins, or of paper immediately convertible into such coins, its value can neither rise above, nor fall below, the value of the metallic currencies of other countries, by a greater sum than will suffice to defray the expense of importing foreign coin or bullion, if the currency be deficient; or of exporting a portion of the existing supply, if it be redundant. But when a country issues incon vertible paper notes, (as was then the case in England,) they cannot be exported to other countries in the event of their becoming redundant at home ; and whenever, under such circumstances, the exchange with for eign States is depressed below, or the price of bullion rises above, its mint price, more than the cost of sending coin or bullion abroad, it shows, conclusively, that too much paper has been issued, and that its value is depreciated from excess. The principles which pervade the report of the bullion committee, are substantially the same with those established by Mr. Ricardo, in this pamphlet; but the more comprehensive and popular The Late David Ricardo, Rsq., M. P . 461 manner in which they are illustrated in the report, and the circumstance of their being recommended by a committee composed of some of the ablest men in the country, gave them a weight and authority which they could not otherwise have obtained. And though the prejudices and igno rance of some, and the interested, and therefore determined, opposition of others, prevented for a while the adoption of the measures proposed by Mr. Ricardo and the committee for restoring the currency to a sound and healthy state, they were afterwards carried into full effect; and afford one of the most memorable examples in our history, of the triumph of princi ple over selfishness, sophistry, and error. The fourth edition of this tract is the most valuable. An appendix ad ded to it has some acute observations on some difficult questions in the theory of exchange ; and it also contains the first germ of the original idea of making bank notes exchangeable for bars of gold bullion. Among those who entered the lists, in opposition to the principles laid down, and the practical measures suggested, in Mr. Ricardo’s tract, and in the report of the bullion committee, a prominent place is due to Mr. Bosanquet. This gentleman had great experience as a merchant; and as he professed that the statements and conclusions embodied in his “ Prac tical Observations,” which are completely at variance with those in the report, were the result of a careful examination of the theoretical opinions of the committee by the test of fact and experiment, they were well fitted to make, and did make, a very considerable impression. The triumph of Mr. Bosanquet was, however, of very short duration. Mr. Ricardo did not hesitate to attack this formidable adversary in his stronghold. His tract, entitled, “ Reply to Mr. Bosanquet's Practical Observations on the Report o f the Bullion Committee,” was published in 1811, and is one of the best essays that has appeared on any disputed question of political economy. In this pamphlet, Mr. Ricardo met Mr. Bosanquet on his own ground, and overthrew him with his own weapons. He examined all the proofs which Mr. Bosanquet had brought forward, of the pretended dis crepancy between the facts stated in his own tract, which he said were consistent with experience, and the theory laid down in the bullion report; and showed that Mr. B. had either mistaken the cases by which he pro posed to test the theory, or that the discrepancy was only apparent, and was entirely a consequence of his inability to apply the theory, and not of anything erroneous or deficient in it. The victory of Mr. Ricardo was perfect and complete ; and the elaborate errors and mis-statements of Mr. Bosanquet, served only, to use the words of Dr. Coppleston, “ to illustrate the abilities of the writer who stepped forward to vindicate the truth.” This tract affords a striking example of the ascendency which those who possess a knowledge both of principle and practice, have over those who are familiar only with the latter; and though the interest of the question which led to its publication has now subsided, it will always be read with delight by such as are not insensible of the high gratification which all ingenuous minds must feel in observing the ease with which a superior intellect clears away the irrelevant matter with which a question has been designedly embarrassed, reduces false facts to their just value, and traces and exhibits the constant operation of the same general princi ple through all the mazy intricacies of practical detail. The merit of these pamphlets was duly appreciated ; and Mr. Ricardo’s society was, in consequence, courted by men of the first eminence, who 462 Mercantile Biography. were not less pleased with his modesty and unassuming manners, than with the vigor of his understanding. He formed, about this time, that in timacy with Mr. Malthus, and Mr. Mill, the historian of British India, which ended only with his death. To the latter, he was particularly at tached, and readily acknowledged how much he owed to his friendship. Mr. Ricardo next appeared as an author, in 1815, during the discussions on the bill, afterwards passed into a law, for raising the limit at which for eign corn might be imported for consumption, to 80s. Mr. Malthus, and a “ Fellow of University College, Oxford,” (afterwards Sir Edward West,) had, by a curious coincidence, in tracts published almost consentaneously, elucidated the true theory of rent, which, though discovered by Dr. An derson as early as 1777, appears to have been entirely forgotten. But neither of these gentlemen perceived the bearing of the theory on the question in regard to the restriction of the importation of foreign com. This was reserved for Mr. Ricardo, who, in his “ Essay on the Influence o f a Low Price o f Corn on the Profits o f Stock,” showed the effect of an increase in the price of raw produce on wages and profits ; and founded a strong argument in favor of the freedom of the corn trade, on the very grounds on which Mr. Malthus had endeavored to show the propriety of subjecting it to fresh restrictions. In 1816, Mr. Ricardo published his “ Proposals fo r an Economical and Secure Currency, with Observations on the Profits o f the Bank o f Ehrgland.” In this pamphlet, he examined the circumstances which deter mine the value of money, when every individual has the power, to supply it, and when that power is restricted or placed under a monopoly; and he showed that, in the former case, its value will depend, like that of all other freely supplied articles, on its cost; while, in the latter, it will be unaffect ed by that circumstance, and will depend on the extent to which it may be issued compared with the demand. This is a principle of great impor tance ; for it shows that intrinsic worth is not necessary to a currency, and that, provided the supply of paper notes, declared to be legal tender, be sufficiently limited, their value may be maintained on a par with the value of gold, or raised to any higher level. If, therefore, it were practicable to devise a plan for preserving the value of paper on a level with that of gold, without making it convertible into coin at the pleasure of the holder, the heavy expense of a metallic currency would be saved. To effect this desirable object, Mr. Ricardo proposed that, instead of being made ex changeable for gold coins, bank notes should be made exchangeable for bars o f gold bullion o f the standard weight and purity. This plan, than which nothing can be more simple, was obviously fitted to check the over issue of paper quite as effectually as it is checked by making it converti ble into coin ; while, as bars could not be used as currency, it prevented any gold from getting into circulation, and consequently saved the expenses of coinage, and the wear and tear and loss of coins. Mr. Ricardo’s pro posal was recommended by the committees of the Houses of Lords and Commons, appointed in 1819, to consider the expediency of the Bank of England resuming cash payments ; and was afterwards adopted in the bill for their resumption introduced by Mr. (now Sir Robert) Peel. In practice, it was found completely to answer the object of checking over issue. But inasmuch as it required that the place of sovereigns should be filled with one pound notes, the forgery of the latter began to be exten sively carried o n ; and it was wisely judged better to incur the expense of The Late David Ricardo, Esq., M. P. 463 recurring to and keeping up a mixed currency, than to continue a plan which, though productive of a large saving, held out an all but irresistible temptation to crime. At length, in 1817, Mr. Ricardo published his great work on the “ P rin ciples of P olitical E conomy and T axation .” This was a step which he did not take without much hesitation. He was not, and did not affect to be, insensible of the value of literary and philosophical reputation; but his modesty always led him to undervalue his own powers ; and having acquired a very high degree of celebrity as a writer on currency, he was unwilling to risk what he already possessed by attempting to gain more. Ultimately, however, he was prevailed upon, by the entreaties of his friends, to allow his work to be sent to press. Its appearance forms a memorable era in the history of political science. Exclusive of many valuable subsidiary inquiries, Mr. Ricardo has pointed out, in this work, the source and limiting principle of exchangeable value, and has traced the laws which determine the distribution of wealth among the various ranks and orders of society. The powers of mind displayed in these in vestigations, the dexterity with which the most abstruse questions are un ravelled, the sagacity displayed in tracing the operation of general princi ples, in disentangling them from such as are of a secondary and accidental nature, and in perceiving and estimating their remote consequences, have never been surpassed; and will forever secure the name of Ricardo a conspicuous place among those who have done most to unfold the mechan ism of society, and to discover the circumstances on which the well-being of its various orders must always mainly depend. Mr. Ricardo maintains, in this work, the fundamental principle, that the exchangeable value of commodities or their relative worth, as compared with each other, depends exclusively on the quantity o f labor necessarily required to produce them, and bring them to market. Smith had shown that this principle determined the value of commodities in the earlier stages of society, before land had been appropriated and capital accumulated ; but he supposed that, after land had become property and rent began to be paid, and after capital had been amassed and workmen began to be hired by capitalists, the value of commodities fluctuated, not only according to variations in the labor required to produce and bring them to market, but also according to variations of rents and wages. But Mr. Ricardo has shown that this theory is erroneous, and that the value of commodities is determined in all states of society by the same principle, or by the quan tity of labor required for their production. He showed that variations of profits or wages, by affecting different commodities to the same, or nearly the same extent, would either have no influence over their exchangeable value, or if they had any, it would depend upon the degree in which they occasionally affect some products more than others. And Dr. Anderson and others, having already shown that rent is not an element of cost or value, it follows that the cost or value of all freely produced commodities, the supply of which may be indefinitely increased, (abstracting from tem porary variations of supply and demand,) depends wholly on the quantity of labor required for their production, and not upon the rate at which that labor may be paid ; so that, supposing the labor required to produce any number of commodities to remain constant, their cost and value will also remain constant, whether wages fall from 3s. to Is., or rise from 3s. to 5s., or 7s. a day. This is the fundamental theorem of the science of value, 464 Mercantile Biography. and the clue which unravels the intricate labyrinth of the laws which regu late, the distribution of wealth. Its discovery has shed a flood of light on what was previously shrouded in all but impenetrable mystery; and the apparently knotty, and hitherto insoluble questions, regarding the action of wages and profits on each other and on prices, have since ceased to present any insuperable difficulties. What the researches of Locke and Smith did, for the production of wealth, those of Ricardo have done for its value and distribution. The establishment of general principles being Mr. Ricardo’s great ob ject, he has paid comparatively little attention to their practical application; and sometimes, indeed, he has, in great measure, overlooked the circum stances by which they are occasionally countervailed. In illustration of this, we may mention, that society being laid under the necessity of con stantly resorting to inferior soils to obtain additional supplies of food, Mr. Ricardo lays it down that, in the progress of society, raw produce and wages have a constant tendency to rise, and profits to fall. And this, no doubt, is in the abstract true. But it must at the same time be observed, that while on the one hand society is obliged constantly to resort to inferior soils, agriculture is on the other hand susceptible of indefinite improvement; and this improvement necessarily in so far countervails the decreasing fer tility of the soil; and may, and, in fact, very frequently does, more than countervail it. Mr. Ricardo has also very generally overlooked the influ ence of increased prices, in diminishing consumption and stimulating in dustry ; so that his conclusions, though true according to his assumptions, do not always harmonize with what really takes place. But his is not a practical w ork; and it did not enter into his plan to exhibit the circum stances that give rise to the discrepancies in question. The “ Principles o f Political Economy and Taxation,” is not even a systematic treatise, but is principally an inquiry respecting certain fundamental principles, most of which had previously been undiscovered. And though it be often exceed ingly difficult, or, it may be, all but impossible, to estimate the extent to which these principles may in certain cases be modified by other princi ples and combinations of circumstances, it is obviously of the greatest im portance to have ascertained their existence. They are so many land marks to which to refer, and can never be lost sight of even in matters most essentially practical. That part of Mr. Ricardo’s work, in which he applies his principles to discover the incidence of taxes on rent, profit, wages, and raw produce, is more practical than the others ; and must always be a subject of careful study to those who wish to make themselves well acquainted with this de partment of political science. Mr. Ricardo had now become an extensive landed proprietor, and had wholly retired from business, with a fortune acquired with the universal respect and esteem of his competitors. But he did not retire from the bustle of active life, to the mere enjoyment of his acres—Non fuit, con silium socordia atque desidia honum otium conterere—he had other objects in view ; and while his leisure hours, when in the country, were chiefly devoted to inquiries connected with that science, of which he was now confessedly at the head, he determined to extend the sphere of his useful ness by entering the House of Commons. In 1819, he took his seat as member for Portarlington. His diffidence in his own powers had, how ever, nearly deprived the public of the services which he rendered in this The Late D avid Ricardo, Esq., M. P . 465 situation. In a letter to one of his friends, dated the 7th of April, 1819, he says : “ You will have seen that I have taken my seat in the House of Commons. I fear that I shall be of little use there. I have twice at tempted to speak ; but I proceeded in the most embarrassed manner ; and I have no hope of conquering the alarm with which I am assailed the mo ment I hear the sound of my own voice.” And in a letter to the same gentleman, dated the 22d of June, 1819, he says : “ I thank you for your endeavors to inspire me with confidence on the occasion of my addressing the House. Their indulgent reception of me has, in some degree, made the task of speaking more easy to me ; but there are yet so many formida ble obstacles to my success, and some, I fear, of a nature nearly insur mountable, that I apprehend it will be wisdom and sound discretion in me to content myself with giving silent votes.” Fortunately he did not adopt this resolution. The difficulties with which he had at first to struggle, and his diffidence in himself, gradually subsided; while the mildness of his manners, the mastery which he possessed over the subjects on which he spoke, and the purity of his intentions, speedily secured him a very ex tensive influence, both in the House and the country, and gave great weight to his opinions. Mr. Ricardo was not one of those who make speeches to suit the ephemeral circumstances and politics of the d ay : he spoke only from principle, and with a fixed resolution never to diverge in any degree from the path which it pointed out; he neither concealed nor modified an opin ion for the purpose of conciliating the favor, or of disarming the prejudices or hostility, of any man or set of men ; nor did he ever make a speech, or give a vote, which he was not well convinced was founded on just prin ciples, and calculated to promote the lasting interests of the public. Trained to habits of profound thinking, independent in his fortune, and inflexible in his principles, Mr. Ricardo had little in common with mere party politicians. The public good was the grand object of his parlia mentary exertions ; and he labored to promote it, not by engaging in party combinations, but by supporting the rights and liberties of all classes, and by unfolding the true sources of national wealth and general pros perity. The change that has taken place in the public opinion, respecting the financial and commercial policy of the country, since the period when Mr. Ricardo obtained a seat in the House of Commons, is as complete as it is gratifying. Not only are the most enlarged principles advocated by all the leading members of both Houses; not only are they now ready to ad mit that the exclusive system is founded on vicious principles, and that it is sound policy to admit the freest competition in every branch of industry, and to deal with all the world on fair and liberal principles ; but they are about to make these doctrines a part of the law of the land, and to give them the sanction of parliamentary authority. Sir Robert Peel has the signal merit of having, despite the most formidable obstacles, carried out and established, in their fullest extent, the great principles of commercial freedom developed by Smith and his followers. And we believe, that that distinguished statesman would readily admit that the writings and speeches of Mr. Ricardo have powerfully contributed to pave the way for this most desirable consummation. As he was known to be a master in “ the mas ter-science of civil life,” his opinion, from the moment he entered the vol. xvx.— no. v. 30 466 Mercantile Biography. House of Commons, was referred to on all important occasions ;* and he acquired additional influence and consideration, according as experience served to render the House and the country better acquainted with his talents and his singleness of purpose. In 1820, Mr. Ricardo contributed an article on the “ Funding System,” to the Supplement to the “ Encyclopaedia Britannica.” This tract, though somewhat confused in its arrangement, embraces many valuable discus sions. He was a decided friend to the plan for raising the supplies for a war within the year, by an equivalent increase of taxation ; and he also thought (in which opinion few probably will be disposed to concur) that it would not be only expedient, but practicable, to pay off the public debt by an assessment on capital. In 1822, Mr. Ricardo published, during the parliamentary discussions on the subject of the corn laws, his tract on “ Protection to Agriculture This is the best of all his pamphlets, and is, indeed, a chef-d’cemre. The important questions respecting remunerating price, the influence of a low and high value of corn over wages and profits, the influence of taxation over agriculture and manufactures, and many other topics of equal diffi culty and interest, are all discussed in the short compass of eighty or nine ty pages, with a precision and clearness that leaves nothing to be desired. Had Mr. Ricardo never written anything else, this pamphlet would have placed him in the first rank of political economists. Though not robust, Mr. Ricardo’s constitution was apparently good, and his health such as to promise a long life of usefulness. He had, indeed, been subject, for several years, to an affection in one of his ears ; but as it had not given him any serious inconvenience, he paid it but little atten tion. W hen he retired to his seat in Gloucestershire, (Gatcomb Park,) subsequently to the close of the session of 1823, he was in excellent health and spirits ; and, besides completing a tract, containing a plan for the establishment of a National Bank, he engaged, with his usual ardor, in elaborate inquiries regarding some of the more abstruse economical doctrines. But he was not destined to bring these inquiries to a close ! Early in September, he was suddenly seized with a violent pain in the diseased ear : the symptoms were not, however, considered unfavorable; and the breaking of an imposthume that had been formed within the ear contributed greatly to his relief. But the amendment was only transitory; within two days, inflammation recommenced ; and after a period of the greatest agony, pressure on the brain ensued, which produced a stupor that continued until death terminated his sufferings, on the 11th September, in his fifty-second year. In private life, Mr. Ricardo was most amiable. He w as.an indulgent father and husband, and an affectionate and zealous friend. No man was ever more thoroughly free from every species of artifice and pretension ; more sincere, plain, and unassuming. He was particularly fond of assem bling intelligent men around him, and of conversing in the most unre strained manner on all topics of interest, but more especially on those connected with his favorite science. On these, as on all occasions, he * Mr. Ricardo made the first of his prominent appearances on the 24th of May, 1819, in the debate on the resolutions proposed by Mr. (now Sir Robert) Peel, respecting the resumption of cash payments. He did not rise until he was loudly called upon from all sides of the House. The Late D avid Ricardo, Esq., M. P . 467 readily gave way to others, and never discovered the least impatience to speak ; but when he did speak, the solidity of his judgment, his candor, and his extraordinary talent for resolving a question into its elements, and for setting the most difficult and complicated subjects in the most striking point of view, arrested the attention of every one, and delighted all who heard him. He never entered into an argument, whether in public or private, for the sake of displaying ingenuity, of baffling an opponent, or of gaining a victory. The discovery of truth was his exclusive object. He was ever open to conviction; and if he were satisfied he had either ad vanced or supported an erroneous opinion, he was the first to acknowledge his error, and to caution others against it. Few men have possessed, in a higher degree than Mr. Ricardo, the talent of speaking and conversing with clearness and facility on the abstrusest topics. In this respect, his speeches were greatly superior to his publications. The latter cannot be readily understood and followed, with out considerable attention ; but nothing could exceed the ease and felicity with which he illustrated and explained the most difficult questions of po litical economy, both in private conversation and in his speeches. With out being forcible, his style of speaking was easy, fluent, and agreeable. It was impossible to take him off his guard. To those who were not fa miliar with his speculations, some of his positions were apt to appear para doxical ; but the paradox was only in appearance. H e rarely advanced an opinion on which he had not deeply reflected, and without examining it in every point of view ; and the readiness with which he overthrew the most specious objections that the ablest men in the House could make to his doctrines, is the best proof of their correctness, and of the superiority of his understanding. That there were greater orators, and men of more varied and general acquirements, in Parliament, than Mr. Ricardo, we readily allow ; but we are bold to say, that in point of deep, clear, and comprehensive intellect, he had no superiors, and very few, if any equals, either in Parliament or in the country. He was not less generous than intelligent; he was never slow to come forward to the relief of the poor and the distressed ; and while he con tributed to almost every charitable institution in the metropolis, he sup ported, at his own expense, an alms-house for the poor, and two schools for the instruction of the young, in the vicinity of his seat in the country. Besides the publications previously enumerated, Mr. Ricardo left one or two manuscripts. Among others, a “ Plan fo r the Establishment o f a National Bank,” was found in a finished state, and was soon after pub lished. H e also left “ N otes” on Mr. Malthus’s Principles of Political Econ omy ; containing a vindication of his own doctrines from the objections of Mr. Malthus, and showing the mistakes into which he conceives Mr. M. had fallen. Though not properly belonging to the Whig party, Mr. Ricardo voted almost uniformly with the Opposition. He was impressed with the con viction, that many advantages would result from giving the people a great er influence over the choice of their representatives in the House of Com mons than they then possessed ; and he was so far a friend to the system of the radical reformers, as to give his cordial support to the plan of voting by ballot; which he considered as the best means for securing the mass of the electors against improper solicitations, and for enabling them to 468 Mercantile Biography. vote in favor of the candidates whom they really approved. He did not, however, agree with the radical reformers in their plan of universal suf frage ; he thought the elective franchise should be given to all who pos sessed a certain amount of property; but he was of opinion, that while it would be a very hazardous experiment, no practical good would result from giving the franchise indiscriminately to all. His opinions on these sub jects are fully stated in the Essay on Parliamentary Reform, and in the Speech on the Ballot, which will be found in the edition of his works, pub lished in 1846, by Murray, of London. O f the value of the services rendered by Mr. Ricardo to political econ omy, there can be, among intelligent men, only one opinion. His works have made a very great addition to the mass of useful and universally in teresting truths, and afford some of the finest examples to be met with, of discriminating analysis, and of profound and refined discussion. The brevity with which he has stated some of his most important propositions ; their intimate dependence on each other; the fewness of his illustrations ; and the mathematical cast he has given to his reasoning, render it some times a little difficult for readers, unaccustomed to such investigations, readily to follow him. But we can venture to affirm, that those who will give to his works the attention of which they are so worthy, will find them to be as logical and conclusive as they are profound and important. It was the opinion of Quintilian, that the students of eloquence who were highly delighted with Cicero, had made no inconsiderable progress in their a r t ; and the same may, without hesitation, be said of the students of po litical economy who find pleasure in the works of Mr. Ricardo : llle se profecisse sciat, cui Ricardo valde placebit. When the circumstances under which Mr. Ricardo spent the greater part of his life, are brought under view ; and when it is also recollected, that he died at the early age of fifty-one, it may be truly said that very few have ever achieved so much. His industry was as remarkable as his sa gacity and his candor. “ The history of Mr. Ricardo,” to use the words of Mr. Mill, “ holds out a bright and inspiring example. Mr. Ricardo had everything to do for himself; and he did everything. Let not the generous youth, whose aspirations are higher than his circumstances, despair of attaining either the highest intellectual excellence, or the highest influence on the welfare of his species, when he recollects in what circumstances Mr. Ricardo opened, and in what he closed, his memorable life. He had his fortune to make ; his mind to form; he had even his education to commence and conduct. In a field of the most intense competition, he realized a large fortune, with the universal esteem and affection of those who could best judge of the honor and purity of his acts. Amid this scene of active ex ertion and practical detail, he cultivated and he acquired habits of intense, and patient, and comprehensive thinking; such as have been rarely equalled, and never excelled.” Mr. Ricardo left a widow, three sons, and four daughters. Law o f Debtor and Creditor in Ohio. 469 Art. VI.— LAW OF DEBTOR AND CREDITOR IN OHIO. T iteke are three grades of courts for the administration of justice in the State of Ohio—Justices’ Courts, Courts of Common Pleas, and Su preme Court, besides certain local jurisdictions. Courts of Justices of the Peace are always open for the application of remedies within their jurisdiction. They are elected by the voters of each township, for the term of three years ; receive their commission from the Governor; have a limited criminal jurisdiction, and jurisdiction in matters of contract, when the amount in dispute does not exceed one hundred dol lars ; and may render judgment, on confession of the debtor, in the sum of two hundred dollars. Judgment may be recovered on the third day after the service of process, unless proceedings are delayed by real or sham de fences. From these judgments, there is a right of appeal to the Court of Common Pleas of the county; or the debtor may stay the execution there on from two to eight months, according to the amount, by giving security to the satisfaction of the justice. The State is divided into sixteen judicial circuits or districts, in each of which there is a president judge, and in each county three associate judges, who, with the president judge, constitute the Court of Common Pleas. This court holds three terms a y e a r; has appellate jurisdiction from all civil cases of which the justice takes cognizance, and original jurisdiction over all controversies when the amount involved exceeds one hundred dol lars. The original jurisdiction of this court is of a very multifarious char acter. It takes cognizance of the whole range almost of civil rights ; is charged with the settlement of the estates of decedents, and the appoint ment of guardians ; it licenses tavern-keepers, and ministers to m arry; appoints auctioneers and school-examiners ; lays out and locates roads, &c., &c. It has original jurisdiction in chancery, and original and exclu sive jurisdiction over crimes and offences, with few exceptions. The Supreme Court is the court of dernier resort, and is composed o f four judges. They have power to divide the State into two circuits, within which, two of them are required to hold a court once a year. This court sits annually in bank, at Columbus, for the final adjudication of such ques tions as have been reserved by it on the circuit. Its decisions have been reported since 1821, and the forthcoming volume will be the fifteenth of its reports. It has concurrent jurisdiction with the Court of Common Pleas, over all cases in law and equity where the matter in dispute exceeds one thousand dollars ; and appellate jurisdiction from the Court of Common Pleas, over all cases in chancery in which the latter court has original jurisdiction. Law cases may be removed from the Common Pleas to the Supreme Court, by writ of error or certiorari, for decision; the right of appeal having been taken away by a recent amendment of the law. IM P R IS O N M E N T F O R D E B T . Imprisonment for debt was abolished in Ohio, in 1838. The debtor may, however, be arrested and held to bail, if the creditor, his agent, or attorney, will make oath to the nature and amount of the indebtedness; and, That the debtor is about to remove his property out of the jurisdiction of the court, with intent to defraud his creditors; or, That he has converted, or is about to convert his property into money, r th e purpose of placing it beyond the reach of his creditors; or, 470 Law o f Debtor and Creditor in Ohio. That he has property or rights in action, which he fraudulently con ceals ; or, That he has assigned, removed, or disposed of, or is about to dispose of his property, with intent to defraud his creditors ; or, That he fraudulently contracted the debt, or incurred the obligation, for which suit is about to be brought; or, That he is about to remove his body out of the jurisdiction of the State or ------ , with intent thereby to defraud his creditors ; or, That he is not a resident of the State. From this arrest, the debtor may release himself by giving bail for his appearance at court, when the process is returnable. Suits thus entered, proceed in the same manner to judgment, as when commenced by sum mons, which is the ordinary process. The defendant is deemed to be in court on the return of process served. The practice, in its details, varies on the different circuits ; but on money demands, judgment may be recov ered at the first term of the court after the appearance term, unless de layed by a full docket, or the interposition of dilatory defences. ATTACHM ENT. There is no seizure or attachment of property upon judgment, except in cases of absconding and non-resident debtors. If the creditor, his agent, or attorney, will make oath of the existence of an indebtedness in an amount giving jurisdiction to the court, and that his debtor is not a resident of the State, or has absconded, an attachment will issue for the seizure of his real and personal estate ; and, by what is called the garnishee process, confiscating the credits of the debtor in the hands of his debtors. Three terms of the court must intervene before judgment can be ren dered, and before the property can be sold, except what is of a perishable nature. Other creditors may join in the prosecution of the suit, and en title themselves to a pro rata distribution of the proceeds of the property and credits attached; and if the creditor, at whose instance the writ of attachment issued, abandons the prosecution, or neglects to carry it on, any other creditor may take it up and prosecute to judgment. There is no other proceeding at law, by which the debtor’s property can be seized before the creditor has obtained a judgment. It is a proceeding in rem, strictly, and does not lie against joint debtors or copartners, unless all the joint debtors or copartners are non-residents, or have absconded. It is the property seized, or the credits attached, which gives to the court juris diction. The property may be claimed by a third person ; and if on trial it should be adjudged to be in the claimant, the suit will fail for want of jurisdiction, unless persons have been summoned as garnishees, who are indebted to the defendant in the attachment, or have credits in their hands belonging to him. JU D G M E N T M E N S . Judgments in the Supreme Court and Courts of Common Pleas, are liens upon the real estate of the debtor lying in the county where the judgments are rendered. Voluntary conveyances or encumbrances of his real estate, made by the debtor on or after the first day of the term of the court at which judgments are recovered, create no lien or encumbrance as against those judgments. Judgments recovered in favor of different cred itors, against the same debtor, at the same term of court, have no prefer ence or priority, unless acquired subsequently by the greater vigilance of Law o f Debtor and Creditor in Ohio. 471 one creditor. This would happen in case all the creditors should lie by for one year, without causing executions to be levied upon the real estate of the debtor; after the expiration of a year, the execution first levied would be first satisfied as between those judgments. In the meantime, other creditors may have acquired advantages in the case of vigilance. This is the doctrine : judgments bind the lands of the debtor one year without the levy of execution, as against judgments sub sequently recovered, and five years as against the voluntary conveyances of the judgment debtor. Judgments recovered at the same term, will di vide the proceeds of the debtor’s real estate pro rata, if the lien is not lost by delay. Judgments recovered at different terms, will be satisfied ac cording to the priority of the date, the oldest judgment being first paid, unless this order should be deranged by the voluntary acts of the creditor. The personalty of the debtor is not bound until execution is levied upon it. Judgments become dormant in five years after they are recovered, if no execution issues, and in five years after the return of the last execution, but may be revived by scire facias. The judgment debtor may be taken in execution, for causes analogous to those for which he might have been arrested on mesne process—the capias ad satisfaciendum issuing in term time, on the allowance of the court, and in vacation, on the allowance of a single judge, upon the oath of the creditor, his agent, or attorney, and such other testimony as he may present, establishing to the satisfaction of the court or judge, the ex istence of one of the causes specified in the statute for the arrest of the debtor in execution. The debtor thus arrested, may take the jail limits which are co-extensive with the county, by giving the required security; or he may release himself entirely, by complying with the provisions of the insolvent debtor act. The certificate of discharge from the proper court, exempts his body from imprisonment for existing debt, but does not release or exempt from execution the subsequent acquisitions of the insolvent. L I M IT A T IO N O F A C T IO N S . The time limited by law for the prosecution of suits on contracts in writing, whether sealed or unsealed, on bills of exchange, and promissory notes, is fifteen years ; on book accounts and parol agreements, six years from the time the party had a right to sue, as limited in the contract, or after the last payment or acknowledgment of the debt or allegation. There are certain disabilities, such as infancy, insanity, and imprison ment, which, if existing at the time the right of action accrued, will sus pend the operation of the rule. Contracts made in another State, between persons not resident in this State, will be governed by the law of the State where they were made. If barred by the limitation acts of that State, they will be barred in this. N E G O T IA B L E IN S T R U M E N T S . B onds. —Bills of exchange and promissory notes, made payable in money to any person, or order, or bearer, or assigns, are negotiable by endorsement, and each successive endorsee is invested with the legal title to the same. The maker of a bond or note, the drawer and acceptor of a bill of exchange, and all the prior endorsers, may be prosecuted by the holder to a joint judgment. Cost o f Wheat-Growing. 472 These instruments are entitled to three days of grace. Twelve per cent damages are given on protested bills, when drawn on any person or corporate body without the United States, and six per cent, when drawn on any person or corporate body within the United States and without the State of Ohio. To entitle the holder to the statutory damages, the bill must be regularly protested under the notarial seal. No damages are given upon protested bills, when the drawer and drawee reside within the State, although the bill is made payable without the State. A note made payable to any person, or bearer, may be transferred without endorsement. In actions against the makers of sealed instruments—against the drawee, acceptor, or endorser of a bill of exchange—against the maker or endorsee of a promissory note, the plaintiff is not required to prove the sig nature of the party sued, unless the defendant will attach to his plea of the general issue in the case, an affidavit that the signature purporting to be his is not genuine. U SU RY . The law for the protection of the debtor against usury, is mild, but salutary. Six per cent is the established rate of interest on liquidated demands. A stipulation in a contract, for the payment of a higher rate, will not be enforced ; but if illegal interest has been once voluntarily paid, it cannot be recovered back. No forfeiture or penalty is attached to a contract tainted with usury; it is valid and binding for the amount of prin cipal and legal interest. Courts of equity will not relieve a debtor from a judgment covering excessive interest, unless he bring, or offer to bring the money justly due into court, when he files his bill. A stipulation in a contract to pay collection fees, in addition to the prin cipal and legal interest, is illegal, and cannot be enforced. There are other points in our law interesting to the creditor, particu larly the remedy he may have against his debtor before, his claim has ripened into a judgment, which will be considered in a future number. Art. VII.— COST OF WHEAT-GROWING. I n the Merchants’ Magazine for March, 1847, we published a letter from an intelligent farmer of Western New York, in relation to this sub ject, with some comments of our own thereon. We have received the following, in reply to those comments. We insert the communication of our correspondent, premising, however, that a magazine is not exactly the arena for a controversy; and we shall therefore forbear to push the sub ject further than to correct some apparent misapprehensions on his part; the fact that wheat can be raised at the low price we stated, being too well established, practically, to be overthrown by speculations. We have italicised some lines that we wish to correct. We did not say that seed should not be charged in the expense, but that it should be de ducted from the product, and the expense of raising charged upon the balance. The prophecy in relation to what will le the result of a certain system of farming, does not affect the expense of that system now. We did not give the comparative statement o f the best eight wheat counties fo r the purpose o f showing the product per acre per head, but simply to show Cost o f Wheat-Growing. 473 the decrease of population in those counties where it costs much to raise wheat, and the increase in those counties where it can be done for less. A little reflection will show our correspondent that he is in error, in what he thinks an “ important ” comparison, viz.: the product of wheat, with the number of the population according to the census. If he can show that all the population in each of the counties cultivate wheat, or that each working farmer has the same number of children, his comparison will be good. As thus—a man with 50 acres, 20 in wheat, raises 400 bushels, numbering himself, wife, and hired man, being 133 bushels per head. Next year his wife may have twins, and the average at the same crop will be, according to the census, 80 bushels per head. In a few years he may have four children, and, with the same crop, the average will be re duced to 57 bushels per head. There is, however, no diminution in the reward of labor! The comparison of the number of the population with the wheat raised in the county, is altogether erroneous! We do not see that the fact of Detroit, Monroe, and St. Joseph’s, being outlets for the products of other counties, weakens the inference that large receipts at those places come from the wheat counties rather than from those counties that produce but little of the grain ; nor that the continued and regular receipt of increasing supplies, in years of low prices, can be taken as evidence of a losing business. M r . F reeman H unt :— S ir —Although it may savor of presumption, for an obscure farmer, born and bred upon the soil, to enter into a controversy with the accomplished editor of the Merchants’ Magazine, albeit on a subject with which he is practically acquainted, yet, as the cost of raising wheat is a subject of considerable interest, and to more than one class of the community, I shall request you to publish this answer to your comments on my communcation,* commenting on your paragraph in the Merchants’ Magazine for October, 1846. Your correspondent, however “ irrelevant ” his statements may have been, did not “ mistake the point of your remarks,” which was, that “ wheat can be deliv ered in unlimited quantities in sacks, on the borders of the great lakes, for 16 cents per bushel, free on board.” What I undertake to show, is, that it cannot be de livered in any quantity worth mentioning for that price. It may be observed here, that the average per acre, is an item of the first importance in making up an es timate of cost. Your correspondent places it at 20 bushels,—not because a much larger amount may not and has not been raised, for he knows that in isolated cases it has been largely exceeded, both in New York and at the West,—but be cause he is satisfied that it is more than an average, both for this State or any Western State. Having but imperfect statistical data from any Western State, on this subject, my statements must necessarily lack the sanction of official au thority. The average for a section of country of some extent, is doubtless the true data on which to found an estimate of this kind. It would be false to found a statement of the cost of raising wheat in the town of Wheatland, from Mr. P. Schaeffer's crop of 2,400 bushels, on 40 acres, or from Mr. Blackmer’s crop of over 60 bushels per acre, both raised in this town, when experience shows, that for a term of years the average is but 22 bushels per acre. The wheat crop of England, with her cheap labor, high prices, and scientific agriculture, has not yet, I believe, reached an average of 30 bushels per acre ; and it is but a few years since it did not exceed 15. With these facts before us, can we believe that 30 bushels per acre is an average for any Western State, with its imperfect cul ture, low prices, and high labor ? But giving you that advantage, I propose to show that it cannot be raised even on that average, in any considerable quantity, for 17 cents per bushel. See Merchants’ Magazine for March, 1847, Vol. XVI., No. 3, pp. 263-296. 474 Cost o f Wheat-Growing. You state the expense of purchasing and fencing Western lands at $3 50 per acre, which is probably not far from the truth. The interest of that, at 7 per cent, is 24J cents, say 25. Well, after having fenced and broken up his land, the Western farmer certainly has to plough once, at least, which we will put at 88 cents ; two harrowings, 25 cents each; sowing, 6 cents. Notwithstanding your opinion to the contrary, I must still consider seed as an item to be charged to the expense of producing wheat, as I before did; for the Western farmer certainly has, in the beginning, to buy his seed corn, and in that case it cannot be estima ted on your principle; and so of any future crop. The true way to estimate the profit or loss of a crop, is to charge it with all its expenses, and credit it with all its products—seed, 1j bushels at 50 cents, 75 cents per acre. You are in error, in supposing that the smooth lands of the Western lake shores afford facilities for machine labor, which do not exist here, thereby reducing the items of harvesting and thrashing to one-half of my statement. On the contrary, Hall’s Improved Thrasher and Separator, made at Rochester, in this county, is believed to be as good a machine as is to be found in any Western State, as it thrashes and cleans, ready for market, from 300 to 400 bushels per day, in good wheat; he is also con stantly building them for the Western market. It has also become the annual business of some men from this county, to transport their machines and horses to all the Western States, as far as Illinois, for the purpose of thrashing; and if your statement is correct, they go there to work for half price, with their expenses and loss of time to boot. It costs more there than it does here—put it at about the same—say $9 per 100 bushels, which is about an average, and it will give $2 70 per acre, or, on an average of 20 bushels, $1 80. The same general remark may be made in relation to harvesting, as we have a firm in Brockport, in this county, who are manufacturing harvesting machines by the hundred, on Western account, and for this State, also; but as machine labor for harvesting, has not been yet fully tested, it is too soon to say what its ultimate effects may be ; and as it has not yet, either here or at the West, to any considerable extent, superseded the use of the cradle, I must still base my estimate on that, which will be about, on an average, $1 50 ; then there is marketing, which will cost more than 4 cents ; but call it that, and we have the following results:— Interest,......................... ........... Ploughing,..................... Harrowing,................... .............. Sowing,......................... ............. Seed,............................. ............... 25 75 0 50 0 6 0 75 $0 Harvesting,..................... ........... Thrashing,.................... .............. Marketing,..................... Total,.................... ............ 50 2 70 m 4 $6 55 Which would give within a small fraction of 22 cents per bushel, and on 20 bushels, a small one over 28 cents. Good practical farmers will certainly smile incredulously at the idea of producing wheat in this way; yet, to show its ab surdity, it is perhaps well enough to state it so ; but the practice of sowing wheat, with once ploughing, after wheat, as is practised pretty extensively at the West, is ruinous in the end. It has been tried here, and utterly failed ; it will do the same there. You give us a statement of the lest eight wheal-growing counties in this State, compared with the same number of the best in Michigan, (and I believe them to be as good as any eight counties in any Western State,) for the purpose of show ing that the average of wheat, in these counties, is 30 bushels per acre ; and that, combined with cheap land and tillage, they can produce wheat at 17 cents per bushel. But there is one comparison you have not made, and an important one, too, in the absence of positive statistical data. It appears, then, that excluding the city of Rochester, in Monroe county, the population of these eight counties, in 1840, amounted to 321,538, and the product of wheat, 6,137,838 bushels ; this would give an average of 19i bushels for each inhabitant. In 1845, with a di minished population of 317,613 inhabitants, the same counties show an increased production of 6,441,090 bushels, being 204 bushels to each inhabitant. In the eight counties of Michigan, in 1840, with a population of 109,183, the product was 1,394,452 bushels, or 12j bushels to each inhabitant—call it 13 ; and it shows that in 1840, the product of one man’s labor, in New York, was 6 bushels greater Cost o f Wheat-Growing. 475 than in Michigan, and in 1845, it was upwards of 7 bushels greater. Now, what results do these figures produce, and what facts do they substantiate ? The first is, that the labor of one man, in the State of New York, produced, in 1840, onethird more than the same amount of labor in Michigan. It demolishes the 30 bushels per acre theory. It also demolishes the theory of raising wheat 17 cents per bushel; for, if the labor of one man in New York, produces one-third more than the same amount of labor in Michigan—when the average product of wheat, in New York, is under 20 bushels per acre, and the cost over 50 cents per bushel—by what process of reasoning can it be shown that the laborer in Michi gan produces double the amount at one-third the cost ? It is also to be observed, that the population in Michigan is more essentially agricultural than it is in this State. We have more men in other occupations than they have there. It is the sons of our farmers who go West, not the men whose strong arms hewed down the forests of Western New York; they stay here to eDjoy, in the evening of life, the reward of their youthful toil. Consequently, there is, from these causes, a greater number of unproductive inhabitants in New York, than in Michigan— thus enhancing, in a still greater degree, the difference in favor of the New York farmer. . But your correspondent is not left wholly to inference, in this matter. He has himself had some practical acquaintance with wheat-growing in Michigan, in Van Buren county, adjoining Kalamazoo—which ranges highest in your list in production, according to population, partaking of the same general characteris tics—and his product was much under 20 bushels per acre. There are many other expenses, connected with the production of wheat, that have not been enumerated in this communication. Thus, a barn is almost as es sential to a farmer, as fences; and although it costs a considerable sum of money to get a good barn, yet it costs more to do without one. And as a farmer and his family can neither, like the prairie dogs, burrow in the earth, nor, like the birds of heaven, nestle amid the boughs of the forest, it follows that he must have a house to live in. Although both may be of the cheapest kind, yet they go to in crease the amount of his investment; and as they are fixtures to the soil, the in terest and decay, incident to such structures, is just as legitimate an item of cal culation, in his profit and loss account, as the pull and wear and tear of a press is, to a printer. Although the statistics of the three ports of Detroit, Monroe, and St. Joseph’s, are irrelevant to the present subject of inquiry, yet, as they are introduced for the same apparent purpose, it may not be inappropriate to notice them. The export of the three ports, in 1841, was 257,962 barrels of flour, and 164,607 bushels of wheat; in 1846, it was 748,533 barrels of flour, and 722,889 bushels of wheat. Comparing the exports for the two years, you come to the conclusion that if the increased production in the eight counties bears the same proportion to the ex ports of the three cities, in 1846, that they did in 1841, the whole crop, for 1846, must have reached 2,800,000 bushels. This reasoning might be nearly correct, if the three cities named were the ports of transit for the eight counties only; but they receive, not only their product, but that of fourteen or fifteen other counties in Michigan, besides a part of one or two in Ohio, and four or five, in whole or in part, from Indiana. It is also to be observed, that the Central Railroad has been constructed to Kalamazoo, and the Southern road to Adrian, giving to the ports of Detroit and Monroe a cheap and expeditious, in place of a slow and expensive line of communication, besides adding a considerable extent of territory to each, which before found an outlet elsewhere. Your conclusion, it appears to me, can not be quite correct, as these ports form the outlet for nearly three-fourths of Michigan, and the eight counties named, produced, in 1840, about two-thirds of the entire product of the State—the whole quantity produced in the State being 2,157,108 bushels; and as the parts of Ohio and Indiana are excluded in this ag gregate, and included in the amount of exports, they will about balance the re mainder of Michigan which goes elsewhere, so that the most correct basis would be, the whole product of Michigan in 1840. This would show a different result from that at which you arrive. Reducing the flour to wheat, it would give an 476 Commerce o f France, in 1844. aggregate of 3,091,281 bushels, allowing a barrel of flour to be equal to 4JJ bush els of wheat. Allowing 4 bushels per head for home consumption, and the popu lation of the State now, to be 2,800,000, (I have not the census for 1846 to refer to,) it would give, for the product of the whole State, 4,211,287 bushels. Deduct ing something for the exports included in this estimate from Ohio and Indiana, it gives an increase of nearly 100 per cent for the whole State, since 1840. Your remark in relation to the great increase at Chicago, without internal lines of communication, is explained by the principle stated in my former communica tion. The year 1844, was one of low prices—wheat ranging from 40 to 60 cents per bushel. At that place, in the winter of 1846, it was from 75 to 98 cents, ranging for a considerable time at the last named price. The effect was, that an unlooked-for quantity was called out from distant points, reducing the price of flour in New York, in June, to $4 per barrel, and ruining the dealers. It was not the $4 per barrel, in June, that called out the wheat, but the high price of wheat of the winter preceding. s. w. Wheatland, Monroe County, New York. Art. T ill— COMMERCE OF FRANCE, IN 1841. A G E N E R A L R E V IE W O F T H E C O M M E R C E O F F R A N C E W IT H IT S C O L O N IE S , 1844.* T he following article is translated and made up from the Report of the Department of Customs of France, for the year 1844. Some technical terms of frequent occurrence, it is important to notice. The terms “ General Commerce,” and “ Special Commerce,” are applied both to imports and exports. As applied to imports, “ generalcommerce” includes everything brought into the kingdom, by land or by sea, without regard to its origin or final destination—whether it is for consumption, warehousing, re-exportation, or transit. “ Special commerce” includes only what is consumed within the kingdom. As applied to exports, “ general commerce” includes, in like manner, everything sent abroad, what ever its origin. “ Special commerce ” includes only articles of French production, and those which, having been, as it were, naturalized by the payment of import duties, are afterwards exported. In speaking of the countries from which merchandise is imported, or to which it is exported, no regard is paid to its origin, or its final destination. Reference is made only to the country which the article last leaves before reaching France, or to which it is first carried after leaving France. The valuations are made according to the value called ilofficial.” These are the average prices approved by the royal ordinance of the 29th of May, 1826. The use of these values gives a uniformity to the national commercial reports, which makes it easy to compare the business of va rious years. A N D W IT H F O R E IG N P O W E R S , D U R IN G T H E YEAR * For a similar analysis of the commerce of France in 1843, see Merchants’ Magazine for July, 1845, Vol. XIII., No. I., pp. 26 to 37. W e have also received the French official document, the Report of the Department of Customs, which was published at the close of 1846, furnishing the materials for a corresponding view of the commerce of France in 1845, which we shall lay before our readers in a future number of the Merchants’ Magazine. Also, for an elaborate article on the trade and commerce of France, from 1827 to 1840, with Full and complete tabular statements, derived from the French official documents, we refer the reader to the Merchants’ Magazine for September, 1842, Vol. VII., No. III., pp. 229 to 241. Also, to same work, for May, 1843, Vol. VIII., No. V., pp. 435 to 439, bringing the commerce of France down to 1841, and the present paper to 1844. 477 Commerce o f France, in 1844. G e n e r a l a n d S p e c ia l C o m m e r c e . In 1844, the general commerce of France with her colonies, and with foreign nations, made renewed pro gress. Its total value was 2,340,000,000 francs.* This is 161,000,000 francs, or 7 per cent more than in 1843 ; and 248,000,000, or 12 per cent more than the average of the five years preceding 1844. There was a marked difference between the increase of the imports and that of the ex ports. Compared with 1843, and with the average of the period of five years, the imports increased 1 per cent and 9 per cent, respectively ; the exports 16 per cent and 14 per cent. The foreign products which France received for her own consumption, comprised 867,000,000 francs, out of the whole value of her imports. A comparison with the year 1843, and with the average of the period of five years, shows an increase in this respect, of 3 per cent and 11 per cent in favor of 1844. Out of the whole value of exports, French products comprise 790,000,000 francs ; 15 per cent more than in 1843, and 14 per cent more than the average of the five years. The following table shows the ratio of the special to the general com merce, from 1839 to 1844 ; the general commerce being represented by 100 Imports. Exports. 1839 __ 1840 __ 69 67 71 69 Imports. Exports. Imports. Exports. 1841____ 1842____ 72 71 1843____ 71 69 74 69 1844------ 73 69 C om m erce by L and an d by S e a . Of the whole foreign commerce, that by sea amounted to 1,658,000,000 francs, or 71 per cent; that by land to 682,000,000 francs, or 29 per cent. The value of the maritime trade was thus more than two-thirds of the whole. Compared with 1843, and with the average of the period of five years, the maritime trade increased 6 per cent and 10 per ce n t; the land traffic * The table below shows the value, in millions of francs, of the foreign trade of France, for 15 years. The excess of the 2d period over the 1st, is 35 per cen t; of the 3d over the 1st, 65 per cen t; of the 3d over the 2d, 22 per c en t:— Years. First Period '1830.............. 1831.............. 1832.............. 1833.............. .1834.............. T o tal am ount. 1,211,000,000 1,131,000,000 1,349,000,000 1,459,000,000 1,435,000,000 3,368,000,000 - 6,585,000,000 834,000,000 961,000,000 758,000,000 956,000,000 1,003,000,000 1,595,000,000 1,867,000,000 1,566,000,000 1,893,000,000 1,950,000,000 Total.... . 4,359,000,000 4,512,000,000 8,871,000,000 . . . . . 1,051,000,000 1,121,000,000 1,142,000,000 1,187,000,000 1,193,000,000 1,011,000,000 1,066,000,000 940,000,000 992,000,000 1,147,000,000 2,063,000,000 2,187,000,000 2,082,000,000 2,179,000,000 2,340,000,000 Total...... . 5,695,000,000 5,156,000,000 10,857,000,000 fl8 4 0 ............. 1841............. 1842............ 1843............. 1844............ Exportations. 573,000,000 618,000,000 696,000,000 766,000,000 715,000,000 761,000,000 906,000,000 808,000,000 937,000,000 947,000,000 Total...... . fl8 3 5 ............. 1836............ Second Period.... • 1837............. 1838.............. 1839............ Third Period. Importations. 638,000,000 513,000,000 653,000,000 693,000,000 720,000,000 3,217,000,000 I 478 Commerce o f France, in 1844. 12 per cent and 17 per cent. From 1839 to 1844, there was an increase of 27 per cent in the imports by sea, and of 24 per cent in those by land. In the exports, on the other hand, the advance, from 1839, was greater in the land trade ; that increase being 30 per cent, while the increase in the exports by sea was only 9 per cent. M a r it im e T r a d e . The whole value (1,658,000,000 francs) of mer chandise transported by sea, was divided between French and foreign ves sels, as follows:— French vessels............. .. 764,000,0001. or 46 per cent. Foreign vessels....................... 894,000,000 or 54 per cent. Comparing, as before, with 1843, and with the average of the period of five years, we find in favor of 1844, an increase of 6 per cent and 11 per cent, respectively, in the value of merchandise transported by French ships, and of 6 per cent and 9 per cent in that under foreign colors. The value of the products transported by French shipping was divided in the following manner :— Restricted commerce, (with French colonies,) 250,000,000f. or 15 per cent of the whole ; open commerce, 514,000,000, or 31 per cent of the whole. In the restricted commerce, (still considering only the value of the mer chandise transported,) there was an increase, compared as before, of 13 per cent and 29 per cent, which was chiefly in the trade with Algeria, Senegal, and the French East India establishments. In the open com merce, there was an increase of 3 per cent and 5 per cent. T r a d e w it h V a r io u s C o u n t r ie s . The countries with which the trade of France was most active in 1844, were the United States, Eng land, Switzerland, the Sardinian States, the Germanic League, Spain, Al geria, Guadaloupe, Martinique, and Bourbon. H er trade with these coun tries amounted to 72 per cent of the whole of her imports and exports. In 1843, her trade with the same countries was 69 per cent of the whole. The trade of France was greater, with each of these powers, in 1844, than in 1843, except in the case of Bourbon, whose trade with the mother country fell off 19 per cent. The increase in value was as follows :— United States 12 pr. ct. Sardinian States 9pr. ct. Spain. . . . . 26 pr. ct. “ Belgium........... 15 England.. . . 4 “ Algiers.. . . 46 “ German League 6 “ Switzerland. 13 “ Guadaloupe 17 “ The trade of France likewise improved in Europe, with Russia, the Low Countries, the Hanse Towns, and Portugal; in America, with Brazil, Mexico, Guatimala, and Hayti. With many other powers of the same two parts of the world, it decreased; especially with Turkey, Tuscany, the Two Sicilies, Norway, Austria, Cuba, Porto Rico, Rio de la Plata, and Uruguay. With the East Indies, and with the different countries of Africa, (except the Barbary States,) the trade of France increased in 1844. I m p o r t T r a d e w it h V a r io u s C o u n t r ie s . Of the whole of the general commerce of importation of France, for 1844, 12 per cent (143,000,000 francs) was from the United States. Of the products im ported for internal consumption, 15 per cent (134,000,000 francs) were from the same country. Compared with 1843, the general commerce of France with the United States decreased 18 per c e n t; the special com merce, 7 per cent. Commerce o f France, in 1844. 479 The value of the products imported into France from England, in 1844, was, in general commerce, 3,000,000 francs less, and in special com merce, 5,000,000 francs more than in 1843. 1843, General Commerce I48,000,000f. Special Commerce 86,000,000f. 1844, “ “ 145,000,000 “ “ 91,000,000 At no previous time had the imports from France into Belgium been so large as in 1844. The value of merchandise of every kind and origin, received from that country, was not less than 125,000,000 francs. This was 22,000,000 francs more than in 1843, and 42,000,000 francs more than in 1839, the first year of the quinquennial period. Compared with the same two years, there was an increase of 13,000,000 francs, and of 32.000. 000 francs in the value imported from Belgium for internal con sumption. The value of the imports from Russia, advanced, year by year, from about 32,000,000 francs, in 1839, to nearly 63,000,000, in 1844. Of this, 45.000. 000 francs was for internal consumption. The value of the imports from Switzerland, Tuscany, and the Germanic League, varied but little from what it had been in previous years. The imports from Spain and Egypt, on the other hand, advanced perceptibly. In respect to other countries, a comparison of the values imported shows an increase in the commerce of France with her colonies of Guadaloupe and Martinique, with the English East Indies, the Low Countries, Brazil, Hayti, and the Hanse T ow ns; and a decrease in that with the Isle of Bourbon, Turkey, the Two Sicilies, Norway, Rio de la Plata, Austria, the Barbary States, Chili, and the Roman States. E x p o r t T r a d e w i t h V a r i o u s C o u n t r i e s . The exports from France to the United States, during 1844, were not so large as in 1839 and 1841; but compared with 1843, they advanced 67 per cent in general commerce, and 45 per cent in special commerce. 1839, General commerce 205,000,000f. Special commerce I21,000,000f. it a U it 184,000,000 121,000,000 1841, it a (( it 97,000,000 66,000,000 1843, u U a ti 161,000,000 1844, 102,000,000 Of the value of exports of special commerce, silk fabrics amounted to 44,000,000 francs, woollen fabrics to 17,000,000, wines to 3,000,000. Similar variations were apparent in the exports to England. The value of the exports to that country, which, in 1843, amounted only to 131,000,000 francs, (general commerce,) and 87,000,000 francs, (special commerce,) exceeded, in 1844, 143,000,000 francs, and 99,000,000 francs. These are, however, less than those of each of the first three years of the quin quennial period. The value of the exports to Belgium, Russia, the Hanse Towns, Swit zerland, and the Sardinian States, differed but little from what it had been in 1843. In the value of merchandise sent to Algeria there was a sustained ad vance, as appears from the following table :— General Commerce. Average of the 5 y e a r s ,.... 1843.................... 1844,................... Special Commerce. 39,000,000 francs. 29,000,000 francs. 51,000,000 “ 41,000,000 « 77,000,000 “ 63,000,000 “ 480 Commerce o f France, in 1844. Of the exports of special commerce, wines amounted to 7,000,000 francs ; fabrics of every kind, to 32,000,000 francs. In 1844, this colony held the fourth place among the countries which consume the products of the soil and the industry of France. Spain, the Germanic League, Guadaloupe, Tuscany, and the Low Coun tries, afforded a market to a larger amount of the products of France, in 1844, than in 1843. There was, on the other hand, a decrease in the amount shipped to Martinique, Brazil, Bourbon, Chili, Rio de la Plata, and the Two Sicilies. A r t ic l e s o f I m p o r t . Raw materials for manufacture comprised 709.000. 000 francs, or 60 per cent of the whole value of imports, in gene ral commerce, and 599,000,000, or 69 per cent, in special commerce. Articles for consumption in their natural state, comprised 266,000,000 francs and 214,000,000 francs, or 22 per cent and 25 per c e n t; and arti cles for consumption, in a manufactured state, 218,000,000 francs and 54.000. 000 francs, or 18 per cent and 6 per cent. Compared with 1843, and with the average of the five years, there was an increase in the importation of each of these classes of articles, except in these two cases. In general commerce the imports of raw materials for manufacture, were 4 per cent less than in 1843 ; and in special com merce, the imports of manufactured objects of consumption, were 1 per cent less than the average of the five years. Cotton and silk were the articles holding the chief place among the im ports. Cotton amounted to 111,000,000 francs in general commerce, and 105.000. 000 francs in special commerce. These sums are less, by 13 per cent and 2 per cent, than those which represent the value imported in 1843. The value of imports of silk was 103,000,000 francs ; of this 61,000,000 francs were consumed in manufactures. This is nearly as much as in 1843, and 4,000,000 francs more than the average of the five years. The value of grain imported for consumption rose to 51,000,000 francs. In 1843, it did not exceed 42,000,000 francs. In neither of the five years did it reach so high an amount as in 1844. There was an advance both in the importation and in the consumption of colonial sugar. The increase was 9 per cent over 1843, and 14 per cent over the average of the five years, in special commerce, and 6 per cent and 5 per cent in general commerce. In wool, imported for manufacture, there was an increase of 28 per cent and 30 per cent. In 1842, the value of the oleaginous seeds imported for consumption, was 58,000,000 francs ; in 1843, 48,000,000 francs ; in 1844, 39,000,000 francs only. The imports of spun flax and hemp amounted, in 1844, to 32,000,000 francs. This was 2,000,000 more than in 1843, but 14,000,000 less than in 1842; in which year, more was imported than in any other of the five. The imports of linen and hempen fabrics were also less than in 1842, but greater, by 10 per cent, than in 1843. The value of coal imported for consumption, in 1839, did not exceed 17.000. 000 francs. In 1844, it reached 24,000,000 francs. There was an increase, in 1844, both in general and special com Commerce o f France, in 1844. 481 merce, in the importation of indigo, coffee, cattle, horses, flax, and raw tal low. The most important of the articles whose importation decreased, were common wood, raw hides, leaf tobacco, olive oil, and unwrought copper. A r t ic l e s o f E x p o r t . The exportation, both of natural productions and of manufactures, increased in 1844. In general commerce, the value of the first class exported was 13,000,000 francs, or 7 per cent—that of the second class, 91,000,000, or 18 per cent more than in 1843. The value of natural products exported was 1 per cent—that of manufactures, 19 per cent above the average of the five years previous. Among the natural products, wines, brandies, grain and madder demand special attention. The exportation of wines was 51,000,000 francs; less, by 4,000,000 francs, than in 1841—but greater than in any other year of the five. The value of the brandy sent abroad was 11,000,000 francs ; less, by 3.000. 000 francs, than in 1843. The grain of French production exported, amounted to nearly 7,000,000 francs. This was above 1,000,000 francs more than in 1843 ; but 6.000. 000 francs less than the average of the five years. Madder figures for 10,000,000 francs, only, in the exports of 1844. This was 3,000,000 francs less than in either of the five previous years. In the amount of French manufactures exported, remarkable progress was shown. The most important of these are woven fabrics, which ad vanced 71,000,000 francs beyond the exports of 1843. The following table gives that increase in amount and per centage, for the various fabrics:— Cotton Goods............. *................ 26,000,000 francs, or 32 percent. 24,000,000 “ 31 “ Woollen “ ............. .............. 14,000,000. “ 11 Silk “ ................................ Linen and Hempen goods........... 7,000,000 “ 31 “ Prepared skins, paper, crockery, glass, toys, haberdashery, wrought metals, perfumery and refined sugar, likewise show an increase more or less great. Jewelry, fashions, spun flax, and hemp, are the principal articles whose exportation fell off. G oods in T ransitu . The amount of merchandise that passed through the kingdom, was greater in 1844, than at any former period. Its value was 230,000,000 francs; its weight, 468,512 metrical quintals,—an ex cess of 38,000,000 francs and 83,004 metrical quintals, over 1843. Silk goods, reeled and thrown silk, cotton goods, and woollen goods, were, in point of value, the most important of the articles transported. They alone comprised 67 per cent of the whole, in value ; though in weight, they held but a secondary place. In point of weight, cotton wool, cast iron, sugar and coffee, comprise more than half of the transitory com merce. The transit of cotton wool, silk, and cochineal, decreased. All other artides partook of the advance, in this branch of trade. The articles which crossed the French territory, were chiefly the pro ducts of Switzerland, England, the German League, the United States, the Sardinian States and Belgium. Nine-tenths, in value, of all the merchan dise transported, came from these countries. A little more than threevol. xvi.— no. v. 31 482 Commerce o f France, in 1844. fourths of all the transitory merchandise sent abroad, went to the same countries. The advance in this branch of commerce was chiefly in articles coming from Belgium and the German League, and in those going to the United States, Spain and Brazil. W a reh o u ses. The merchandise of all kinds bonded, in 1844, amount ed to 9,496,528 metrical quintals, valued at 664,000,000 francs—an ex cess over 1843, of 100,236 metrical quintals, in weight, and a decrease, in value, of 22,000,000 francs. More than one-third of the whole value of merchandise warehoused, was stored at Marseilles, and nearly one-third at Havre. In weight, that at Marseilles was 49 per cent, and that at Havre 20 per cent, of the whole. The warehouses of Paris, Bordeaux, Nantes, Lyons, Rouen and Dun kirk, received 27 per cent in value, and 16 per cent in weight, of the mer chandise bonded. The following table gives the value of the goods stored at the five prin cipal warehouses, in the years 1839 and 1844 :— 1839. M a rse ille s.... H av re............. P a ris................... Bordeaux........ N antes............ 1844. 178,000,000 241,000,000 an increase of 35 per cent. 148,000,000 202,000,000 “ 36 “ 29,000,000 43,000,000 “ 48 “ 65,000,000 59,000,000 a decrease of 9 per cent. 19,000,000 17,000,000 “ 11 “ The principal articles bonded, and their respective amounts, are as follow s:— M etrical Quintals. G rain................. Coal.................... Colonial Sugar. Cotton............... Metrical Q uintals. Cocoa, Coffee and Pepper, Oleaginous Seeds............. Olive Oil.......................... 383,112 344,457 281,950 B o u n t ie s . The sums paid on the exportation of merchandise, in 1844, under the head of bounties and drawback, amounted to 14,798,000 francs. This was 2,000,000 francs more than in 1843. The bounties paid for the encouragement of the fisheries, are not included here. They are paid by the Department of Commerce. The increase was divided as follows :— Woollen cloths.. 1,210,000 francs. I Cotton c lo th s... Fire-arm s........... 585,000 “ I Foreign su g a r... 297,000 francs. 256,000 “ The quantity of olive oil soap which received a bounty on export, was 43,000 metrical quintals. This shows a falling off, compared with 1843, of 14 per cent. C o d a n d W h a l e F is h e r y . The returns of the French fisheries amounted, in 1844, to 437,660 metrical quintals of cod-fish, sperm and whale oil, and whalebone. In 1843, they were 453,870 metrical quintals. The decrease was chiefly in pickled cod and in sperm and whale oil. There was an increase in the returns of dried cod and of whalebone. The quantity of cod re-exported with a bounty, was as follows :— Commerce o f France, in To the French Colonies......... Algeria................................ Other Countries................. 1844. 483 56,559 metrical quintals, or 56 per cent. 3,085 “ . “ 3 “ 40,637 “ “ 41 “ Total........................ 100,281 100 Compared with 1843, there was an increase of 1,295 metrical quintals. Most of this was in the re-exportations to Martinique and the different American States. D uties o f a l l kinds . The duties received from customs amounted to 215,825,704 francs. Duties on imports.................................................... 152,114,261 francs. “ exports, navigation, & c . . . ................. 7,020,290 “ 56,691,153 “ Tax on the consumption of salt.............................. The duties received on imports were 8,000,000 francs more than in 1843. The advance was chiefly on colonial and foreign sugar, coffee, wool, grain, coal, castings, cattle, and raw tallow. There was, on the other hand, a decrease in the amount of duties received on the importation of cotton, olive oil, table fruits, and the oleaginous seeds. The tax on the consumption of salt fell off a little less than 2,000,000 francs. Navigation duties decreased 300,000 francs. Duties on exports and incidental receipts varied but slightly. The receipts were divided among the various custom-houses as fol lows :— Marseilles......................................... 36,688,000 francs, or 17 per cent. H avre............................................... 27,126,000 “ 13 “ Paris (bonded,)............................... 23,476,000 “ 11 “ Bordeaux.......................................... 13,773,000 “ 6 “ N antes.............................................. 12,683,000 “ 6 “ Dunkirk................ 8,540,000 “ 4 “ Rouen............................................... 5,851,000 “ 3 “ Other custom-houses...................... 87,689,000 “ 40 “ N avigation. The maritime commerce of France, colonial and foreign, employed 28,227* vessels, measuring 3,288,000 tons. Forty-two per cent of the number of shipping, and 38 per cent of the tonnage, was under the French flag; 58 per cent of the shipping, and 62 per cent of the tonnage, under foreign colors. Compared with 1843, there was an increase in favor of the French flag, of 330 vessels and 51,000 tons ; and a falling off, of shipping under foreign colors, of 99 vessels and 10,000 tons. Steam navigation comprises, of the whole, 6,297 vessels, measuring 750,000 tons ; an increase, over 1843, of 608 vessels and 102,000 tons. This advance was divided between the French and foreign flags, as fol lows :— French.................................. .. 68 vessels, measuring 26,000 tons. Foreign.......................................... 540 “ “ 76,000 “ * This represents the number of voyages made by vessels employed in the maritime trade, but does not include those in ballast. 484 Commerce o f France, in 1844. W e annex, from the French official report, tabular statements of the French export and import trade with the United States, Mexico, and Texas, as follows:— 1844. EXPORTS FROM FRANCE TO THE UNITED STATES IN Articles. Silk goods........................ kilog. Woollen goods......................... Cotton goods............................. Rabbit, hare, and beaver furs... Cambric, lawn, and lace.value Manufactured skins................. Colored silks....................kilog. W ines................................ litres Crockery, glass, & crystal... val. Haberdashery..................kilog. Madder, ground and unground W ool.......................................... Clock & watch machinery .val. Brandies............................ litres General utensils................value Straw, carpets & bundles....kil. Olive oil.................. ................. Pasteboard, paper, books, &c... Perfumery................................. Table fruits............................... Manufactures of India Rubber Flax and hemp goods............? Fashions........................... value Toys.......................................... Cream of tartar......................... Manufactured cork................... Oleaginous fruits...................... Verdigris.................................... Articles of Parisian industry... Unbleached silks...................... W rought metals........................ Essential oils............................. Phosphoric acid......................... Soap............................................ Jewelry...................................... Prepared skins.......................... Liquors.............................. litres A nnato............................. kilog. Percussion caps......................... Prepared medicines................. Musical instruments....... value Sulphur.............................kilog. Furniture......... ,......................... Felt hats..... .............................. Other articles............................ GENERAL COMMERCE. Q uantity. 688,401 928,045 409,983 . 102,491 39,497 8,403,102 332,534 1,901,126 441,946 2,328,868 38,878 677,163 258,816 135,289 1,362,555 85,191 44,436 81,336 284,788 165,681 542,316 208,566 34,422 5,703 166,671 3,396 6,640 532,823 304 "'8 3 ,7 0 8 124,738 39,406 29,182 1,050,971 V alue. f.77,755,744 21,185,231 9,380,626 4,099,640 4,095,430 3,976,656 3,752,215 3,306,623 2,823,246 2,707,828 1,901,126 1,767,784 1,658,655 1,630,208 1,350,260 1.299.176 1.151.177 981,370 947,023 904,741 851,910 776,178 711,572 537,884 498,377 497,043 431,169 417,112 396,773 391,360 369,451 339,600 332,000 319,694 280,265 271,189 251,124 249,476 236,436 202,850 197,931 170,209 143,368 134,269 5,677,237 SPECIAL COMMERCE. Q uantity. V alue, 379,041 790,695 265,990 16,180 f.43,788,248 17,436,164 5,756,402 647,200 3,125,107 3,958,488 53,105 3,224,636 2,776,605 2,627,122 1,901,126 559 8,031,618 "323,903 1,901,126 2,328,754 5,515 1,386 240,113 134,634 627,986 65,785 33,202 78,279 205,921 41,083 534,521 208,556 34,422 165,449 1,861 6,640 532,823 261 "'72,641 209 39,406 29,051 787,909 161,354,436 Total.. i 94,643 1,630,128 1,185,580 126,688 2,356 914,667 942,438 531,297 657,850 601,917 700,224 525,556 360,361 125,949 424,923 417,112 396,773 360,668 186,100 332,000 319,694 181,650 252,278 217,923 418 236,436 202,180 195,987 143,903 141,621 134,269 4,169,730 102,007,522 IMPORTS FROM THE UNITED STATES INTO FRANCE. GENERAL COMMERCE. Articles. Q uantity. Value. 57,517,847 f.103,532,124 Cotton wool.................. 9,061,543 20,841,549 Leaf Tobacco.............. 7,731,953 4,252,575 Raw tallow and lard... 3,385,155 2,031,093 Potash............................ . . ....... 1,947,099 5,121,791 Rice............................... ....... . 3,210,297 1,444,634 Pig Lead....................... 3,766,850 ....N o. 1,209,673 Oak staves..................... 36,343 1,090,290 Gold dust....................... ..kilog. SPECIAL COMMERCE. Q uantity. Value. 54,248,522 9,495,636 6,651,770 2,944,746 3,965,072 2,735,847 3,465,233 36,343 f.97,647,340 21,839,963 3,658,474 1,766,849 1,484,412 1,231,131 1,104,036 1,090,290 485 Commerce o f France, in 1844, IMPORTS FROM UNITED STATES INTO FRANCE— CONTINUED. GENERAL COMMERCE. SPECIAL COMMERCE. Articles. Q uantity. 1 9 8 ,5 1 1 7 4 8 ,6 9 7 8 7 1 ,2 1 0 Rough whalebone........ Coffee............................ Salt m e a t..................... Dye-woods..................... Quercitron...................... Gum copal..................... Pitch.............................. Tea...^.......................... Raw wax............................ Silk goods..................... Manufactured tobacco. Grain (ground)................. Arachides..................... Essential oils................ Cabinet woods............. Pearls..........................grammes Cocoa............................. Pure copper................. Broom grass................. H ops............................. Vanilla........................... Pimento......................... ....... Other articles............... ....... Total..................... ............. Value. f.6 9 4 ,7 8 9 6 3 6 ,3 9 2 6 0 9 ,8 4 7 4 8 1 ,5 1 6 4 7 8 ,8 7 0 3 9 9 ,2 0 2 3 4 8 ,7 3 2 3 4 4 ,4 3 2 1 7 9 ,4 7 2 1 7 8 ,1 6 0 1 6 5 ,1 8 4 1 4 2 ,4 8 3 1 1 1 ,6 3 4 1 0 1 ,8 1 6 6 7 ,1 4 4 6 6 ,7 2 0 6 5 ,3 1 3 6 2 ,2 0 0 5 8 ,8 4 5 5 4 ,4 5 2 5 3 ,2 5 4 4 5 ,8 6 3 2 7 ,7 5 0 Quantity. 1 3 3 ,1 4 9 2 8 5 ,3 0 7 2 1 ,4 5 2 ............ 7 9 7 ,6 0 0 ............ .................... 1 4 2 ,5 2 0 ,7 0 7 .................... 2 ,3 9 4 ,3 5 2 1 ,1 0 8 ,8 9 2 1 4 5 ,3 0 5 3 ,4 4 4 ,3 2 2 2 9 ,9 1 2 8 9 ,0 8 0 1 ,6 8 8 2 2 ,2 6 3 3 1 9 ,2 7 9 712 8 9 ,5 2 5 2 ,0 4 3 2 1 1 ,0 7 8 3 ,1 1 0 6 5 ,3 8 3 2 7 ,2 2 6 5 3 ,2 5 4 3 6 ,6 9 1 111 ................ 3 2 0 ,4 5 5 9 2 2 ,8 0 0 7 6 ,7 6 7 2 ,9 0 4 ,7 3 3 196 6 5 ,6 5 6 2 227 1 8 8 ,4 6 7 9 0 ,0 2 2 1 ,3 1 7 2 5 6 ,2 2 7 2 ,5 5 0 1 4 7 ,8 2 3 2 5 ,9 1 8 5 3 ,2 5 4 2 4 ,1 8 8 156 2 9 ,0 3 4 Value. f .4 6 6 ,0 2 2 2 4 2 ,5 1 1 1 5 ,0 1 6 6 6 9 ,7 1 1 64^091 3 3 2 ,2 0 8 1 8 4 ,2 4 1 2 9 0 ,4 7 3 1 ,1 7 6 1 3 1 ,3 1 2 220 1 ,4 5 3 6 5 ,8 4 0 6 7 ,5 1 6 3 4 ,2 2 0 8 1 ,0 2 4 5 1 ,0 0 0 1 3 3 ,0 4 1 5 1 ,8 3 6 5 3 ,2 5 4 3 0 ,2 3 5 3 9 ,0 0 0 4 0 ,6 4 8 6 9 2 ,6 9 9 1 3 3 ,5 6 1 ,2 4 2 EXPORTS FROM FRANCE TO MEXICO. GENERAL COMMERCE. Articles. Cotton goods....................... Silk goods........................... Linen and hemp goods. Woollen goods.................. Paper, books, and engravings. Crockery, glass, & crystal.. val. Wines ................................... Prepared skins................. .value Haberdashery.................... .kilog. Perfumery............................ Wrought metals............... .......... Machinery and instruments.val. Arm s ..................................... Brandy and liquors....... Jew elry......................... ■kilog. Other articles................. ....... Q uantity. 1 4 4 ,4 4 5 2 5 ,6 6 0 5 8 3 ,6 9 3 4 4 ,1 4 7 1 0 5 ,9 8 2 2 7 2 ,6 2 8 2 5 ,0 6 8 2 4 ,9 2 3 2 7 ,7 7 3 1 1 ,3 8 6 6 2 ,1 9 3 22 ..... T o tal...,.............. . .......... SPECIAL COMMERCE. Value. f.3 ,4 9 3 ,7 9 3 3 ,0 0 5 ,3 7 0 2 ,7 2 9 ,8 4 1 9 9 3 ,0 6 8 4 3 3 ,6 0 2 4 0 0 .0 4 4 3 3 9 ,0 9 7 2 1 6 ,7 2 0 1 8 6 ,8 1 6 1 7 4 ,4 6 1 1 2 9 ,4 1 7 1 1 2 ,6 0 2 1 1 0 ,5 7 3 9 6 ,4 3 0 5 2 ,8 2 8 1 ,3 4 8 ,3 1 4 Q uantity. 1 2 2 ,5 7 0 2 0 ,6 1 2 5 8 0 ,0 9 0 4 2 ,5 0 0 1 0 5 ,4 9 2 1 3 ,8 2 2 ,9 7 6 ................ 2 7 1 ,8 4 4 2 3 ,8 6 3 2 4 ,8 1 2 2 6 ,9 9 7 588 5 6 ,6 8 9 19 ..... Value. f .2 ,9 1 7 ,3 2 2 2 ,4 0 2 .9 6 0 2 ,6 5 7 ,8 2 4 9 5 5 ,7 7 3 4 3 0 ,1 8 6 3 4 1 ,7 1 8 3 3 8 ,4 6 5 2 1 6 ,7 2 0 1 7 7 ,6 3 6 1 7 3 ,6 8 4 1 2 6 ,0 1 6 1 1 2 ,6 0 2 9 ,2 6 7 8 5 ,0 3 6 4 0 ,9 8 8 9 5 7 ,1 7 5 1 1 ,9 4 3 ,3 7 2 IMPORTS FROM MEXICO INTO FRANCE. GENERA L COMMERCE, Articles. Cochineal.............. .......... kilog. Vanilla.................. ............... Dye-woods........... Raw bides.............. Sarsaparilla.......... ...........ldlog. Jalap-root............. ............... Fir-wood.............. Copper................... .......... kilog. Other articles........ ............value ......... Total......... Total...... SPECIAL COMMERCE. Quantity. V a lu e . Q u a n tity . 122,103 f.3,663,080 1,774,000 1,188,408 351,861 191,610 137,491 12,360 7,896 55,631 80,280 3,115 5,615,835 ............. 28,503 6,014 412 613,191 ......... f.2,408,393 778,750 1,123,167 425,493 85,509 19,245 12,360 1,226,382 39,474 ............. 6,118,773 7,096 5,942,042 63,870 42,966 412 3,948 ..... ............ 7,382,337 V a lu e . 486 Mercantile Law Cases. EXPOETS FROM FRANCE TO TEXAS. GENERAL COMMERCE. Articles. Quantity. W ines............................. Brandy and liquors........ Silk and velvet ribbons. .kilog. Colored paper................. Crockery, glass, & crystal... val. Refined sugar................ .kilog. Other articles................ 54,807 13,384 85 2,749 2.191 SPECIAL COMMERCE. Value. Quantity. f.14,198 12,801 10,200 6,872 5,438 2,629 15,048 54,737 13,384 85 2,749 Value. f.14,093 12,801 10,200 6,872 5,438 12,188 67,186 61,592 IMPORTS FROM TEXAS INTO FRANCE. GENERAL COMMERCE. Articles. Q uantity. Cotton-wool.................... . kilog. Masts.............................. Oak staves..................... Raw hides..................... Other articles................. 53,483 114 23,627 Total..................... MERCANTILE Value. f.96,269 11,400 8,269 3,841 5,543 SPECIAL COMMERCE. Q uantity. 45,509 114 23,627 107.965 125.322 LAW V alue. f.81,916 11,400 8,269 3,755 2,625 CASES. SALVORS— NEGLIGENCE— DIMINUTION OF SALVAGE. Where essential service has been rendered, the amount of compensation for that service may not only be diminished by reason of the subsequent negligence or misconduct of the salvors, but all reward may be forfeited. A ship in great distress was taken by the salvors to, and anchored in, a place of compara tive safety: she might have been placed in perfect safety, if the salvors had then availed themselves of further assistance, which was offered, but instead of so doing, they left her at anchor for six hours, while they proceeded for ropes and spars to their own port:— Held, that the salvors had not conducted themselves with due regard to the lives and property on board the ship, and that the amount of salvage must be diminished. I n the British Court of Admiralty. Before the Right Honorable S. Lushington. The Dosseitei—July 18th, 1846. This was an action brought by the owners, master, and crew of the pilot lugger Pet, to recover remuneration for services rendered, on the 24th of February, to the Dosseitei, an Austrian brig bound from London to Trieste, the value of the ship, freight, and cargo, being estimated at £10,000. She left St. Katharine’s Docks on the 15th of February, but before she got out of the channel, experienced very severe weather, which caused her to labor extremely. On the 22nd, a tre mendous sea struck her, causing her bowsprit to break right over the figure-head, carrying away the fore-mast and main-mast, the latter close to, and the former four feet from the deck, breaking the caboose and starboard rails in several places; the whole of the masts, yards, sails, &c., hanging over the side of the vessel, and striking heavily against her. The master ana crew, fearing that some other planks might be started, and being in so perilous a situation, came to the resolu tion, for the safety of their lives, the ship and the cargo, to cut away the rigging close to the rails, and after much difficulty, they accomplished this, and got clear of the wreck ; jury-masts were then rigged, and other measures adopted, and she returned towards the Bristol Channel. On the 23rd, fearing a lee-shore, they bore up for the Scilly Islands; and on the 24th, saw St. Agnes Light, bearing north east, distant about twelve miles. At eight A. M., they hoisted a signal for a pilot, or as a signal of distress. In that situation they were perceived by the salvors, eight in number, who immediately put off to their aid, and boarded her about two Mercantile Law Cases. 487 miles from the anchorage and port of New Grimsby—the lugger took them in tow for about five minutes, and then let go the anchor in twenty-two fathoms. The master of the Dosseitei wished them to take the vessel further in ; but they al leged their ropes were insufficient for that purpose, and sent the lugger to St. Mary’s for a hawser, though another cutter, the Antelope, had come up and oflered her assistance. The hawser being procured, and additional spars and sails, the brig was conducted in safety into New Grimsby. Jt D r . Lusiiington, addressing himself to the Trinity Masters:—^There are two or three questions on this occasion, respecting which I shall wish to avail myself of the benefit of your advice. In order to put these questions clearly, it will be necessary for me to advert, but shortly, to some of the circumstances attending the case, because I think the great and most important facts are uncontradicted. The question is as to the result of these facts, and the conclusion to be drawn from them. This was a foreign vessel leaving the port of London, and going to the Mediterranean with a valuable cargo, the admitted value being more than £10,000. After she had got out of the channel, she met with tempestuous weather; the con sequence of which was, she became dismasted in latitude 47 deg. North and longi tude 9 deg. 50 min. West. The master and crew immediately resorted to the usual methods for the purpose of repairing the damage as well as they could. They then proceeded towards the Bristol Channel, according to their own state ment ; but, finding the wind came on from the South, they directed their course to the Scilly Islands, and did so, notwithstanding the state of the wind and the wea ther, skilfully and successfully. On the 24th, they were in the neighborhood of the harbor of New Grimsby,—at what precise distance is one of the contested facts in the ease, which, I believe, it will be very difficult, if not impossible to solve. But there always is this difference as to the precise spot at which a ves sel is boarded, and the precise length of time it takes to bring a vessel into a place of safety; and on the present occasion it does not appear to me to be a mat ter of great importance as respects the questions which we have to determine. A vessel belonging to St. Mary’s went out to her assistance; and here arises the first question, whether there was a signal for a pilot or a signal of distress. It has al ways been held by me, as long as I have presided in this court, and the same principle was acted upon by my predecessors, that where a dispute arises as to whether it be a flag of distress or a flag for a pilot, we must determine that fact by the state of the vessel itself. Every day’s experience shows us that on the one side it is said to be a signal of distress, and, on the other, for a pilot. I should say, on the present occasion, that, even if the master intended it to be nothing more than a flag for a pilot, it would make no difference in this case: because, when a vessel is in the condition this was in, notwithstanding all that was done to refit her, her master is not in a condition to say, “ Give me a common pilot.” A pilot, or any one else, who takes charge of a vessel in her condition to bring her to a place of safety, does more than a pilot is bound by his duty to do for ordinary pilot compensation. But let me not be misunderstood. I do not mean to say that it is not the duty of a pilot to take charge of the vessel; but if he does take charge of her in this state and condition, he is entitled to a higher reward than the sum prescribed for common pilotage. The salvors then came on board, and they then thought she had not sufficient sail to carry her to New Grimsby, and they sent their own boat away to bring a quantity of additional spars for hoisting more sail; and this duty was, according to their account, attended with very great danger, considering the state of the wind and the weather. Upon this point, I want your opinion as to whether it was necessary for the pilot and men, having boarded the vessel, to go back in their own boat, and procure thesfe spars and sails. Whether that was necessary, and attended with danger, is the first question. To pass on: this was done, and the vessel was afterwards conducted till she came where she was taken in tow, at a later period, by the pilot cutter. She was conducted with facility to Shipman’s Head, and as soon as she was got round the head, she was anchored in twenty-two fathoms water. So far, I do not know that there is any point which requires further consideration; for I do not know that it is a matter of dispute, that all this was rightly and properly 488 Mercantile Law Cases. done. It was attempted to be argued, that the vessel might have been carried into the harbor at once; but, looking at the evidence, I do not think that this ig proved. The vessel, then, is brought to anchor; and here arises a question of very considerable importance, which is, whether the vessel, so anchored, was in a state of safety, or whether she was exposed to risk ; and whether, not only according to the evidence, but according to your nautical experience, being ac quainted with the state and condition of these islands, and what supplies they could properly furnish, you are of opinion there was improper conduct on behalf of the pilot lugger, which, instead of attempting to procure all the warps that might have been had in the neighborhood, left the vessel in that situation for six hours, and went to St. Mary’s. This is a very important question; because, if it was their duty to have immediately adopted every measure in their power to bring the vessel further on, and to place her in a state of safety, and if they wilfully neglected so to do, with a view of keeping to themselves the whole reward of the service, to the disregard of the safety of the property, unquestionably it will con siderably deteriorate from any merit they may possess, and take from any reward to which the court might consider them otherwise entitled.” Having received the opinion of the Trinity Masters, Dr. L ushington resumed :—“ The gentlemen who have favored me with their assistance, are of opinion that, considering the state of the wind, this vessel was, at the time she was boarded by the pilot lugger, sufficiently under command to have accomplished her voyage to her then intended port, namely, Shipman’s Head ; that there was no necessity for procuring further materials from on board the pilot vessel, or adopting those measures which were pursued by her. They think the lugger rendered assistance and was of service to the ship, by towing her round the point so as to bring her to anchor off Shipman’s Head, and the bringing her to anchor was a proper measure; but that, having so done, it was their duty imme diately to have availed themselves of every possible assistance in order to have completed their undertaking, and have brought the vessel further up, so as to have put her in a place of safety; that she was, during the time she lay there, exposed to risk and danger, in case the wind had changed. Now, with respect to the fact, whether they had additional means at their command, and whether those means would be sufficient, looking at the evidence, I am inclined to come to the conclu sion that there would have been ample means without sending to St. Mary’s, and incurring a delay of six hours; that there would have been sufficient ropes to con duct this vessel to a place of safety. But, whether these ropes would have been sufficient or not, the Trinity Masters are of opinion, that those on board who came from the pilot lugger, ought to have availed themselves of the assistance proffered by the Antelope, and the ropes on board her, and any other ropes which could be obtained. They ought to have made every effort to bring the vessel fur ther up, instead of leaving her where she was. The question is, in these circum stances, to what extent the court ought to allow remuneration of these parties. I should he very reluctant to come to the conclusion, that this last act of these sal vors was wilfully done ; that is to say, that they deliberately, foreseeing a proba bility of danger, would not avail themselves of the means which offered of putting this vessel into a place of safety; but, for the sake of keeping to themselves the whole of the reward which had been offered, deliberately, and with malice afore thought, as it were, left the vessel at anchor, and proceeded to St. Mary’s. I am inclined to take this view of the matter, that it was done without sufficient reflec tion and thought, though undoubtedly actuated by the improper motive of keeping to themselves the whole of this reward. Were I of opinion that they had declined to avail themselves of the services of the Antelope, or attempted to procure ropes from the shore, with a wilful and deliberate disregard to the safety of this vessel, and that they were entirely and exclusively actuated by the hope of gain, it would be my duty to pronounce against this claim altogether. But I think I should go too far, if, in the circumstances of this case, I visited these men with so heavy a punishment. But these considerations do operate upon my mind, and very forci bly, to induce me to make a diminution of the amount which otherwise would have been given to them. I should have thought, that, looking to the great value Mercantile Law Cases. 489 of this vessel; looking to her damaged state and condition, and looking to the pro bable danger at that tempestuous season of the year, in which she might have been placed by a change of wind and an alteration in the weather, they would have been entitled to a considerable reward, even for the short services which they did perform. Seeing of how great importance it was to those whose lives were risked on board this vessel, and to those whose property was there, that she should have been placed in a state of safety as soon as possible, I should have allotted a large sum; but seeing that these persons have not conducted themselves with the propriety they ought, I shall diminish that sum. The amount I shall allot will be £60. With regard to the costs, I think I must allow them to the sal vors, because otherwise I give them nothing. But I wish it to be distinctly un derstood, and to be well known, that the court always will, and in another case probably may, visit with great severity conduct on the part of salvors, who do not avail themselves, in cases of danger, of any proposed assistance, to bring a vessel into perfect security. PROMISSORY NOTE.— ACTION OF ASSUMPSIT. In the Supreme Judicial Court of Massachusetts, (1847,) before Judge Hubbard. William P. Thompson, v. William Shepherd. This was an action of assumpsit, commenced in the court of Common Pleas, on a promissory note, dated November 15, 1843, for the sum of $200, payable in ninety days from date, made by the defendant to Charles Beaumont, or order, en dorsed by Beaumont to S. C. Bugbee, and by Bugbeeto the plaintiff. The defence set up was, that the note was given by defendant to Beaumont, and by him endorsed to Bugbee, without consideration, and for the accommodation of Bugbee, and that it was transferred by Bugbee to the plaintiffs after it had become overdue. The facts, as they appeared in evidence upon the trial, were these:—Beaumont and his wife conveyed certain land upon Jamaica Plain to Shepherd, for three cents per foot, he agreeing to permit Beaumont to negotiate sales of it, and to re ceive for himself all that he could sell it for beyond that price. Accordingly Beaumont negotiated a sale to Bugbee of a part of the land at four cents per foot, making a difference of six or seven hundred dollars, and Shepherd conveyed to Bugbee, and took back a mortgage to secure the purchase money. Beaumont testified that he had released Shepherd from his engagement, so far as it con cerned this lot, before the note in question was made. To induce Bugbee to purchase the land and build a dwelling-house upon it, Beaumont, owning a tract of land adjoining, and believing that it would be bene fited by the erection of the house, promised Bugbee to loan him, to aid in building the house, five hundred dollars, to be paid from the proceeds of the sale of it. And Bugbee testified that he would not have made the purchase and undertaken to build without this promise from Beaumont. Bugbee commenced building, and Beaumont, when called upon by him for part of the money, procured, with Bugbee’s assent, the note in question from Shepherd, and endorsed it to Bugbee, who gave him a receipt for it, promising to account for the amount out of the proceeds of the sale of the house. Beaumont testified that Shepherd received no consider ation for the note, and that if Shepherd were obliged to pay it, he should be bound to repay him. Bugbee endorsed the note, and had it discounted ; but at its matu rity it Was protested for non-payment, and Bugbee, as second endorser, took it up, and afterwards transferred it to the present plaintiffs to pay for work done on the house. The house had not been sold at the time of the trial. The presiding judge instructed the jury, that the note having been taken by the plaintiffs after it had become due, it was subject in their hands to all the objec tions and equities to which it was liable in the hands of Bugbee; and that if it was made for his accommodation, they could not recover; but that if Beaumont procured the note from Shepherd, and endorsed it to Bugbee in pursuance of a valid agreement to lend him money, to be repaid from the proceeds of the house, it could not be considered as coming within the rule of law, as to accommodation notes without consideration, negotiated when overdue, although the note might have been made by Shepherd for Beaumont’s accommodation, without considera 490 Commercial Chronicle and Review. tion. The defendant’s counsel requested the judge to instruct the jury, that if Shepherd, when he gave the note, were ignorant of Beaumont’s promise to Bugbee, above stated, their verdict should be for defendant. But the instructions of the court were, that if Shepherd were a party to the agreement with Bugbee, and gave the note to be transferred to him instead of money, and the note were transferred to the plaintiffs before the sale of the house, they were entitled to re cover; but that if it were made by Shepherd for Bugbee’s accommodation, without knowledge of, and assent to the agreement with respect to repayment, they could not recover. The jury returned a verdict for-the plaintiffs, and the defendant excepted to the rulings and instructions of the court, as stated above. H ubbard, J., delivered the opinion of the court. The instructions of the court below were held to be correct. The note appeared to have been given by the de fendant to Beaumont for his accommodation,—not for the accommodation of Bugbee. And in order to affect it in the hands of the present plaintiff, it lay with the defendant to bring home to Bugbee the knowledge of the fact of its want of con sideration. Exceptions overruled, and judgment on the verdict. COMMERCIAL CHRONICLE AND REVIEW. LOAN OF THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL GOVERNMENT— AN EVIDENCE OF POWER AND RESOURCES OF THE NATION— VALUE OF THE PRECIOUS METALS IN ENGLAND— CONSUMPTION OF BREADSTUFFS, AND BULLION IN THE BANK OF ENGLAND— PRICES OF LEADING IMPORTS IN LONDON— BRITISH GOVERNMENT LOAN— IRISH LAND SYSTEM— IMPORTS AND DUTIES AT NEW YORK FOR FOUR MONTHS, 1846, ’47—PRICES OF EXCHANGE AT NEW YORK AND NEW ORLEANS— EX PORTS OF BREADSTUFFS TO ENGLAND----RECEIPTS OF PRODUCE— UNITED STATES MINT, ETC., ETC. I n our last number we referred, among those general features which the mar kets present most prominently, to the contraction of a loan of $22,000,000 by the federal government. Of this amount, bids for $18,000,000 were received to the 10th April, which, being Saturday, resulted in the promulgation of the contractson Monday, the 12th. Some surprise was manifested at the fact, that the total bids amounted to more than $58,000,000, or three times as much as was required. Of this amount, $55,000,000 was above par, and $18,000,000 at a premium; of which, $16,000,000 was awarded to Corcoran & Riggs, at Washington; $1,500,000 to Elisha Riggs, in New York, and $500,000 to another broker-house in Wall-street. It is remarkable that these notes sold at 3 per cent premium the day after the bids were known, and subsequently at 4 per cent. The leading capitalists of New York and Boston, who, together, have heretofore con trolled operations of this nature, were left without a dollar; but it soon became apparent that large quantities had been taken to sell, and at the board all brokers showed a disposition to sell at 3 per cent premium. Considerable dissatisfaction was manifested at the manner in which the bids were taken. It was intimated, that, from the fact of there being no specified time and manner for opening, that parties at Washington might have obtained information from other bids to guide their own offers. The recent English loan of £8,000,000, was conducted in a different manner. A day and hour being appointed, the Ministers met the lead ing capitalists of London, and the former laid upon the table a sealed paper con- t Commercial Chronicle and Review. 491 taining the lowest terms that the government felt authorized to take. The offers were then taken, and that of Mr. Rothschild’s, being 89J per cent for a 3 per cent stock, was accepted as the highest; and inasmuch as that it was higher than the government proposals, the latter were not opened. This is supposed to be a fairer mode of proceeding than that adopted at Washington; but, connivance being supposed possible, we do not see that it is more effectually guarded against in the one case than in the other. The facts are, that those who would offer par only to the government, must now pay 3 per cent premium to individuals ; where as, those who offered i a f premium, got the stock. It is true that two circum stances operated in favor of the value of the stock after the bids were closed. These were, the capture of Vera Cruz and the amount of the bids. The news of the first reached Washington on Friday, and was in New York early on Satur day ; too late to affect bids, but it was sufficiently early in Washington, and could not have been foreseen. The amount bid could not have been known until all the tenders were opened. The fact, that an amount of capital so unprecedented in this country was seeking investment, gave great additional value to the stock, which was again enhanced by the prospect of peace. The circumstances themselves are in the highest degree satisfactory, inasmuch as that they speak volumes in favor of the power and resources of the nation, which, for the first time in its history, displays, in a great emergency, the most ample means within itself, and discloses its independence of foreign financial aid. The taunt, that the United States could not go to war without loans from Europe, cannot now be repeated. It being established that the military and financial re sources of the nation are fully equal to any and every emergency, the Union has nothing henceforth to dread from foreign aggression; a fact, which will probably do more to shield her from the horrors of war than almost any other considerations. It is not, however, to be understood, that because $58,000,000 have been offered the government and but $18,000,000 accepted, that therefore there are $40,000,000 seeking investment. It is the case, to some extent; but many of the offers were from persons without present means, and who depended upon the sale of the stock at a profit to make good the contract. To a considerable extent, however, prob ably $15,000,000, funds have been collecting, to await the bids. Of these, a proportion will be demanded by the government, and the remainder seek other channels of investment; hence, a more abundant money market is looked for. It is remarkable that this unusual display of capital for investment, has been made simultaneously with the operation of the new system of finance brought into operation by the government. This system has, however, been supported by very unusual circumstances in Europe. In 1844, when the Bank of England was re-chartered, the hard money principle was applied to it with a very considerable degree of rigor. The effect of this was, as we have remarked in former num bers, to cause the precious metals to be more valuable in England, as compared to other commodities, than they had previously been since the American war of independence ; and as the paper system had been gradually extending itself in the smaller channels of commerce, on the continent of Europe, the precious metals were consequently losing their value there, at the same time that their value in England was becoming enhanced. From this general cause grew the fact, that the bullion in the Bank of England, July, 1846, was greater than it had ever before been, and that this took place simultaneously with inordinate importations 492 Commercial Chronicle and Review. of corn. An importation of corn per se, does not necessarily derange the ex changes. The mere fact that corn, or any other one article is imported, does not produce an export of coin. It is only when a general rise in prices, growing out of an inflated currency, causes the sum of the imported goods and produce to ex ceed the aggregate money-value of the goods exported, that a portion of the pre cious metals isjequired to make up the balance. This may happen without an importation of corn, and did so during the few years that ended in the revulsion of 1837, during which no corn was imported. It was to guard against this, that the specie principle was adopted in tire re-charter of the bank; and that it has fully answered the anticipations, is manifest in the state of the bullion and money market after the importation of such quantities of foreign food as were consumed in England, in 1846. The following are the quantities of grain and flour con sumed in England, for each of the last five years, and the bullion in bank at the end of each year:— 1842. 1843. 1844. 1845. Grain............................... qrs. 2,945,398 3,172,349 2,533,631 1,344,221 Flour...............................cwt. 1,275,656 1,146,063 716,890 632,047 ................ 5 ..................................... Indian meal................. “ Bullion in bank, Dec. 31... £9,984,000 12,078,000 14,828,416 13,325,886 1846. 4,305,385 3,409,944 126,954 14,951,550 These enormous quantities entered for consumption, did not affect prices nor diminish the amount of specie in bank. In January, 1837, however, ten years previously, a convulsion had been produced through high prices. We may take, from a London price current, prices of leading articles of import.— PRICES IN LONDON FOE JANUARY— Ashes, United States pots............. “ “ pearls.......... Coffee, St Domingo.................... “ Brazil,........................... Cotton, Georgia bowed................ Indigo,..... .............................. Iron, Swedish........................... Oil, linseed............................... Seed, clover.............................. Pepper, Sumatra........................ Silk, China Tsatlee..................... Tea, Bohea............................... Tobacco, Kentucky fine............... Turpentine............................... Wool, Electoral......................... 1837. 1847. £ s. d. 1 17 0 2 00 0 2 10 0 2 10 0 0 00 9 i 0 8 6 14 10 0 1 17 0 2 16 0 0 00 3J 1 50 0 14 0 00 5J 0 12 0 0 60 £ s. d. 1 10 0 1 12 0 1 16 0 0 00 7 | 0 64 12 00 0 1 60 2 50 0 00 2 f 0 18 0 0 50 0 00 5 i 0 10 3 0 34 Decrease. £ s. d. 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 0 14 0 00 14 2 2 10 0 11 0 11 0 00 0J 7 0 00 11 00 0+ 1 9 2 8 These are sufficient to show the great difference between the general level of prices in England, in 1837 and in 1847, and to account for the fact of the large imports of foreign food not having materially disturbed the exchanges. The in flation of prices that took place in 1837, was, by the new bank charter, prevented from returning, in 1846, when specie had become so abundant. Something simi lar to this operation has been the case here. Fortuitous circumstances have com pelled England to buy inordinate quantities of American produce, at a time when various combined causes have conspired to check enterprise and speculation, and therefore to check imports, by which means the current of the precious metals has set strongly towards the United States, and has swollen the volume of the cur rency here, without materially disturbing that of England; because, when there Commercial Chronicle and Review. 493 was no unnatural rise in prices, no values sustained by borrowed capital, the ef flux of the capital would not affect prices or produce revulsion. Under the old system of finance in England, the government, in 1835, required a loan of £20,000,000 to liberate the West India negroes. It was obtained, Au gust 3, 1835, at a rate of £86 9s. 5d. for every £100 of 3 per cent stock, inclu ding a discount of 2 per cent for prompt pay. The loan was required to be paid up by January, 1836; and, to enable this to be done, the bank made money ex ceedingly plenty, loaning on all descriptions of securities freely. This action of the bank on that occasion, in aid of the government, was one of the chief causes of the distress which soon followed. Under the present system, the government has, as above stated, obtained £8,000,000 at 89 per cent, without the aid of the bank, and without any material effect upon the money market. The decline which the bullion in the Bank of England has ufidergone, since December 5, has been mostly for American account, circulation in Ireland, and the agricultural districts. It has been a singular feature of the distress in Ire land, that money there has been very abundant, and the deposits in the savings’ and other banks unusually large. This is accounted for, to some extent, by the fact, that the action of the English government in relation to the famine, has not only aggravated the scarcity, but has, by interrupting the regular course of business, disturbed customary investments. As thus: a large portion of the land of Ireland is held on a system called “ conacre,” under which, the larger class of farmers cut up their old grass lands into small strips, varying from a perch to half an acre, and let them annually, at high rents, say $40 to $80 per acre, to cottiers. These burn off the stubble, and universally plant potatoes, because that root yields the greatest amount of nutriment to a given surface. Before the potatoes can be dug at harvest, the rent must be paid. At the last harvest, a panic prevailed very generally in relation to the disease in potatoes ; when, therefore, the cottiers, hav ing earned their rent by other means, came to pay, they hesitated. They natu rally calculated that the potatoes, injured by disease, might not be worth the rent. At such a juncture, the government came forward with its pernicious scheme of public works ; and the cottiers, retaining their rent money, took work under gov. ernment, and abandoned their fields. The number so employed on the public works, was, at the close of January, 680,000, representing at least 3,000,000 souls. The abandoned potatoes were, to a considerable extent, injured by frost; but important quantities of food have subsequently been obtained from those fields. These circumstances have contributed to the demand for foreign food; and the means of paying for it have been the disbursements of the government, and the money saved by the non-payment of “ conacre ” rents. The abandonment of all works by the government now, will send back to the fields numbers of pro ducers of food; but it is a problem how far the potato-planting will be resumed, and in that question lies the probable permanence of the sales of Indian corn and coarse American grains. It is, however, to be considered, that the wants of Eu rope, and the consequent high prices, have exhausted all old stocks of grain in Europe; and that England, even in the last few years of good harvests, wanted a considerable foreign supply. That, she cannot get from Europe, and must de pend for it upon the American States. The state of affairs in Europe, is very similar to that in Great Britain ; inasmuch as that the consumption of food has of late years vastly increased, and from causes very similar to those which, in Eng Commercial Chronicle and Review. 494 land, have caused demand to outrun supply; and therefore, to some considerable extent, the export of American farm produce must be continued. The accounts from England down to the 3d of April, advise of an improvement in the exchanges with respect to the continent, but of a stringency in the stock market; consols, and the new loan scrip, having declined. The drain of specie for America, was that, however, from which the most apprehensions were enter tained ; and the April packets, including the Cambria, which had £390,000 in gold, were estimated to have had engaged £1,000,000. The state of affairs in Ireland had, however, improved. The dismissal of laborers on the public works, had taken place to a very considerable extent, without difficulty ; and extensive arrivals of grain, particularly Indian corn, had, aided by fine planting weather, greatly affected prices, and the fall in grain had favorably influenced cotton, which had advanced. There was a great and continued scarcity of food in France, and the embarrassments of the Bank of France were but slightly relieved, notwith standing that the Emperor of Russia had, by treaty, purchased of the bank 50,000,000 francs of French rentes held by it. The bullion in the Bank of France had somewhat increased, being 77,000,000 francs, including a London specie credit. The leading money markets on the continent were all much more easy. The aspect of affairs was, upon the whole, considerably improved; but it is evident that the demands for foreign food cannot be diminished between this and harvest. The operation of various events during the past year, has contributed to influ ence money affairs here, in the same manner that the changed nature of the Eng lish currency has done there. The large exports of produce, bringing important sums of specie, amounting to more than $10,000,000, into the country since Jannary, 1847, have failed to excite speculation, and that overaction of the banks, which, in former years, always attended a favorable state of the exchanges, is now not apparent. Prices have not been affected by any collateral paper influence, but have been governed by an effective demand, which, as yet, has not so raised values as to stimulate importations. Freights and produce have advanced under the urgent effective demand, and exchange has consequently fallen very low, not withstanding the large importation of specie, and a very considerable importation of goods. As an index of the business of the Union, we annex a statement of the imports and duties at the port of New York, for four months, ending April 1st:— IMPORTS PORT OF NEW YORK. Specie. Free goods. Dutiable. T o tal imports. Cask duties. 1847. December.... January........ February...... March.......... $61,436 90,874 1,235,122 1,329,428 1846. $537,496 $4,279,813 $4,878,655! &1,143,327 $1,056,896 478,443 5,499,682 6,068,999 1,434,836 1,471,845 285,128 5,889,387 7,409,637 1,496,716 1,255,651 786,937 6,060,746 8,177,141 1,652,092 2,608,734 Total, 1847. $2,716,800 $2,088,004 $21,729,628 $26,534,432 $5,726,971 $6,393,126 Total, 1846. 280,729 2,501,925 21,118,620 24,001,274 ................ ................ Increase....... $2,436,071 Decrease........................... ................. $413,921 $611,008 $2,533,150 .................................... ............................................................. $666,155 In the dutiable goods there was a considerable increase, notwithstanding that seventeen packets, which last year arrived in March, and the business of which was included in the returns of that month, did not, this year, arrive until April, Commercial Chronicle and Review. 495 owing to easterly winds. Had the vessels due, all arrived, there is no doubt but that the revenue would have exceeded last year, and the specie for March have been near $3,000,000. The average duties collected in 1847, were, it appears, 26.30 per cent of the dutiable imports, against 30.25 per cent, in 1846—a decline of about 4 per cent only in the average. Notwithstanding the fact, that the quan tity of goods arrived and to be paid for, in the four months this year, was very nearly the same as for the same period last year, and the quantity of specie re ceived, was greater by $2,436,071, yet bills have fallen to a very low point here and at New Orleans. As compared with last year, at the same date, prices are as follows:— PRICES OF EXCHARGE. NEW VORK. Sterling. 1846 .. 1847 ... Francs. NEW ORLEANS. Amsterdam. London. F rance. N . Y. sight. N.Y.60 days. 9*al0 5.27*a5.26£ 39fa39£ 9ial0 5.26a5.30 prem. 1 al^dis. 4^a4f 5.46 a5.43£ 38|a39 1 a2£ 5.52a5.57£ £a£ disc. 2§a2| dis. Decline 5£a5£ 18£a 17 1 a § 8£a7£ 26a 27£ £a£ lfal* This is a serious fall, amounting to less than 6 per cent average to shippers, on the exports, making that sum in favor of the importers of goods. As thus, the import of dutiable goods being, as above, $21,729,628, has been paid for in exchange averaging 5 per cent less than last year, or more than a million of dol lars. As these goods paid 4 per cent less duties, and cost 5 per cent less in ex change, they come actually 9 per cent cheaper than last year to the importers. The exports of flour, wheat, corn, and corn-meal, to England, have been as follows, Sept. 1, to April 10:— Flour.............bbls. Corn-meal............. Wheat........... bush. Corn..................... Q uantity. A v’ge price. V alue. Freights. Total. 1,420,557 $6.50 $9,233,570 $1,432,040 $10,665,610 325,127 4.25 1,381,749 372,180 1,753,929 1,400,942 1.25 1,751,175 560,376 2,311,551 8,508,176 88 7,444,645 3,403,270 10,847,924 Total............................................................................................... $25,579,014 These four articles come to over $25,000,000; but the bills have sold at a loss of $1,200,000, being so much in favor of the importers of goods. It is observable that the rates of bills in New Orleans on New York, are very low, and show a high interest paid for money. There is a difference of 2 per cent between a sight bill, and a 60 days’ bill, being 12 per cent per annum. Last year, the difference was but | per cent. This great demand for money at that point, is no doubt attri butable to the vast receipts and value of produce. 1846. Q uantity. Bacon arrived....hhds. and casks Corn...................bbls. and kegs Flour........................... ..bbls. Lard................tierces and bbls. Lard................................kegs Pork................................bbls. Wheat............................sacks 5,438 515,130 561,679 76,210 236,446 240,365 54,385 V alue. $244,710 592,399 2,527,595 1,219,360 709,338 1,922,920 108,770 1847. Q uantity. 8,119 1,399,159 1,025,073 91,945 228,960 229,951 170,121 V alue. $487,140 3,264,704 5,637,901 2,298,825 1,030,360 3,219,314 1,020,726 $7,325,092 $16,957,970 Total............................... Here is an increase of $9,000,000, in the value of pork and grain received at New Orleans, in addition to all the other large demands for money, including the 496 Commercial Chronicle and Review. great operations of the federal government at that point, on account of the war The larger .proportion of the produce sold at New Orleans, of the descriptions enumerated, is for account of the Western States, from which, in the course of business generally, a demand springs up in New Orleans, for eastern and northern bills, to pay the indebtedness usually accruing against the West in eastern cities, on account of goods purchased. This year the demand seems languid, or far less than the supply. It is, however, the case, that since the diminution of banks in the great valley of the Mississippi, money has been by no means abundant; and to supply a sound currency, no more favorable year can occur than this, in which sales of the proceeds of western industry are so extensive. It is by such means that “ gold ” must “ flow up the Mississippi.” Illinois, Wisconsin, Iowa, Missouri, Mississippi, Alabama, Louisiana, and Arkansas, are comparatively without banks, where, collectively, $77,000,000 of capital, once employed in banking, has ceased to exist. Of that amount, near $40,000,000 was actually money borrowed in London, and lost. Of the remainder, a large portion was obtained in eastern cities, and nearly all is worthless. The natural growth of the commerce and internal business of the country re quires some money, and this is being supplied by the operations of commerce, as indicated in the low rates of exchange. When a country requires money, it flows in as a better remittance than perishable goods. As, however, the channels of circulation fill, a demand for goods springs up, and stays the importation of the precious metals. A healthy and increasing business must then result. To sup ply this demand for money, commerce must bring the material, and the mint con vert it into a desirable shape. In another part of this number of the Merchants’ Magazine, will be found the operations of the United States mint and branches, for a series of years.* Since the 1st of January, however, the operations have been on a much more extensive scale, and the coinage at Philadelphia, for the month of March alone, approximates to that for the whole year 1846. This seems to be effected by the successive transfers by the Treasury Department, from New York to the mint. The law regulating the mintage, limits the amount that may be deposited at one time, to $1,000,000. We would call attention also to the im portant increase in the deposits of United States gold for coinage. These have, in a few years, doubled, and are now over $1,000,000 per annum. In view of the supply of the precious metals, the war or peace with Mexico may be produc tive of important results. Should peace be effected on such a basis as to afford security to property, very many prolific mines in that country, which are now not worked by reason of the insecurity of property, must make important additions to the quantities of gold and silver ; perhaps to an extent equal to that which the first discovery of those mines made in Europe. The state of military anarchy which has so long paralyzed industry in that country, has had an important influ ence upon the mining products, which require but emancipation from misrule to assert their value. * See page 506 of the present, number, for the coinage of 1846; and note at the bot tom of same page, referring to previous years. Commercial Regulations. COMMERCIAL 497 REGULATIONS. U N ITE D ST A T E S T A R IF F REGULATION S FOR MEXICAN PORTS. TARIFF OF DUTIES ON IMPORTS AND TONNAGE, AND REGULATIONS FOR COLLECTING THE SAME IN SUCH OF THE PORTS OF MEXICO AS MAY BE NOW OR HEREAFTER IN OUR MILITARY POSSESSION BY CONQUEST, PREPARED BY THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY, AND ACCOMPANYING HIS RE PORT TO THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES, DATED 3 0 t H MARCH, 1 8 4 7 . A ll ports or places in Mexico, that now are, or hereafter may be, in the possession of the army or navy of the United States, upon the Gulfs of Mexico or California, or the Pacific Ocean, or upon any of the navigable rivers or waters connected with any or either of the said gulfs or ocean, are opened to our commerce, and to that also of all other na tions, in all vessels, except Mexican, subject to the regulations and restrictions herein pre scribed :— 1. Within twenty-four hours after the arrival of any vessel, the master must produce to the military or naval officer in command of the port a manifest of the cargo of such ves sel, specifying the marks, numbers, and description of packages, by whom shipped, and to whom consigned; which manifest, if the vessel be from a port in the United States, shall be certified by the collector of the port from whence the shipment is made ; if from any other port, by the consul or commercial agent of the United States, if any there be ; other wise, by a consul of any nation at peace with the United States. If no such manifest be produced, the vessel shall be subject to a penalty of one dollar per ton, registry measure ment, in addition to the tonnage duty hereinafter prescribed. 2. There shall be paid by the master of every vessel arriving at the ports or places aforesaid, a tonnage duty of one dollar per ton, registry measurement, in lieu of all other port charges ; the registry of the vessel to be deposited with the consul of the nation to which such vessel may belong, if any there be ; otherwise, with the commandant of the port, until the master shall have complied with all the regulations herein prescribed. 3. Vessels arriving at any of the ports or places aforesaid, in the possession of our mili tary or naval forces, will be required to unlade their entire cargo at such port or place ; but no vessel, except those registered in the United States, and owned wholly by a citizen or citizens of the United States, will be permitted to transport coastwise any goods, wares, or merchandise, the growth, produce, or manufacture of one port, State, or Department of Mexico, or of any other country, into another port, State, or Department, the coastwise cargo being subject to the same duties as in other cases, and any violation will subject the vessel to seizure and confiscation. 4. Upon all goods, wares, and merchandise, imported into any of the aforesaid ports or places of Mexico, in the possession of our military or naval forces, from other ports afore said in Mexico, or from ports or places in the United States or foreign countries, of the growth, produce, or manufacture of Mexico, or of the United States, or of foreign coun tries, there shall be levied, collected, and paid in cash the following rates of duty; that is to sa y :— On all manufactures of cotton or of cotton mixed with any other material, except wool, worsted, or silk, in the piece, (ex cepting shawls and handkerchiefs,) not ex ceeding thirty-six inches wide, five cents per running yard, (and for every additional inch in width, one-fourth of one cent per running yard additional duty.) On cotton trimming laces, cotton insertings and trimmings, tapes, cords, galloons, tas sels, and all other manufactures of cotton, or of cotton mixed with any other mate rial, except wool, worsted, or silk, not otherwise specially mentioned and pro vided for, forty per cent ad valorem. On cotton shawls or rebosas, thirty per cent ad valorem. V O L . X V I.---- N O . V . On cotton handkerchiefs, not over one yard square, six cents each. (If over that size, one-fourth of one cent per running yard, each additional inch in width.) On cotton yam and twist, eight cents per pound. On cotton thread and balls, twenty-five cents per pound. On cotton thread on spools, six cents per dozen spools. On all manufactures of silk, mixed with any other material, in the piece or otherwise, including every article of which silk is a component material, not otherwise special ly enumerated; also, including sewing silk, silk hosiery, and siik millinery, except bonnets and caps, three dollars per pound. 32 498 Commercial Regulations. On all manufactures of hemp, grass, and flax, On sheet, rod, hoop, and all other descrip in the piece, not otherwise specially enu tions of rolled and hammered iron, and merated and provided for, and not exceed on cables, anchors, and anvils, four cents ing thirty-six inches wide, six cents per per pound. running yard, (and for every additional On castings of all descriptions, not otherwise inch in width, one-fourth of one cent per enumerated, three cents per pound. running yard additional duty.) On cutlery, say pocket-knives, scissors, ra On cables and cordage, five cents per pound. zors, and table cutlery, and on all other On twine and packthread, four cents per manufactures of iron and steel, except pound. those prohibited, (see article fifth,) and in On linen thread, twenty-five cents per pound. cluding iron and steel wire, and cap and On flax, hemp, or grass bags, not exceeding bonnet wire, forty per cent ad valorem. one yard square in size, twelve and one- On copper, in pigs or bars, old copper, sheath half cents each. (If exceeding that size, ing copper, brass, in pigs or bars, old brass, twelve and one-half cents per square yard zinc or spelter, in pigs, bars, or sheets, and of material.) on steel, in bars, not over one inch square, On cotton bagging, gunny bagging, and all intended only for mining purposes, two other bagging and matting of all kinds, cents per pound. five cents per running yard. On tin, in sheets, pigs, or bars, four cents per On linen handkerchiefs, not over one yard pound. square, twelve and one-half cents each. On all manufactures of copper, brass, tin, (If over that size, one-half cent per run zinc or spelter, pewter, and German silver, ning yard, for each additional inch in except such as are prohibited by article width.) fifth, thirty per cent ad valorem. On hemp, flax, Sisal, or India grass, coir or On brown sugar, three cents per pound. jute, India, Saun, and Manilla, one cent On sugar-candy, ten cents per pound. On syrup of sugar, two cents per pound. per pound. On all manufactures of wool or worsted, or On all other descriptions of sugar, five cents of wool and worsted combined, in the per pound. piece, not otherwise specially enumerated On molasses, five cents per gallon. and provided for, and not exceeding thirty- On fish, pickled or salted, in barrels, one dol six inches in width, fifty cents per running lar per barrel. yard. (And for every additional inch in Do. if in half-barrels, sixty-two and a half width, one and one-half cents per running cents each. yard additional duty.) Do. if in quarter-barrels or kegs, forty cents On shawls of wool or worsted, thirty per cent each. Do. smoked or salted, dried codfish, and on ad valorem. On blankets and counterpanes of wool, or of beef and pork, salted or pickled, in barrels wool and cotton mixed, not exceeding six or half-barrels, two cents per pound. feet square, one dollar each. If over six On smoked and jerked beef, one cent per feet square, and not exceeding ten feet pound. square, two dollars each. If exceeding On smoked hams and bacon, six and onequarter cents per pound. ten feet, prohibited, to prevent frauds. On flannels, baizes, and bookings, not ex On tongues, ten cents per pound. ceeding sixty inches in width, twenty cents On butter, six cents per pound. On lard and cheese, four cents per pound. per running yard. On oil-cloth and oil floor-cloth, not exceed On rice, two cents per pound. ing seventy-two inches in width, fifty cents On Indian meal, one-half cent per pound. On Indian com, ten cents per bushel. per running yard. On carpets and carpeting, not exceeding On wheat, rye, oats, and all other grain, forty cents per bushel. thirty-six inches in width, forty cents per On potatoes, twenty cents per bushel. running yard. On all manufactures of goats’ hair or mohair, On rye-meal and oat-meal, one cent per pound. in the piece, not exceeding thirty-six inches in width, fifteen cents per running yard. On wheat, flour, in barrels or half-barrels, (And for every additional inch in width, two dollars per barrel of ninety-six pounds. (If flour be imported in any other descrip one-half cent per running yard additional tion of package than in barrels or half duty.) barrels, or if imported in bags or sacks, On pig iron, one-half cent per pound. the duty shall be one cent per pound.) On bar iron, rolled or hammered, and on old or scrap-iron, one and one-half cents On apples, one dollar per barrel. On biscuit and ship-bread, three cents per per pound. pound. On nails, spikes, tacks, brads, and sprigs, On tobacco, stem or leaf, four cts. per pound. four cents per pound. Commercial Regulations. On segars, five dollars per thousand. On cigaritos or paper segars, three dollars per thousand. On snuff, fifty cents per pound. On chewing tobacco and smoking tobacco, ten cents per pound. On hewn timber, boards, plank or scantling, ten dollars per thousand feet. On shingles, two dollars per thousand. On laths, fifty cents per thousand. On pitch, tar, rosin, and turpentine, one dol lar and fifty cents per barrel. On printed books, bound, half-bound, or in sheets or pamphlets, fifty cents per pound. On blank books, twenty cents per pound. On writing paper of all kinds, twelve and one-half cents per pound. On sand paper, seven cents per pound. On brown or straw wrapping paper, three cents per pound. On playing cards, twenty-five cents per pack. On window-glass, ten cents per pound. On looking-glasses, looking-glass plates, on glassware of all kinds, except those spe cially mentioned otherwise, and on Chinaware, stoneware, and earthenware, forty per cent ad valorem. On demijohns, three dollars per dozen. On black or green glass bottles, not exceed ing the capacity of one quart each, three dollars per gross; if exceeding that capa city, five dollars per gross. On brandy, if imported in pipes of not ex ceeding one hundred and twenty gallons each, sixty dollars per pipe; if in half pipes of not exceeding sixty gallons each, thirty dollars per half-pipe. On brandy, if in quarter-casks of not ex ceeding thirty-two gallons each, sixteen dollars a quarter-cask; if in Indian barrels or octavos of not exceeding twenty gallons each, ten dollars per package. On whiskey, three cents per pound. On all other spirits, not otherwise specially mentioned, six and one-quarter cents per pound. On cordials, in bottles, of not exceeding two and one-half gallons to the dozen, four dollars per dozen, which includes the duty on bottles. On brandy and other distilled spirits, in bot tles, of not exceeding two and one-half gallons to the dozen, three dollars per doz en, which includes the duty on bottles. On gin, in square bottles, (in cases,) of not exceeding three gallons to the dozen, four dollars per dozen, which includes the duty on bottles. On wines of every description, in casks or bottles, twenty-five cents per gallon, and twenty-five per cent ad valorem: Pro vided always, T hat wine, in quart bottles or in those of smaller capacity, shall al 499 ways be considered as containing two and one-half gallons to the dozen bottles, and shall pay duty accordingly ; if in bottles of larger capacity, or in demijohns, the duty shall be estimated on the quantity con tained therein, at the rates above nam ed; the bottles containing the wine, in all cases, paying an additional duty, if quarts, or smaller, of three dollars per gross; if of larger size, five dollars per gross; and demijohns, three dollars per dozen. On brandy and other spirits, in demijohns, one dollar per gallon. The same rules to be applied to brandy and other spirits, when imported in demijohns, or in bottles of greater capacity than two and one-half gallons to the dozen, as are made for wines. On vinegar, fifteen cents per gallon. On beer, ale, porter, and cider, in quart bot tles, one dollar per dozen, which includes the duty on bottles. In pint bottles, fifty cents per dozen, which includes the duty on bottles. In casks, or any other de scription of package other than above named, twenty-five cents per gallon. In all cases of liquids, imported in casks or barrels, the duty shall be levied on the ca pacity of the cask or barrel, without re gard to any deficiency of its contents. On paints of all descriptions, and painter’s colors, dry or ground in oil, (except watercolors in boxes,) and on varnish, four cents per pound. On tortoise-shell, one dollar per pound. On maccaroni and vermicelli, and on al monds and all other nuts, four cents per pound. On sardines and anchovies, twenty-five cents per pound. On preserved meats and fish, in cans or firkins, twelve and one-half cents per pound. On sausages, ten cents per pound. On coffee, currants, figs, prunes, cocoa, rais ins, and dates, three cents per pound. On ginger, cinnamon, cassia, and cloves, fifty cents per pound. On teas, forty cents per pound. On pimento and black pepper, eight cents per pound. On salt, fifteen cents per bushel. On anthracite and bituminous coal, and on charcoal, one dollar per ton. On whale, sperm, linseed, and olive oils, and on all other oils, except perfumery, five cents per pound. On wax and sperm candles, twelve and onehalf cents per pound. On tallow candles, six and one-quarter cents per pound. On beeswax of all kinds, twelve and onehalf cents per pound. On tapers, fifteen cents per pound. 500 Commercial Regulations. On spirits of turpentine, twenty-five cents per gallon. On soap of all kinds, except perfumed, five cents per pound. On gold watches, ten dollars each. On silver watches, three dollars each. On wearing apparel, comprising all articles of clothing worn on the person, except those specially enumerated and provided for; on millinery articles, say caps, collars, cuffs, braids, and other ornaments for the hair, curls, ringlets, and all similar arti cles, (except of silk,) forty per cent ad valorem. On hats, for men and boys, of straw, flir, or silk, one dollar each. On boots and bootees, for men, women, and children, of whatever material composed, one dollar per pair. On shoes and slippers, for men, women, and children, of whatever material composed, thirty cents per pair. On bonnets, for women and children, of all descriptions, except silk, and on silk caps for women and children, one dollar each. On silk bonnets, for women and children, two dollars each. On silk hosiery, three dollars per pound. On hosiery, say caps, gloves, cuffs, mits, socks, stockings, shirts, and drawers, of whatever material composed, except silk, thirty per cent ad valorem. On caps, for men and boys, made of fur, leather, cloth, or straw, and on leather shirts and drawers, fifty cents each. On umbrellas, parasols, and sun-shades, com posed of silk, one dollar each ; if of any other material, fifty cents each. On epaulets and wings, one dollar per pair. On coaches, carriages, harness of all kinds, saddlery, household furniture, musical in struments, artificial flowers, fancy boxes of all kinds, pocket-books, purses, bead bags, perfumery, perfumed soap, cosmetics of all kinds, engravings, paintings, beads, rosa ries, alabaster and spar ornaments, toys, paper hangings, opium, camphor, forty per cent ad valorem. On raw cotton, two cents per pound. And on each and every article, not specially enumerated and provided for herein, thirty per cent ad valorem. 5. The following goods, wares, and merchandise, are to be considered contraband of war, and the importation thereof is strictly prohibited under a penalty of seizure and con fiscation of the goods, and of the vessel in which said goods may be found:— Cannon, swords, dirks, lances, spears, bowie Gmipowder; saltpetre. Gun cotton. knives, rifles, muskets, side-arms, and fire arms, and all other arms, implements, in Lead. Sulphur and brimstone. struments, and munitions of war. And the importation of the following goods is prohibited under penalty of forfeiture:— Steel, in bars, plates, sheets, or other form, except in bars less than one inch square, in tended for mining purposes. 6. W hen the duties are imposed by weight, no allowance will be made for tare or draft; in that case, the duty will be computed on the gross weight, including the weight of the cask, barrel, box, bag, or other package, and no allowance will be made for any de ficiency, leakage, or breakage, or damage sustained on the voyage of importation or other wise. Whenever a doubt exists as to the rate of duty to be collected on any article, the highest rates which would be charged upon articles or fabrics which it resembles in charac ter, material, texture, or the use to which it may be applied, will be taken. 7. The consignee of goods, wares, or merchandise, imported under these regulations, must produce to the United States’ commanding officer, naval or military, at the port, as the case may be, an entry, invoice, and bill of lading thereof; in the entry, the marks, numbers, description, and contents of packages, and the quantity and market value thereof, and of each package, must be distinctly stated. The invoice must describe the goods, and the weight, measure, or other quantity in each package, and the value thereof in the prin cipal markets of the country from whence the importation is made, together with all charges, until laden on board at the port or place of shipment; which value shall be verified by the oath of the owner or purchaser, and shall be of the form hereafter prescribed, (see Form I.,) which oath, if the goods are imported from the United States, shall be administered by the collector of the port from whence the importation is made ; if from a foreign port or a port in Mexico, by a consul or commercial agent of the United States, if any there b e ; otherwise, by a consul of any nation at peace with the United States. Invoices must be made out in the currency of the country from whence imported, the value whereof, if not fixed by the laws of the United States, must be stated in a certificate of Form II., to be granted by a consul of the United States, if any there be ; otherwise, by the certificate of two or more merchants residing at the port of shipment. Goods fraudulently invoiced, and all goods landed, or attempted to be landed, without permit, shall be confiscated. Commercial Regulations. 501 The commandant of the port will receive all duties, and pay over the same the day suc ceeding, to the paymaster or purser, if any there be at the port, and if not, then to the highest officer present, of the quartermaster or commissary’s department, and if none such be present, then to such other officer as may be designated by the commandant, who may also detail such non-commissioned officers, sailors, or marines, or other persons, as may be necessary to aid in carrying into effect these regulations. 8. All goods, wares, and merchandise, upon which the duties have not been paid within thirty days after the arrival of the vessel, will be taken possession of by the commandant, at the expense and risk of the owner or consignee thereof, and will be sold at public auc tion, under the direction of said commandant, five days’ public notice being first given in a public newspaper, if any there b e ; otherwise, by the public notice usually given at such port. From the proceeds of such sale, the duties and expenses will be deducted, and the residue thereof, if applied for within ten days, will be paid to the owner or consignee of the goods so sold, otherwise said moneys will accrue to the government of the United States. 9. All goods, wares, and merchandise, subject to confiscation, will be sold in like man ner within ten days after the seizure. 10. Upon goods, wares, or merchandise, the invoices of which are not verified in the manner prescribed in the 7th article of these regulations, there shall be levied, collected, and paid, on the importation thereof, besides the duties herein prescribed, an addition thereto of one-fourth of the amount of the said duties. 11. If the port, or place of original destination in Mexico, named in the manifest, be not in possession of the United States’ forces, the vessel may enter at any other port or place in Mexico in such possession. 12. If upon the unlading of the cargo, any package or article, specified in the manifest, shall be found wanting, the vessel shall be subject to an additional penalty of one dollar per to n ; and if any goods, wares, or merchandise, shall be found on board, and not in cluded in the manifest, the same shall be forfeited to the use of the United States; and if the value thereof shall exceed the sum of one thousand dollars, the vessel shall be seized and confiscated. 13. The following goods, wares, and merchandise, are exempted from duty, to w it: ma chinery and machines, to be used for mining purposes in the gold or silver mines of Mexico. Quicksilver. All articles, the sole property of the United States’ army or navy, in American vessels, owned, chartered, or freighted by the government of the United States. Whenever any goods are imported by sutlers, and the duties paid by them, as is required by these regulations, and when the sutler shall first prove to the satisfaction of the com mandant of the post, that said sutler has actually sold any of said identical goods, so im ported by him, to any officer, soldier, sailor, or marine, for their own actual individual use and consumption, and not as merchandise or for re-sale, then and in that case the duties so actually paid on said goods so sold to any officer, soldier, sailor, or marine, as aforesaid, shall be refunded to said sutlers; but before refunding the moneys so collected, it shall be the duty of the council of administration which, under the direction of the commandant of the post, fixes the price of sutlers’ goods, in determining the price of any of said goods so sold, as aforesaid, to deduct the duty so paid from the price, with a view to avoid imposing any of the burden of the duties herein prescribed upon the army or navy of the Union ; and all officers’ individual stores, introduced for their own actual use, and equipments re quired by law, are exempt from duties. 14. Upon the arrival of any vessel within the ports aforesaid, a sentinel or sentinels should be at once placed on board to prevent frauds upon the revenue. W hen the tonnage duty has been paid, passengers can be permitted to land with their baggage, provided no dutiable or prohibited articles are found therein. There will be required from the consignee of any goods imported in each vessel, an entry as per Form III., to be deposited with the commandant of the port; also an invoice verified as hereinbefore required. The commandant of the port will direct the paymaster, purser, quartermaster, assistantquartermaster, commissary, assistant-commissary, or other disbursing officer of the United States, who may be serving at such port or place, to estimate the duties, and upon the pay ment of the same, in cash, to the commandant, he will grant a permit of Form IV., which the paymaster, purser, or other officer, will countersign, who. will also keep a record of the amount received, to be compared with a similar record to be kept by the commandant who receives the duties. W hen the paymaster, purser, or other officer, is unable to ascertain the amount of duties until the goods are weighed, guaged, or measured, the commandant will take a deposit 502 Commercial Regulations. equal at least to the estimated duties; and any amount which, when the duties are correct ly ascertained, may appear to be overpaid, he will return to the importer. 15. Whenever the commandant, paymaster, purser, or other officer, has reason to sus pect that any goods are fraudulently invoiced, he shall institute such an examination as, in his opinion, may be proper and necessary. All goods, which may remain on board at the expiration of ten days from the arrival of the vessel, should be warehoused on shore under the directions of the commandant, and, if the duties are not paid at the expiration of thirty days after such arrival, they must be sold under the regulations prescribed herein. The currencies and weights, guage, and measures, of various countries, with their equiva lent United States’ standard, will be found in the table annexed.* The commandant will require the paymaster, purser, or other officer, to transmit to the Secretary of W ar or Navy, on the first of each month, a statement as per Form V., show ing the amounts received by him, the vessel in which imported, and by whom paid; also, a weekly statement of the moneys received, and a statement of the goods sold at auction as per Form VI. 16. All government monopolies for revenue, or income and prohibitions, except as herein mentioned, of imports into any of the said ports of Mexico, and all duties on exports, or prohibitions of exports, and all interior transit duties, and all auction and retail taxes or duties on imports on the sale thereof, any law, usage, or custom of Mexico to the contrary notwithstanding, are hereby annulled and abolished. 17. The commandant will use and occupy, for the transaction of business and for the storage of imports, all public buildings in the ports aforesaid; and if such buildings shall not be found sufficient for the purposes indicated, he will require the Mexican authorities to furnish him with additional buildings, free of charge to the United States. 18. Prior to the departure of vessels from the ports aforesaid, the paymaster, purser, or other officer, as the case may be, will require the master to produce to him a manifest of the outward cargo of such vessel, specifying the marks, numbers, description, and contents of packages, and the value thereof, as per Form VII., a copy of which, signed by the said paymaster, purser, or other officer, and countersigned by the commandant, will be granted to the master, together with a clearance, to be endorsed thereon, as per Form VIII. No clearance will be granted to any vessel of the United States to any other port or place in Mexico, except such port or place be in the possession of the United States. The exportation of goods from any port or place in Mexico, in our possession, the im portation of which is prohibited by these instructions, is also strictly prohibited. 19. These regulations apply at once to Matamoras, Tampico, St. Francisco, and Mon terey, (in California,) &c., &c., and such other ports or places as may, from time to time, come into-our possession, as soon as possession is taken. All goods brought into the United States from any of the said'ports or places in Mex ico, will, of course, be chargeable with duty in the United States; but no drawback will be allowed on exports from any of the said Mexican ports or places. Moneys to be collected under these instructions, to be paid over to the paymaster, pur ser, or other officer, to be retained by him, under the directions of the commandant, as a military contribution, subject to the order of the W ar and Navy Departments; but no fees, charges, commission, or compensation of any kind, to be paid or allowed for the per formance of any of the duties prescribed by these regulations. 20. All the duties directed in these regulations to be performed by the commandant of any post or place in our military possession, may be devolved by such commandant on any subordinate officer to be designated by him, who shall perform the same, subject to the supervision and control of such commandant. The apportionment and distribution of the duties to be performed by the officers of the army or navy should be made with the ap proval of the President of the United States, by the Secretaries of W ar and of the Navy. R. J. W alker, Secretary of the Treasury. Treasury Department, March 30, 1847. F orm I. I, John Brown, do solemnly, sincerely, and truly swear or affirm, that I am the owner or purchaser of the goods, wares, and merchandise, described in the within or annexed invoice; that the fair market value of said goods, in the principal markets of the countiy * See “ Journal of Banking* Currency, and Finance,” in the present number of this Magazine, pp. 507, 508* Commercial Regulations. 503 of production thereof, at the present time, including all costs for bleaching, dyeing, press ing, and packing, and for inland transportation, and all other charges to the place of ship ment, amounting to three thousand Bremen rix dollars, is correctly stated in said invoice. And I farther swear, that the quantity is truly stated therein. So help me God. [l. s.] (Signed,) J ohn Brown. Sworn to, before me, this 22d March, in the year 1847, at the United States’ Consulate at Bremen. A. B„ Consul. F orm II. I hereby testify that the value of the franc o f Switzerland, in which currency the annexed or within invoice is made out, is equal to twenty-seven cents United States’ currency. r i Given under my hand and seal of office, at the United States’ Consulate at Basle, [l. s.j jjjjg 22j March, in the year 1847. A. B., Consul. F orm III. Entry o f merchandise imported hy John Brown, in the ship Fosca Helena from Bremen. Marks. Nos. Value at Value at Value at Value at Packages and Quantity. specific 40 per 30 per 20 per Val. at com Total. contents. rates. cent. pound duties. cent. cent. J. D. 1 to 14 14 pipes brandy. 1,400 galls. $1,400 $1,400 Duty, 14 pipes at $60, $840. (Signed,) T ampico, March 22, 1847. J ohn Brown. F orm IV. John Brown having paid the duties, amounting to $840, on J. V. 1 to 14, fourteen pipes brandy, imported by him, in the ship Fosca Helena, from Bremen, permission is hereby given to land the same. C. D., Paymaster, A. B., Commandant T ampico, March 22, 1847. F orm V. 1847. Ship Mar. 23. Fosca Helena Bremen John Brown $1,400 $840 ii ii it Tonnage Duty 130 it it Tonnage penalty $130 it ii it Confiscated 600 $600 it it ii Sold for duties 1,000 400 $600 Total. Proceeds of goods confiscated. Proceeds of goods sold for duties. Penalties paid. Duty paid. Value of imports. Consignees. Where from. Vessels’ names. Date of arrival. Statement o f revenue collected at the port o f Tampico, during the month ending 31 et March, 1847. $840 130 130 600 600 $2,300 (Signed,) (Countersigned,) C. D., Paymaster. A . B., Commandant 504 Commercial Regulations. F orm VI. Statement o f goods sold at the port o f Tampico during the month ending 3lsf March, 1847. Date of Name of vessel. Wherefrom. Consignee. Gross Duty. Other Nett pro arrival. sales. charges. ceeds. 1847. M’ch 23, Ship Fosca Helena Bremen Do. Do. Do. Unknown Confiscated 1,000 600 400 25 40 575 560 1,125 (Signed,) (Countersigned,) C. D., Paymaster. A. B., Commandant. F orm VII. Manifest o f the cargo o f the ship Fosca Helena, which was laden on board at the port o f Tampico, and bound fo r Bremen. Marks. Nos. Descrip, ofpack, and contents. Quantity. Value. Ship’rs name. Consign’s name. T ampico, March 25, 1847. F orm VIII. W e certify that the master of the ship Fosca Helena, has deposited a manifest of the cargo of said vessel, with the United States’ authorities at this port, of which the within is a true copy. Permission is hereby granted for said vessel to sail for the port of Bremen. Dated at T ampico, March 25th, 1847. C. D., Paymaster. (Countersigned,) A. B., Commandant. PA SSEN GERS IN M ERCHA NT VESSELS. TREASURY CIRCULAR TO COLLECTORS AND OTHER OFFICERS OF THE CUSTOMS, IN REGARD TO AN ACT OF CONGRESS TO REGULATE THE CARRIAGE OF PASSENGERS IN MERCHANT VESSELS. Treasury Department, March 17, 1847. The particular attention of the officers of the customs is called to the provisions of an act, entitled “ An Act to Regulate the Carriage of Passengers in Merchant Vessels,” ap proved 22d February, 1847; and also to the act to amend the aforesaid act, approved 2d March, 1847. It will be perceived that, by the amendatory act of the 22d instant, the regulations pre scribed in the law of the 22d February last, take effect and go into operation from and after the 31st day of May next, in regard to all vessels arriving from ports on this side of the Capes of Good Hope and Horn, and in regard to vessels arriving from places beyond said capes, on and after the 30th day of October next ensuing. The second section of this act, also repeals so much of the act of February last, “ as authorizes shippers to esti mate two children of eight years of age and under as one passenger in the assignment of room” in the vessel. It is not conceived that the provisions of the aforesaid acts repeal, or conflict with those of the act “ Regulating Passenger Ships and Vessels,” approved 2d March, 1819. Hence the limitation of the number of passengers to two for every five tons of the vessel, accor ding to custom-house measurement; also, the regulations in regard to the requisite sup ply of water, provisions, &c., and the penalties prescribed, are still in full operation. It is strictly enjoined upon the officers of the customs to have all vessels about to depart for foreign ports, or arriving therefrom with passengers, carefully examined, to see that the number of passengers does not exceed the limit fixed by law, and that the space prescribed in the first section of the act of 22d February last, for the accommodation of each passen Commercial Regulations. 505 ger, ha9 been allotted; and also to ascertain that due compliance is had with the provisions of the third section, regulating the construction and dimensions of the berths. The num ber of tiers of berths is limited by the act to two, with an interval between the floor and the deck or platform, of at least six inches. Each berth is required to be “ at least six feet in length, and at least eighteen inches in width, for each passenger.” A separate berth of these dimensions must be provided for each passenger, and it cannot be permitted to in crease said dimensions with a view to accommodate more than one person, as the law clearly contemplates each berth to be assigned to a single passenger. Besides, it is to be distinctly understood, that the berths are not to interfere or encroach upon the space allot ted by the first section of the act to each passenger, which is to be of the prescribed num ber of clear superficial feet of deck, according to the circumstances mentioned in the law. Children of eight years of age, and under, are each to be considered and computed a sin gle passenger. The penalties imposed by the 1st, 2d, and 3d sections of the act, must be rigidly en forced in all cases of a violation of the same. R. J. W alker, Secretary of the Treasury. D EFICIEN CY , DAMAGE, LEAKAGE, AND BREAKAGE. The following circular to the collectors and other officers of customs, from the United States Treasury Department, relative to allowances for “ deficiency, damage, leakage, and breakage,” is published for the information of our importing merchants:— T reasury Department, March 24, 1847. The attention of the department having been specially called to the subject of allowances for deficiency, damage, leakage, and breakage, under existing laws, and particularly in reference to the provisions of the 58th and 59th sections of the act of 2d March, 1799, it is decided that in all cases where allowances are claimed under said sections, or either of them, the appraisers or other proper officers shall first ascertain whether any deficiency, damage, leakage, or breakage has occurred during the voyage of importation, by stress of weather, or other accident at 6ea; and if so, and the actual leakage, deficiency, or break age, cannot be otherwise ascertained, then to make the allowance, as the case may be, for draft, tare, leakage, or breakage, to the extent authorized by said sections; but if said dam age, deficiency, leakage, or breakage, so occurring as before mentioned, shall be found by said appraisers or other officers, to be less than the amount authorized by the said sections, then the allowance shall only be for the actual damage, deficiency, leakage, or breakage ; and if the amount be ascertained to be actually greater than the amount allowed in said sections, the actual damage, deficiency, leakage, or breakage, shall still be allowed, subject to the limitations and restrictions imposed by former circulars. It must be remembered that draft can be allowed only on articles imported in bulk, and tare on articles imported in casks, barrels, bags, boxes, or other packages, and leakage or breakage in the case of liquors; but when there is an allowance for tare, draft, leakage, or breakage, it must be confined to a separate allowance for one of them, and cannot be ex tended to two or more. Under the 58th section, the allowances for draft or tare are only permitted on “ articles subject to duty by weight,” and imder the 59th section, the allowance for leakage and breakage is eonfined to liquors “ subject to duty by the gallon ;” and there being no duties imposed by the act approved 30th July, 1846, either by weight or gallon, it is an extremely liberal construction to allow, in any case, any operation whatever to those sections, even to the limited extent permitted by these instructions. R. J. W alker, Secretary o f the Treasury. REGULATION S OF T H E PROVINCE OF MACAO. In the Merchants’ Magazine for February, 1847, we published the new harbor regula tions for the port of Macao, China, which went into operation the 7th of May, 1846. W e are now indebted to Joao Maria Ferreira do Amaral, for an additional order of the Governor of the Province of Macao, Timor, and Solor, which we here annex:— The Governor of the Province of Macao, Timor, and Solor, in council, determines as follows:— Considering that the duty of five mace per ton, which the vessels anchored in the Typa have paid, is excessive, it is judged proper to enact as follows:— 506 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. 1. Native and foreign vessels, which heretofore were obliged to pay five mace per ton in the anchorage of Typa, shall from this date pay one mace per ton. 2. This duty so reduced, shall be paid only by vessels that remain more than six days in the Typa. 3. This anchorage duty shall be sufficient for one year, to be reckoned from the date in which the vessels anchor for the first time in the harbor. 4. Thus, as by the preceding article, vessels which have once paid tonnage dues, may enter and depart freely for the space of a y ear; in the same manner, vessels, which within one year enter and leave the harbor oftener than once, shall be obliged to pay duty for that year, when the sum of the days they have remained at anchor shall exceed six. 5. No tonnage dues shall be paid by— § 1. Vessels, whether native or foreign, not exceeding one hundred tons. § 2. Ships that have paid in the river of Macao, for the space of a year from the time they anchored in the first port. § 3. Vessels having a cargo entirely of rice. § 4. Vessels that enter, having suffered great damage, for the whole time they are em ployed in repairs. § 5. Steam-vessels employed in conveying passengers between Hongkong, Canton, and Macao. The authorities, to whom the cognizance of this belongs, have so judged and decreed. J oao Maria F erreira do A maral. Macao, 30th July, 1846. JOURNAL OF BANKING, CURRENCY AND FINANCE. COINAGE OF T H E U N ITED S T A T E S’ M IN T AND BRANCHES. W e are indebted to the Hon. B. B. French, Clerk of the House of Representatives, for a copy of the Annual Report of the Director of the Mint at Philadelphia, and the Branch Mints, for 1846, transmitted by the President of the United States to Congress, on the 4th February, 1847. It shows the operations of that institution for 1846, and for former years. From this Report, it appears that the coinage at the principal mint amounted to $3,623,443 ; comprising $2,234,655 in gold, $1,347,580 in silver, and $41,208 in copper coins, and composed of 7,447,335 pieces. The deposits of gold within the year amounted to $2,270,529, and those of silver to $1,362,330. A t the New Orleans branch mint, the coinage amounted to $2,483,800; comprising $1,272,800 in gold, and $1,211,000 in silver coins, and composed of 2,578,780 pieces. The deposits for coinage amounted to $1,207,538 in gold, and $1,216,436 in silver. The branch mint at Dahlonega received, during the year, deposits of gold'to the value of $455,149, and its coinage amounted to $449,727 50; composed of 80,294 half-eagles, and 19,303 quarter-eagles. The rebuilding of the branch mint at Charlotte has been completed, and the new ma chinery made and set up, at a cost short of the estimates presented. The mint began its operations in October, 1846, and during the three remaining months of the year the de posits of gold amounted to $196,381, and the coinage to $76,995; composed of 12,995 half-eagles, and 4,808 quarter-eagles. The whole coinage for the year, at the four mints, amounted to $6,633,965 ; composed of $4,034,177 in gold, $2,558,580 in silver, and $41,208 in copper coins.* * For an elaborate article on the Coinage of the United States’ Mint and Branches, w ith. full tabular statements of coinage from the commencement of their operations in 1793, &c., to 1843, see Merchants’ Magazine, Vol. X., No. 3, pp. 240-250 -, also, for an article on the United States’ Branch Mint at New Orleans, see Merchants’ Magazine, Vol. XIV., No. 1, pp. 66-69; also, see Vol. XV., No. 2, pp. 202-205, for tables of Coinage at the United. States’ Mint and Branches, in 1845, &c. 507 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. FO REIG N CURRENCY, W EIG H TS, AND M EASURES. The annexed table of foreign money or currency, weights and measures, as fixed by law or usage, emanates from the Treasury Department at Washington, and was appended to the tariff of duties imposed by the United States in such ports of Mexico as may be now or hereafter in our military possession, for the information of collectors of customs in Mex ican ports. We republish it for the information of commercial men generally:— THE RATES AT WHICH FOREIGN MONEY OR CURRENCY ARE FIXED BY LAW. Franc, of France or Belgium. Florin, of Netherlands.......... Florin, of Southern States of Germany............................ Guilder of Netherlands......... Livre, (Tournois,) of France. Lira, of the Lombardo Venitian Kingdom..................... Lira, of Tuscany.................... Lira, of Sardinia.................... Milrea, of Portugal............... Milrea, of Azores................... Marco Banco, of Hamburgh. Pound sterl., of Gr’t Britain.. Pound, of British Provinces of N. Scotia, N. Brunsw’k, Newfoundl’d and Canada. 18 6-10 Pagoda, of India........................... 40 Real vellon, of Spain.................... Real plate, of Spain...................... 40 Rupee, Company........................... 40 Rupee, of British India................. 184 Specie dollar, of Denmark........... Rix dollar, or thaler, of Prussia & 16 the North States of Germany. 16 Rix dollar, of Bremen.................. 18 6-10 Rouble, silver, of Russia................ Specie dollar, of Sweden and $ 1 12 Norway....................................... 834 Florin, of Austria.......................... 35 Ducat, of Naples........................... 4 84 Ounce, of Sicily............................ Tale, of China............................... Leghorn livre................................. 4 00 $ i 84 05 10 i 444 44A 05 69 78* 75 i 06 484 80 2 40 1 48 16 CURRENCIES BY USAGE, IN WHICH A CERTIFICATE OF VALUE IS REQUIRED TO BE ATTACHED TO THE INVOICE. .................. Crown, of Tuscany... ................. Florin, of Prussia...... ................... Florin, of Basle......... Florence livre........... ................... Geneva livre............. ................... Jamaica pound.......... Leghorn dollar.......... Livre, of Catalonia... .................. 28 $1 05 Paper rouble, varies from 4 rou22* bles 65 copecks, to 4 roubles 84 copecks to the dollar. 15 Rix dollar, of Saxony.................... 21 Rix dollar, Rhenish........................ Swiss livre...................................... Scuda, of Malta............................. 534 Turkish piastre............................... $ 0 264 69 60* 27 40 05 TABLE OF FOREIGN WEIGHTS AND MEASURES, REDUCED TO THE STANDARD OF THE UNITED STATES. Amsterdam. 100 lbs , 1 centner.............. 108.93 lbs. Last of grain........................ 85.25 bush. Ahm of wine...................... 41.00 gal’s. Amsterdam foot.................. 0.93 ft. Antwerp foot...................... 0.94 ft Rhineland foot.................... 1.03 ft. 2.26 ft Amsterdam ell................... Ell of the Hague................ 2.28 ft. Ell of the Brabant................ 2.30 ft. China. T ail....................................... 1£ oz. 16 tails 1 catty.................... l^lb s. 100 catties 1 picul................ 133| lbs. Denmark. 100 pounds of centner....... 110.28 lbs. Barrel, or teonde, of coin... 3.95 bush. Viertel of wine................... 2.04 gal’s. Copenhagen, or Rhineland foot................................... 1.03 ft. England. Old ale gallon..................... 1.22 gal’s. Imperial gallon................... 1.20 gal’s. Old wine gallon.................. 1.00 gal’s. Quarter of grain, or 8 im perial bushels.................. 8.25 bush. Imperial corn bushel, or 8 imperial gallons.............. 1.03 bush. 1.00 bush. Old Winchester, do........... Imperial yard...................... 36.00 inch. Troy pound......................... 144-175 lbs. av. France. ** Metre................................... 3.28 ft Decimetre (l-10th metre).. 3.94 inch. Veit....................................... 2.00 gal’s. Hectolitre............................ 26.42 gal’s. 2.64 gal’s. Decalitre, 2.11 pints. Litre............. Kilolitre....... 35.32 f t Hectolitre.... 2.84 bush. Decalitre...... 9.08 q’rte. Millier.......... 2.025 lbs. Quintal....... 220.54 lbs. Kilogramme 2.21 lbs. Florence and Leghorn. horn. 100 pounds, or 1 cantaro... 74.86 lbs. Moggio of grain................. 16.59 bush. 12.04 gal’s. 508 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance, Genoa. 100 pounds, or peso grosso. 100 pounds, or peso sottile. Mina of grain..................... Mezzerola of wine.............. Hamburgh. Last of grain........................ Ahm ofwine......, ................ Hamburgh foot................... E ll........................................ Malta. 100 pounds, 1 cantar......... Salma of grain.............-.... Foot..................................... Naples. Cantara grosso................... Cantara picolo................... Carro of grain..................... Carro of wine..................... Netherlands. Ell........................................ Mudde of Zak.................... Vat Hactolitre.................... Kan Litre............................ Poud Kilogramme............. Portugal. 100 pounds.......................... 22 pounds.......................... 4 arrobas of 22 pounds (1 quintal)......................... Alquiere............................ Majo of grain...................... Last of salt.......................... A lm udeofw ine.................. Prussia. 100 pounds of 2 Cologne marks each...................... Quintal 110 pounds........... Sheffel of grain................... Eimar of wine.................... Ell of cloth.......................... F o o t..................................... Pome. Rubbio of grain.................. Barih of wine...................... 76.87 lbs. 69.89 lbs. 3.43 bush. 39.22 gal’s. 86.64 bush. 38.25 gal’s. 0.96 ft. 1.92 ft. 174.50 lbs. 8.22 bush. 0.85 ft. 196.50 lbs. 106.00 lbs. 52.24 bush. 264.00 gal’s. 3.28 f t 2.84 bush. 26.42 gal’s. 2.11 pints. 2.21 lbs. 101.19 lbs. 22.26 lbs. 89.05 lbs. 4.75 bush. 23.03 bush. 70.00 bush. 4.47.gal’s. 103.11 lbs. 113.42 lbs. 1.56 bush. 18.14 gal’s. 2.19 ft. 1.03 ft. 8.36 bush. 15.31 gal’s. Russia. 100 pounds of 32 laths each 90.26 lbs. Chertwert of grain............. 5.95 bush. Vedro of wine..................... 3.25 gal’s. 1.18 gal’s. Petersburg!] foot................. Moscow foot....................... 1.10 gal’s. 1.36 lbs. Pood.................................... Sicily. Cantaro grosso.................... 192.50 lbs. Cantaro sottile.................... 175.00 lbs. 100 pounds....................... 70.00 lbs. Salma grossa of grain....... 9.77 bush. Salma generale................... 7.85 bush. Salma of wine.................... 23.06 gal’s. Spain. Quintal, or 4 arrobas......... 101.44 lbs. Arroba................................. 25.36 lbs. Arroba of wine................... 4.43 gal’s. Tranega of grain................ 1.60 bush. Sweden. 100 pounds, or 5 lispunds. 73.76 lbs. Kan of Can......................... 7.42 bush. Last...................................... 75.00 bush. Cann of wine...................... 69.00 gal’s. Ell of cloth......................... 1.95 ft. Smyrna. 100 pounds, (1 quintal,). . 129.48 lbs. O ke...................................... 2.83 lbs. Quiltal of grain................... 1.46 bush. Quiltal of wine................... 13.50 gal’s. Trieste. 100 pounds.......................... 123.60 lbs. Stajo of grain..................... 2.34 bush. Orna, or eirna of wine....... 14.94 gal’s. Ell for woollen................... 2.22 ft. Ell for silk........................... 2.10 ft. Venice. 100 pounds fresogroso....... 105.18 lbs. 65.04 lbs. 100 pounds peso sattile........ Moggio of grain.................. 9.08 bush. Anifara of wine................. 137.00 gal’s. INSURAN CE COM PANIES IN M A SSACHU SETTS. INSURANCE COMPANIES OUT OF BOSTON, IN MASSACHUSETTS, TO DECEMBER Lynn Mechanics’ Fire and M arine ...................... Marblehead Marine....... Essex, Salem .................. Oriental, “ .................. Fairhaven........................ N. Bedford Commercial. “ Mechanics’. .. “ Pacific............. “ W haling ......... Plymouth, Old Colony... Provincetown, Union.... Nantucket, Commercial. Capital. $ 5 0 ,0 0 0 1 0 0 ,0 0 0 1 0 0 ,0 0 0 2 0 0 ,0 0 0 1 0 0 ,0 0 0 1 5 0 ,0 0 0 1 0 0 ,0 0 0 1 0 0 ,0 0 0 1 0 0 ,0 0 0 5 0 ,0 0 0 7 5 ,0 0 0 7 5 ,0 0 0 A t risk, Marine. $ 3 0 ,7 0 0 00 5 6 ,5 5 0 0 0 3 1 1 ,7 7 0 0 0 3 4 2 ,3 0 5 00 2 ,3 3 4 ,1 5 3 66 1 4 ,0 0 0 00 6 1 3 ,6 3 7 1 3 9 ,2 4 5 1 2 6 ,1 6 1 2 8 5 ,7 3 0 50 00 00 50 $ 1 ,2 0 0 ,0 0 0 !$ 4 ,2 6 4 ,2 5 2 00 1, 1846. A t risk, Fire. Fire losses. Mar. losses. $ 1 4 ,4 5 0 0 0 ......... $ 6 0 0 28 ......... 6 ,2 8 5 9 3 4 5 ,4 5 0 66 ......... 2 4 ,5 5 9 91 ......... 1 ,6 8 1 41 ......... 2 2 8 07 ......... 4 3 ,8 2 5 0 0 .. ......... 8 ,8 6 8 61 ......... 1 ,4 9 0 61 ......... 2 ,2 6 9 8 2 1 8 ,2 9 0 66 ......... 5 ,3 3 2 67 ......... 4 ,6 1 1 0 3 • • ......... 5 ,9 5 7 8 1 ....... ., ....... $ 7 8 ,1 9 0 0 0 ......... $ 1 0 5 ,7 1 1 15 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. INSURANCE COMPANIES, WITH SPECIFIC CAPITAL, TO DEC. American........ Boston.............. Boylstonand } Fire Marine $ Firemen’s ....... F ranklin ......... Hope................ Manufacturers’ Merc. M arine. Merchants’...... .National........... Neptune........... Suffolk............. T rem ont......... United States.. W arren............ Washington.... C a p ita l. A t risk, M arin e. A t risk, F ire . $300,000 300,000 $4,683,528 2,180,311 $3,086,651 300,000 2,189,792 300,000 300,000 200,000 400,000 300,000 500,000 500,000 200,000 225,000 200,000 200,000 150,000 200,000 1,672,675 492,265 1,954,411 1,639,071 7,247,702 4,239,462 6,933,110 1,022,658 4,734,337 1,128,866 1,992,270 2,365,778 1, 1846, 509 IN BOSTON. F ire losses, last year. M a rin e losses, last year. $13,093 46 $113,905 79 73,756 88 86,331 57 3,210,463 3,334 11 10,824,495 3,711,883 48,193 65 11,897 64 12,391,773 51,854 66 13,856,305 7,867,453 4,331,882 542,815 1,338,786 372,850 38,883 22,692 7,407 972 2,107 180 26 59 41 37 84 00 .............. 46,168 3,895 58,417 61,608 142,296 51,822 328,548 39,465 173,138 14,288 102,322 78,320 si 58 12 78 72 36 40 77 75 82 73 32 $4,575,000 $44,476,236 $61,535,356 $200,616 33 $1,374,278 10 U N ITE D S T A T E S T R EA SU R Y N O TES AND STOCKS. T reasury Department, March 22d, 1847. All persons having business relating to the issuing and transfer of United States stock, and payment of interest thereon, are requested to address their communications to the Register of the Treasury, who has charge of all such matters. On funding Treasury notes, he will hereafter issue certificates of stock on the receipted schedule signed by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurers for the principal. Those offi cers will pay the interest due thereon in money. Persons wishing to deposit Treasury notes for stock, are requested in all cases to make schedules of them, and cast the interest thereon according to forms which will be furnished by the Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. Parties depositing Treasury notes for stock, are requested to give the name of the per son to whom the stock is to be issued, with his residence, and with the place where he wishes the interest to be paid. The scrip will be issued to the person named in the certificate, unless when assigned and witnessed, in the same manner as provided for the transfer of certificates of stock. Holders of notes, issued under different acts of Congress, will present them scheduled separately, and take separate certificates therefor. After the 31st day of March, instant, all certificates of stock will be impressed with the seal of the department, and signed only by the Register of the Treasury. R. J. W alker, Secretary of the Treasury. FREN CH TOBACCO CONTRACT. The large tobacco contracts advertised by the government have been taken u p ; the supply of 1,800,000 kilos, of Virginia, and 150,000 kilos, of Maryland, being taken by M. Pescatore, the first at 86f. 33c., the latter at 163Jf. The supply of 2,400,000 kilos, of different descriptions of Maryland was contracted for by M. de Rothschild, at 103f. 81c. The conveyance of these vast quantities of tobacco from the United States to France gave rise to a discussion between the American minister, Mr. King, and the French gov ernment. The latter at first laid down the condition that the contractors should be bound to bring the tobacco to France in French vessels, but eventually consented to abandon it, in compliance with the remonstrances of Mr. King. Had it been persisted in, it would not only have been a heavy loss to American shipping, but a violation of the Navigation Treaty of 1822. 510 Mercantile Miscellanies« MERCANTILE MISCELLANIES. T H E GOOD M ERCHANT. In the last number of this Magazine, we gave a brief extract from the Rev. T heodore P arker’s “ Sermon o f M erchants” which was preached at Boston, on Sunday, the 22d of November, 1846. Near the close of that discourse, he describes in contrast the “ Bad ” and the “ Good Merchant.” As some of our readers would, perhaps, object to certain unique, and rather pungent terms, used in that portion of the description which refers to the former, we have concluded to transfer the more agreeable picture of the Good Mer chant, and refer the curious in such matters to the discourse itself, which was published by request of those who heard i t :— “ The Good Merchant tells the Truth and thrives by th a t; is upright and downright; his word, good as his Bible-oath. He pays for all he takes; though never so rich, he owns no wicked dollar; all is openly, honestly, manfully earned, and a full equivalent paid for it. He owns money and i3 worth a man. He is just, in business with the strong; charitable, in dealing with the weak. His Counting-Room, or his Shop, is the sanctuary of fairness, justice—a school of uprightness, as well as thrift. Industry and Honor go hand in hand with him. He gets rich by industry and forecast, not by sleight of hand and shuf fling his cards to another’s loss. No man becomes the poorer because he is rich. He would sooner hurt himself than wrong another, for he is a man, not a fox. He entraps no man with lies, active or passive. His Honesty is better capital than a Sharper’s Cunning. Yet he makes no more talk about Justice and Honesty, than the Sun talks of light and h e a t; they do their own talking. His profession of Religion is all practice. He knows that a good man is just as near Heaven in his shop, as in his church; at work, as at prayer; so he makes all work sacramental; he communes with God and Man in buying and selling—communion in both kinds. He consecrates his week-day and his work. Christianity appears more divine in this man’s deeds than in the holiest words of Apostle or Saint. He treats every man as he wishes all to treat him, and thinks no more of that than of carrying one for every ten. It is the rule of his arithmetic. You know this man is a Saint, not by his creed, but by the letting of his houses, his treatment of all that de pend on him. He is a Father to defend the weak, not a Pirate to rob them. He looks out for the welfare of all that he employs ; if they are his help, he is theirs; and as he is the strongest, so the greater help. His private prayer appears in his public w ork; for in his devotion he does not apologise for his sin, but asking to outgrow that, challenges him self to new Worship and Piety. He sets on foot new enterprises, which develop the na tion’s wealth, and help others while they help him. He wants laws that take care of Man’s Rights, knowing that then he can take care of himself and of his own, but hurt no man by so doing. He asks laws for the weak ; not against them. He would not take vengeance on the wicked, but correct them. His Justice tastes of Charity. He tries to remove the causes of Poverty, Licentiousness, of all crime, and thinks that is alike the duty of Church and State. Ask not him to make a Statesman a Party Man, or the churches an apology for his lowness; he knows better—he calls that Infidelity. He helps the weak help them selves. He is a moral educator—a church of Christ gone into business—a Saint in trade. The Catholic Saint who stood on a pillar’s top, or shut himself into a den and fed on grass, is gone to his place—that Christian Nebuchadnezzar. He got fame in his day. No man honors him now ; nobody even imitates him. But the Saint of the nineteenth century is the Good Merchant; he is wisdom for the foolish, strength for the weak, warning to the wicked, and a blessing to all. Build him a shrine in Bank and Church, in the Market and the Exchange, or build it n o t: no Saint stands higher than this Saint of Trade. There are such men, rich and poor, young and old; such men in Boston. I have known more than one such, and far greater and better than I have told of, for I purposely under-color this poor sketch. They need no word of mine for encouragement or sympathy. Have they not Christ and God to aid and bless them ? Would that some word of mine might stir the heart of others to be such—of you young men. They stand there clean amid the dust of commerce and the mechanic’s busy life; they stand there like great square Pyra mids in the desert, amongst the shifting tents of the Arabs. Look at them, ye young men, and be healed of your folly. Think—it is not the calling which corrupts the man, but the men the calling. The most experienced will tell you so. I know it demands manliness to make a man, but it is that work God sent you here to do.” 511 Mercantile Miscellanies. COM MERCIAL VALUE OF T H E MICROSCOPE. METHOD OF DETECTING FRAUDS IN THE ADULTERATION OF MUSK. Dr. Neligan, the lecturer on materia medica, in the Dublin medical school, has discov ered the means of detecting the adulteration of musk, by the aid of the microscope. This gentleman states, as we learn from the British Critic, that owing to the high price and great demand for musk, which, as is now generally very well known, is the secretion from the male musk animal, the moschus moschiferus, and that it is generally imported into the British market from China, in the natural bags of the animal, by wholesale London drug gists, by whom it is retailed to the trade, many of them finding it very much adulterated, prefer purchasing the unopened b a g ; this precaution, however, is often found not a suffi cient protection against fraud, as spurious musk bags are very common, and so well pre pared by the ingenious Chinaman, that even the most experienced eye is often unable to distinguish the true from the false. It appears that the Chinese, finding a greater demand for musk than they are able to supply with the genuine article, squeeze out some of the secretion, which is fluid in the recent state, and mix it with, it is believed, the dried blood of the anim al; this compound, which presents the same physical characters as true musk, they put into small sacs made of pieces of the skin cut off from other parts of the animal’s body, and prepared with the usual ingenuity of this people, so much so, indeed, as almost to defy detection with the naked eye. The method hitherto adopted for detecting this so phistication, has been the peculiar position of the hairs, which are arranged in a circular manner around the orifice in the genuine musk pod. The means which, are now proposed to detect the fraud, depend on the microscopic character of the hairs, which grow on the sac of the musk animal, and which differ very remarkably from those of the false sacs which are met with in commerce. On placing hairs from both under the microscope, it will be seen that those from the natural sac of the animal are furnished in the interior with distinct, regular, color cells, while in hairs taken from other parts of the animal’s body, those cells appear to be obliterated, as is generally the case in this and the allied tribes of animals. The method above proposed, to detect imposition, is a very simple one, and of easy application now that every pharmaceutist is supposed to be provided with a microscrope, without which, he could not possibly detect the adulteration of arrow-root and of the other feculas of commerce. IM PRISO N M EN T FOR DEBT. ' A correspondent wishes us to attack imprisonment for debt, which, we believe, still con tinues in this enlightened commonwealth, (Massachusetts,) provided the creditor swears that he has reason to believe the debtor intends to leave the State. This law, our corre spondent says, is the fruitful source of peq'ury. It would be wonderful if it were not. W e confess we can see no good reason for such a law. It is no crime to leave the State. It is even no evidence that the debtor does not intend to pay. His leaving the State may be necessary to acquire the means of paying. The law operates against the poor; for, against those who have property, there is another remedy. But we wish the legislature, while about it, would copy the wisdom of Wisconsin, and lay the axe at the root of the credit system. Some time or other it must do so ; why delay ? Let there be no laws whatever for the collection of debts under a certain sum, say one hundred dollars. We believe it better to have none for any sum. But we must creep before we can w^alk. Let us first abolish the small credit system which entraps the poor. This can be done effectually by repealing all laws for the compulsory collection of small debts. Let credit five as it can under this system. Live, it will, on the soil of humanity and honor. And in regard to large debts, we believe those merchants, who have trusted altogether to honor and not at all to lawyers or law, will be found to have come off best in the long run. Law is a poor remedy for roguery—better keep clear of both. In saying all this, we beg the pardon of our numerous legal patrons. W e hope they won’t stop.— Boston Chronotype. 512 Nautical Intelligence. NAUTICAL INTELLIGENCE. PASSAGE THROUGH T H E ST R A IT S OF M AGELLAN. T he following is a copy of a letter addressed to the editor of the “ European Times,” by John Longmuier, master of the bark Cape Horn, of Glasgow. It contains informa tion of sufficient importance to mariners, to entitle it to a place in the “ Nautical Intel ligence ” of this Journal:— “ On Monday, November 16th, 1846, at 8 P. M., we made the Evangelists, bearing N. N. E. five miles, wind W . and tolerably clear; at midnight, Cape Pillar bore S. S- W. three miles, and by keeping the starboard shore on board, strangers will find no difficulty in finding Long Reach. On Tuesday, 17th, at noon, we entered Crooked R each; at 10 P. M., were off Port Famine, which is a safe anchorage ground, and where there is a Chilian settlement, at which refreshments can be easily procured. On Wednesday, 18th, at 4 30 P. M., came to anchor in Gregory’s Bay, in fifteen fathoms, good holding ground. On Thursday, 19th, at 3 30 A. M., got under weigh; at 7 30 A. M., entered the First Narrows, with a strong flood-tide against us, which we found no difficulty in stemming. A t 2 P. M., we were clear of the Straits; at 6 P. M., we rounded Dungeness; and, after the experience of four voyages round Cape Horn, in September, 1843, August, 1844, Au gust, 1845, and the present voyage, I must say, that the wear and tear, owing to the bad weather we encountered, with heavy cross sea, so prevalent between the W . entrance to the Straits and Cape Horn, contrasted with the passage through the Straits from the W. coast, is, in my opinion, not to be compared; and, had I another passage to make at the same season of" the year, or in the winter season, with moonlight, I would take the Straits for my passage. The risk of life and property, and the wear and tear in the one, are not to be compared with the other.” W RECK N E A R T H E FIV E FA TH O M CHANNEL. A green buoy, marked with the word “ Wreck,” has been placed W . N. W. of a sunken smack, on the edge of the Cant, in the track of shipping proceeding to and from the Five Fathom Channel. The buoy lies in four fathoms, at low water spring tides, with the fol lowing marks and compass bearings, viz: the highest windmill at Mile Town, in line with the windmill near the beach, W. by S .; the Southernmost beacon on the Isle of Grain, its apparent length open S. of the other beacon on the beach, W . i N . ; Nore light-vessel N. W .; Minster Church, S. W. \ W .; Garrison Point at Sheemess, W. BUOY ON T H E SA LT SCAR, OFF REDCAR. A black buoy has been placed, to mark the extremity of the Eastern projection of the Salt Scar rocks, off Redcar, in the North Riding of the county of York. The said buoy lies in six and a half fathoms, at low water spring tides, and with the following marks and compass bearings, viz: Seaton high light-house, N. W .; Redcar mill, and the tower on Easton Nab in line, S. W . by W .; Marsk Church, S . J W . ; Hartlepool pier light-house, N. N. W . i W . W RECK IN T H E SH IPW AY. A green buoy, marked with the word “ Wreck,” has been placed about eighteen fathoms E. N. E. of a vessel sunk in the track of shipping passing through the Shipway. The buoy lies in nine fathoms, at low water spring tides, with the following compass bearings, viz: S. W. buoy of the Shipwash, (distant about one mile and three-quarters,) S. S. W . ; Shipwash light-vessel, N. E . ; Baudsey Church, N. N . W. PO RT OF GENOA LIGHT. Official notice has been given, that a red light has been placed on a sunken caisson, about six hundred and fifty yards off the sunken Mole Head. The light stands thirty-three feet above the sea, and may be seen at the distance of a mile. Commercial Statistics. COMMERCIAL 518 STATISTICS. COMMERCE AND NA VIGATION OF T H E U N ITE D ST A T E S, FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1846. W e are indebted to the Hon. B. B. F r e n c h , Clerk of the House of Representatives, for the annual report from the Register of the Treasury, relative to the Commerce and Navi gation between the United States and Foreign Countries, for the year ending June 30th, 1846; and proceed to lay before the readers of the Merchants’ Magazine, our usual con densation of its tabular statements. This report was laid before Congress on the 5th De cember, 1846, more than five months after the expiration of the fiscal y ear; and its printing has occupied nearly five months longer; so that ten months are suffered to elapse before the statements for the year ending June 30th, 1846; are made public—a circumstance which greatly injures the value of a document so important to the industrial and commercial interests of the country. The only remedy for this evil, we have pointed out in former years. It is, for Congress to pass a law authorizing the printing of the usual number of the document, as soon as it is made up by the Register of the Treasury ; so that at the meeting of Congress, in December of each year, it would be ready for the use of mem bers of Congress, as well as general distribution among their constituents.* D O M E S T IC E X P O R T S O F T H E U N IT E D STA TES. Summary Statement o f the Value o f the Exports o f the Growth, Produce, and M anu facture o f the United States, during the year commencing on the 1st day o f July, 1845, and ending on the 30th day o f June, 1846. Butter and cheese................. $1,063,087 THE SEA. Fisheries— Pork, (pickled,) bacon, lard, live hogs............................ Dried fish, or cod fisheries.. $699,559 3,883,884 Pickled fish, or river fisher Horses and mules................. 382,382 ies, (herring, shad, salmon, Sheep...................................... 30,303 mackerel)........................... 230,495 Whale and other fish oil.... 946,298 $7,883,864 Spermaceti oil....................... 697,570 Vegetable food— Whalebone............................ W heat.................................... 583,870 1,681,975 295,606 Flour...................................... 11,668,669 Spermaceti candles............... 1,186,663 $3,453,398 Indian meal........................... 945,081 THE FOREST. Rye meal................................ 138,110 1,063,009 Rye, oats, and other small Skins and furs............................ 237,562 grain, and pulse................ Ginseng...................................... 638,221 Product of wood— Biscuit or ship-bread........... 366,688 Potatoes.................................. Staves, shingles, b’rds, hewn 69,934 2,319,443 Apples.................................... timber................................. 69,253 Other lumber......................... 324,979 Rice........................................ 2,564,991 21,682 Masts and spars.................... 61,382 Oak bark and other dye...... $27,163,449 All manufactures of wood... 957,790 Tobacco...................................... 8,478,270 Naval stores, tar, pitch, and Cotton........................................ 42,767,341 1,085,712 Wool.......................................... turpentine.......................... 203,996 Ashes, pot and pearl............ 735,689 All other agricult’l products— 165,438 $6,807,248 Hops...................................... 41,692 AGRICULTURE. Brown Sugar......................... 7,235 Product of animals— Indigo..................................... 90 Beef, tallow, hides, horned cattle.................................. 2,474,208 $214,455 * For remarks on this subject, see Merchants’ Magazine, Vol. XV., No. 5, for May, 1846, page 465, and previous volumes. vot. xvi. — no . v. 33 Commercial Statistics. 514 DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF THE UNITED STATES---- CONTINUED. MANUFACTURES. Soap and tallow candles......... Leather, boots and shoes......... Household furniture.................. Coaches and other carriages... Hats............................................ Saddlery..................................... W a x .................................. „ .... Spirits from grain..................... Beer, ale, porter, and cider__ Snuff and tobacco..................... Linseed oil and spirits of tur pentine ................................... Cordage...................................... Iron—pig, bar, and nails.......... castings............................ all manufactures of........ Spirits from molasses................ Sugar, refined............................ Chocolate.................................... Gunpowder................................ Copper and brass...................... Medicinal drugs...................... $630,041 346,516 317,407 87,712 74,722 24,357 162,790 73,716 67,735 695,914 159,915 62,775 122,225 107,905 921,652 268,652 392,312 2,177 140,879 62,088 200,505 $4,921,995 Cotton piece goods— Printed and colored............. W hite..................................... Nankeen................................. Twist, yarn, and thread....... All other manufactures of... Flax and hemp— Cloth and thread................... Bags and all manufactures of Wearing apparel....................... Combs and buttons................... Brushes...................................... Billiard tables and apparatus... Umbrellas and parasols............. Leather and morocco skins, not sold per pound....................... Fire-engines and apparatus__ Printing-presses and type......... Musical instruments................. Books and maps................ Paper and stationery.............. Paints and varnish.................... Vinegar....................................... Earthen and stone ware........... Manufactures of glass............... t i n .................. pewter & lead marble&stone gold and silver & gold leaf Gold and silver coin................. Artificial flowers and jewelry.. Molasses..................................... Trunks................................. Bricks and lime......................... Domestic salt....................... $3,110 1,583 2,477 26,667 9,802 43,792 25,375 63,567 124,597 52,182 17,489 6,521 90,860 8,902 10,278 14,234 3,660 423,851 24,420 1,581 10,613 12,578 30,520 $4,647,354 380,549 614,518 1,978,331 L ead........................................... 848,989 Articles not enumerated— 81,813 Manufactured........................ 1,379,566 255,799 Other articles........................ 1,490,303 1,364 10,765 45,140 35,945 $2,869,869 Grand Total.................... $102,141,893 RECAPITULATION. The Sea................................................................................... The Forest............................................................................... Agriculture............................................................................... Vegetable food........................................................................ Tobacco................................................................................... Cotton....................................................................................... Other agricultural products................................................... Manufactures........................................................................... W ool......................................................................................... L e a d ......................................................................................... Other articles........................................................................... D O M E S T IC E X P O R T S O F T H E U N IT E D A R T IC L E S N O T E N U M E R A T E D . W hither exported. Russia............................. Prussia............................ Sweden and Norway... Swedish W est Indies.... Denm ark........................ M anufactured. Other. $300 $1,320 970 616 410 ..... $3,453,398 6,807,248 7,833,864 19,329,585 8,478,270 42,767,341 214,455 10,948,915 203,996 614,518 1,490,303 STA TES, IN 1845-46. T O T A L V A LU E OF M E R C H A N D IS E . In American vessels. In Foreign vessels. T o each country. $442,033 40,093 53,337 138,121 19,164 $93,355 356,117 309,455 $535,388 396,210 362,792 138,121 97,746 78,582 Commercial Statistics, 515 DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF UNITED STATES TO EACH COUNTRY----CONTINUED. A R T IC L E S N O T E N U M E R A T E D . W hither exported. Danish W est Indies........... Hanse Towns..................... H olland.............................. Dutch East Indies............. Dutch West Indies............ Dutch Guiana.................... Belgium............................... England.............................. Scotland.............................. Ireland................................. Gibraltar.............................. M anufactured. $5,973 22,820 7,984 1,433 151 6,421 389,294 118 363 540 ............. British East Indies 5,963 Cape of Good H ope......... 202 Mauritius............................ 334 Australia............................ 1,013 Honduras............................ 5,812 British Guiana.................... 6,063 British W est Indies........... 50,733 British American Colonies. 639,088 France on the A tlantic.... 24,920 France on the Mediterran. 13,797 French W est Indies........... 10,138 French Guiana................... 210 French African ports....... Bourbon.............................. Spain on the Atlantic....... Spain on the Mediterran.. TenerifFe and oth. Canaries Manilla and Philippine i’ds 519 Cuba.................................... 41,004 Other Spanish W. Indies. 3,136 406 Portugal.............................. Madeira............................... 112 Fayal and other Azores.... Cape de Verd Islands....... 883 Italy..................................... 526 1,486 Sardinia.............................. S icily.................................. Trieste and oth. Aust. ports Turkey, Levant, & c......... 1,774 H ayti................................... 8,778 12,142 T exas.................................. Mexico................................ 29,276 Central Repub. of America 1,528 New Grenada.................... 248 Venezuela............................ 14,656 Brazil.................................. 9,904 Cisplatine Republic........... 2,700 Argentine Republic........... 5,777 Chili..................................... 22,031 China........... ...................... 2,746 W est Indies generally...... South America generally. 4,490 Asia generally.................... 138 Africa generally................. 5,265 South Seas and Pacific__ 14,381 Total. Other. T O T A L V A L U E OF M E R C H A N D IS E . In American vessels. In Foreign vessels. $7,274 $919,601 $39,851 25,106 635,699 3,372,616 15,274 1,377,508 720,183 150 40,700 1,487 362,775 872 388 66,845 14,498 1,310,754 321,853 701,926 31,274,643 11,506,976 39,073 887,202 756,128 16 1,031,443 45,565 451,882 1,288 11,359 23,754 264,145 53,001 6,455 23,713 4 26,356 596 48,783 927 1,494 325,494 11,570 464,129 87,539 107,357 4,221,598 693,485 259,146 3,536,462 2,506,204 45,263 11,751,299 951,673 6,766 865,423 33,255 12,185 587,724 30,388 886 39,270 5,995 12,259 315,712 29,730 75,735 6,700 9,734 3,338 2,574 100,954 47,980 4,285,913 428,053 10,483 656,101 19,340 6,032 69,788 26,528 655 53,309 7,634 995 3,230 340 31,097 925 788,642 153,621 866 263,902 19,381 175 19,291 300,150 795 953,328 151,140 126,193 2,979 1,089,112 24,901 6,640 229,025 21,215 800,592 6,927 100,741 127 57,002 18,134 519 34,988 16,861 3,343 513,130 70,939 59,990 2,596,201 157,811 1,442 199,189 11,217 506 147,307 7,977 1,539,136 8,920 1,178,188 1,219 127,411 790 103,772 302,232 2,467 544,467 8,913 8,631 278,705 T o each country. $959,452 4,008,315 2,097,691 40,700 264,647 66,845 1,632,607 42,781,619 1,643,330 1,077,008 463,241 23,754 270,600 23,713 26,356 48,783 325,494 551,668 4,915,083 6,042,666 12,702,972 898,678 618,112 39,270 5,995 12,259 345,442 82,435 12,072 100,954 4,713,966 675,441 96,316 60,943 4,225 31,097 942,263 283,283 319,441 1,104,468 126,193 1,114,013 250,240 901,333 75,136 51,949 584,069 2,754,012 210,406 147,307 1,539,136 1,178,188 127,461 103,772 302,232 553,380 278,705 $1,379,566$!,490,303$78,634,410$23,507,483$102,141,893 Commercial Statistics. 516 F O R E IG N W hither exported. EXPORTS OF T H E U N IT E D STA TES, IN Paying Paying F ree o f duty, ad val. duties. specific duties Russia.................................. $46,896 Russia................................ 30,058 Sweden and Norway......... 23,471 Swedish W est Indies....... 2,361 9,838 Denmark............................ Danish W est Indies......... 107,235 164,876 Hanse T ow ns.................... 79,546 Holland................................ 38,846 Dutch East Indies............. Dutch West Indies............ 9,218 45 Dutch Guiana.................... 164,843 Belgium.............................. England............................... 1,164,694 8,678 Scotland.............................. 290 Ireland................................ 104,635 Gibraltar............................. 8,682 M alta.................................. 82,426 British East Indies............ 9,380 British Honduras................ British Guiana................... British W est Indies........... 11,438 802,882 British American Colonies. France on the Atlantic__ 1,232,888 95,577 France on Mediterranean. 5,687 French W est Indies......... French Guiana................... 47,718 Spain on the Mediterranean Teneriffe and oth. Canaries 731 Manilla and Philippine i’ds. 9,008 347,942 Cuba.................................... Other Spanish W est Indies 16,379 6,417 Portugal.............................. 1,686 Madeira.............................. 184 Cape de Verds.................... 128,524 Italy..................................... 55,955 Sicily................................... 216 Sardinia.............................. 114,485 Trieste, &c......................... 41,415 Turkey, Levant, & c......... 23,098 H ayti................................... 16,079 T exas.................................. 23,641 Mexico................................ 5,849 Central Repub. of America. 1,582 New Grenada.................... 161,814 Venezuela........................... 270,462 Brazil.................................. 10,231 Cisplatine Republic............ 28,595 Argentine Republic............ 25,188 Chili..................................... Equador.............................. 126,996 China.................................. W est Indies generally...... 109,651 Asia generally.................... 54,526 Africa generally................. 10,184 South Seas and Pacific..... $4,506 3,218 5,182 $45,677 6,369 10,892 1,087 9,054 4,604 32,731 26,498 201,900 233,529 34,626 84,902 3,996 3,718 1,571 1,094 343,202 241,162 253,515 340,280 4,239 32,499 5,173 5,682 19,334 2,245 13,999 3,347 27,991 27,167 1,634 7,119 13,917 404,842 156,043 82,646 40,943 73,054 22,817 11,822 2,131 386 260,647 4,051 900 120 154,394 110,202 548 20,942 1,141 7,948 113,527 436,861 29,130 14,935 18,022 49,348 1,913 1,075 120,403 4,177 78 2,052 7,509 42,471 3,723 277 164,581 5,475 1,136 1,451 501 141,734 132,234 212 230,716 31,354 12,083 93,757 169,345 10,138 7,578 17,642 69,573 3,354 8,448 83,843 1,130 22,380 112 14,584 16,886 23,543 1 8 4 5 -4 6 . $97,079 39,645 39,545 3,448 23,496 166,464 600,305 199,074 42,842 14,507 1,139 749,207 1,758,489 45,416 5,463 129,651 10,927 99,772 64,538 1,634 32,474 1,363,767 1,337,477 191,448 17,509 2,131 47,718 4,840 9,285 773,170 25,905 8,453 3,257 685 424,652 298,391 976 366,143 73,910 43,129 223,363 629,847 45,117 24,095 197,478 389,383 15,498 38,118 229,434 1,130 153,553 190 126,287 78,971 76,198 T otal..........................$5,824,046$2,702,251$2,820,32G$11,346,623 Entitled to drawback............................. 2,496,964 2,741,238 Not entitled to drawback. 5,824,046 205,287 79,088 T o dominions o f each power. Total. 5,238,202 6,108,421 $97,079 39,645 1 ■ 42,993 189,960 600,306 7 257,562 749,207 7 . 3,512,131 . 1,548,565 t. 860,918 \ 12,395 7 s 424,652 298,391 976 366,143 73,910 43,129 223,363 629,847 45,117 24,095 197,478 389,383 15,498 38,118 229,434 1,130 153,553 190 126,287 78,971 76,198 $11,346,623 Commercial Statistics. IM P O R T S U N IT E D S T A T E S , I N 1 8 4 5 -4 6 . Total. Free of duty. A d valorem. Specific duties. OF T H E W hence imported. $39,135 $595,115 $935,804 12,685 1,125 17,774 2,096 4,172 718,597 641 582 4,062 303 1,010 103,173 51,910 597,531 287,604 187,628 2,674,632 448,880 245,012 365,705 99,021 107,846 273,486 128,542 201,637 67,877 97 33,577 Belgium.............................. 89,050 730,252 17,070 England.............................. 2,471,787 34,266,041 7,106,332 Scotland............................. 959,409 266,153 4,524 Ireland................................ 55,249 30,454 71 21,083 6.718 Gibraltar............................. 5 M alta.................................. 178 21,411 Brtitish East Indies........... 229,595 472,873 658,877 68,433 Cape of Good H ope......... 2,030 11,223 British Honduras................ 16,195 29,706 162,096 British Guiana.................... 10,105 18 2,438 British West Indies........... 471,719 55,399 306,560 347,531 618,612 British American Colonies. 971,574 138 21,885 France on the Atlantic__ 433,72312,053,497 0,121,369 352,159 466,955 France on Mediterranean. 483,629 French W est Indies......... 237,195 3,480 107,561 French Guiana................. 11,831 8,000 51,465 Miquelon&French fish’ries 18 40,748 100,861 Spain on the Atlantic....... 5,754 88,913 Spain on the Mediterranean 757,034 18,469 357 8,708 Teneriffe and oth. Canaries 53,030 Manilla and Philippine i’ds. 64,123 763,678 18,065 Cuba.................................... 764,962 6,464,889 929,781 22,040 2,143,447 Other Spanish W est Indies 111,623 Portugal............................... 2,111 367.732 8,407 Madeira.............................. 2,337 124.733 Fayal................................... 10,310 26,217 4,770 Cape de Verds.................... 140 717 401,410 Italy..................................... 699,535 88,841 152,412 Sicily.................................. 294,760 66,063 174,394 40,591 164,734 265,978 T urkey................................ 437,918 57,102 4,554 H a y ti................................... 1,337,384 177,003 28,575 Texas................................... 150,755 11,353 20,951 534,382 157,764 Mexico................................ 1,144,475 Central Kepub. of America. 39,830 37,001 39,902 22,170 New Grenada.................... 1,500 43,373 Venezuela............................ 940,748 415,834 152,410 Brazil.................................. 6,115,523 1,002,556 323,724 Cisplatine Republic........... 23.472 3,000 Argentine Republic........... 1 798,165 1,047 Chili..................................... 994,044 779 281,137 14,421 Peru..................................... 212,193 25,985 760,546 783,022 China.................................. 5,050,313 Asia generally.................... 143,433 142,724 75,831 287,276 8,768 178,996 272 35,362 117,395 South Seas and Pacific.... 55 232,265 10,714 Atlantic Ocean................... 166 W est Indies generally...... 12 Total........................ $24,767,739 60,660,453 36,263,605 Russia.................................. Prussia................................ Sweden and Norway....... Swedish W est Indies....... Denmark............................ Danish W est Indies........... Hanse Towns.................... Holland............................... Dutch East Indies............. Dutch W est Indies............ 517 Fm.each power. $1,570,054 $1,570,054 31,584 31,584 724,865 730,150 5,285 1,313 753,927 752,614 3,149,864 3,149,864 1,058,5971 480,353 1,971,680 398,056 33,674J 836,372 836,372 43,844,1601 1,230,086 85,774 27,806 21,589 1,361,345 81,686 49,666,422 207.997 12,561 833,678 1,937,717 22,023 J 22,608,5891 1,302,743 348,236 . 24,330,882 71,296 18J 147,363864,416 62,095 865,866 . 12,376,482 8,159,632 2,227,110 378,250' 127,070 547,474 41,297 ■ 857 1,189,786J 1,189,786 513,235 513,235 379,719 379,719 760,998 760,998 4,554 4,554 1,542,962 1,542,962 183,058 183,058 1,836,621 1,836,621 116,733 116,733 35,043 35,043 1,458,000 1,458,000 6,903,803 6,903,803 26,472 26,472 799,213 799,213 1,275,960 1,275,960 252,599 252,599 6,593,881 6,593,881 361,988 361,988 475,040 475,040 153,029 153,029 243,034 243,034 166 166 12 12 121,691,797 121,691,797 A N D IM P O R T S OF EA CH OF T H E U N IT E D S T A T E S , FROM JU L Y 1, 1845, V A L U E O F EX PORTS. D O M E S T IC P R O D U C E . States. $1,299,303 2,745 215,316 6,852,656 176,160 713,796 24,353,483 4,087 3,932,579 144,045 5.172.550 771,347 3,245,539 384,040 4,610,505 1,075,169 132,116 3.159.550 21.929,201 208,333 251,890 In Foreign vessels. V A L U E O F IM PO RTS. F O R E IG N P R O D U C E . Total. In American In Foreign vessels. vessels. Total. $18,796 $1,318,099 1,121 9,148 $10,269 4,997 2,252 75 75 215,316 188,504 188,504 984,359| 7,837,015 1,865,726 610,377 2,476,103 4,325 4,345 220,019 20 43,859 765,912 10,000 10,000 52,116 5,232,383 29,585,866 4,855,722 2,493,825 7,349,547 4,087 225,339 4,157,918 574,957 593,087 18,130 144,045 2,177 2,177 90,751 124,945 1,571,560 6,744,110 34,194 1,213 142,354 913,701 151 1,062 336 283,424 3,528,963 336 414,398 30,358 18,942 2,219,030 6,829,535 2,367 16,575 1,632,834 2,708,003 38,909 5,423 137,539 ' 7,29i 31,618 2,100,767 5,260,317 8,818,332 30,747,533 287,099 241,072 528,n i 144,287 30, 1846. T o tal of American and foreign produce. $1,328,368 5,072 403,820 10,313,118 224,364 775,9121 36,935,413| 4,087 4,751,005 146,222 6,869,055 914,914 3,529,299 414,398; 6,848,477 2,708,003 176,448! 5,260,317 31,275,704 352,630 352,630 '251,890 251,890 In American vessels. In Foreign vessels. Total. $674,146 $112,946 $787,092 10,936 4,549 15,485 127,223 127,223 19,256,942 4,934,021 24,190,963 2,444 208,045 210,489 403,775 9,703 413,478 65,903,763 8,350,520 74,254,283 635 635 7,989,396 469,851 7,519,545 11,215 11,215 265,829 4,042,915 3,777,086 72,338 79,770 7,432 202,884 209,004 6,128 3,526 239,333 242,859 69,242 902,536 833,294 47,277 158,218 205,495 44,165 140,584 96,419 259,607 140,239 119,368 6,027,281 1,195,809 7,223,090 831 831 3,412 3,412 73,569 73,569 98,985 3,729 102,714 32,958 32,958 154,406 522 154,928 15,065 17,266 2,201 T otal......................... $78,634,410 $23,507,483 $102,141,893 $7,915,765 $3,430,858 $11,346,623 $113,488,516, $106,008,173 $15,683,624 $121,691,797 Commercial Statistics, Maine.............................. New Hampshire............ Vermont.......................... Massachusetts................ Rhode Island................. Connecticut.................... New Y ork...................... New Jersey.................... Pennsylvania.................. Delaware........................ Maryland........................ District of Columbia.... Virginia............................ North Carolina................ South Carolina................ Georgia............................ Florida............................ Alabama.......................... Louisiana........................ Mississippi...................... Tennessee...................... Missouri.......................... Ohio................................ Kentucky........................ Michigan........................ T exas.............................. In American vessels. TO J U N E 518 EX PORTS Commercial Statistics, IM P O R T S A N D E X P O R T S O F T H E U N IT E D 519 STA TES, IN 1 8 4 5 -4 6 . Statistical view o f the Commerce o f the United States, exhibiting the Value o f Exports to, and Imports from each foreign country, during the year ending June 30, 1846. Total. V A L U E OF IM P O R T S . Russia....... . ......................... Prussia.................................. Sweden and Norway......... Swedish W est Indies........ Denmark............................. Danish W est Indies........ Hanse Towns..................... $535,388 396,210 362,792 138,121 97,746 959,452 4,008,315 VALUE OF E X PO R T S. #97,079 39,645 39,545 3,448 23,496 166,464 600,305 $632,467 435,855 402,337 141,569 121,242 1,125,916 4,608,620 $1,570,054 31,584 724,865 5,285 1,313 752,614 3,149,864 Holland................................ Dutch East Indies............... Dutch West Indies............. Dutch Guiana...................... Belgium................................ E ngland.............................. Scotland.............................. Ireland.................................. Gibraltar.......... ................... British East Indies............. 2,097,691 40,700 264,647 66,845 1,632,607 42,781,619 1,642,330 1,077,008 463,241 270,600 26,356 48,783 23,713 4,915,083 6,042,666 551,668 325,494 23,754 12,702,972 898,678 618,112 39,270 199,074 42,842 14,507 1,139 749,207 1,758,489 45,416 5,463 129,651 99,772 2,296,765 83,542 279,154 67,984 2,381,814 44,540,108 1,688,746 1,082,471 592,892 370,372 26,356 48,783 23^713 4,947,557 7,406,433 553,302 390,032 34,681 14,040,449 1,090,126 635,621 41,401 1,059,597 480,353 398,056 33,674 836,372 43,844,160 1,230,086 85,774 27,806 1,361,345 22,923 Countries. Cape of Good Hope........... British W est Indies........... Brit. N. American Colonies British Guiana.................... Honduras.............................. Malta.................................... France on the Atlantic...... France on Mediterranean. French W est Indies........... French Guiana.................... Miquelon&Freneh fish’ries French African pdrts......... Domestic produce. For’gn produce. 32,474 1,363,767 1,634 64,532 10,927 1,337,477 191,448 17,509 2,131 81,686 833,678 1,937,717 12,561 207,997 21,589 22,608,589 1,302,743 348,236 71,296 18 Spain on the Atlantic......... Spain on the Mediterranean Teneriffe and oth. Canaries Manilla and Philippine i’ds Cuba..................................... Other Spanish W est Indies Portugal................................ Madeira................................ Fayal and the Azores........ Cape de Verd Islands......... Ita ly ...................................... Sicily.................................... Sardinia................................ 5,895 12,259 345A 42 82,325 13,072 100,954 4,713,966 675,441 96,316 60,943 4,225 31,097 942,263 319,441 283,283 685 424,652 298,391 976 5,995 12,259 345A42 130,153 17,912 110,239 5,487,136 701,346 104,769 64,200 4,225 31,782 1,366,915 617,832 284,259 Trieste and Adriatic ports. Turkey, Levant, &c........... 1,104,468 126,193 366,143 73,910 1,470,611 200,103 379,719 760,998 T ex a s.................................. M exico................................ Central America................. New Grenada..................... Venezuela........................... .. Brazil.................................... Argentine Republic........... Cisplatine Republic........... Chili...................................... 250,240 901,333 75,136 51,849 584,069 2,754,012 147,307 210,406 1,539,136 223,363 629,847 45,117 £4,095 197,478 389,383 38,118 15,498 229,434 473,603 1,531,180 120,253 75,944 781,547 3,143,395 185,425 225,904 1,768,570 4,554 183,058 1,836,621 116,733 67,043 1,509,000 7,441,803 799,213 26,472 1,275,960 47,718 4,840 9,285 773,170 25,905 8,453 3,257 147,363 864,416 62,095 865,866 8,159,632 2,277,110 378,250 127,070 41,297 857 1,189,786 513,235 ....... , Commercial Statistics, 520 VALUE OF IMPORTS AND EXPORTS— CONTINUED. VA LU E OF IM P O R T S . V A LU E O F E X P O R T S . Countries. Total. Domestic produce. F or’gn produce. $252,599 $1,130 153,553 43,129 190 $1,130 1,331,741 1,157,142 103,772 127,651 302,232 126,287 428,519 361,988 553,380 278,705 78,971 76,198 632,351 354,903 475,040 153,029 243,034 China.................................... Hayti.................................... South America generally.. W est Indies generally....... $1,178,188 1,114,013 103,772 127,461 Asia generally..................... Africa generally................. Pacific Ocean...................... 6,593,881 1,542,962 12 166 T otal.......................... $102,141,893 N A V IG A T IO N O F T H E $11,396,623 $113,488,516 U N IT E D STA TES, IN $121,691,797 1845-46. Tonnage o f American and Foreign Vessels arriving from, and departing to each foreign country, during the year ending June 30, 1846. A M E R IC A N T O N N A G E . Countries. Russia.................................. Prussia.................................. Sweden and Norway.......... Swedish W est Indies......... Denmark............................. Danish West Indies........... Hanse Towns..................... H anover.............................. Holland................................ Dutch East Indies............. Dutch West Indies............ Dutch Guiana..................... Belgium................................ E ngland.............................. Scotland.............................. Ireland.................................. Gibraltar.............................. British East Indies............ Mauritius..,.......................... Australia............................... Cape of Good Hope........... British W est Indies........... Brit N. American Colonies British Guiana.................... Honduras............................. Malta.................................... France on the Atlantic...... France on Mediterranean. French W est Indies........... French Guiana.................... Miquelon & French fish’ries French African ports......... Bourbon................................ Spain on the Atlantic........ Spain on the Mediterranean Teneriffe and oth. Canaries Manilla & Philippine Isles. Cuba....... ............................. Entered U. States. Cleared U. States. 11,145 419 3,502 653 29,018 24,872 5,451 1,176 693 2,329 666 27,964 8,143 21,903 3,226 13,935 5,113 12,714 374,137 10,715 6,940 2,750 10,684 23,585 3,679 5,047 4,510 23,375 364,149 9,547 14,748 12,223 10,979 967 994 90,484 850,784 7,299 5,359 2,296 124,135 863,563 17,701 9,620 882 119,729 14,950 31,698 1,390 521 103,484 10,070 20,849 1,754 8,H 2 9,889 1,683 8,297 156,905 6,758 5,809 645 3,030 177,580 F O R E IG N TO N N A G E. E n t’d U. States. Cleared U.S . 319 1,375 9,938 1,543 7,275 7,765 281 969 61,566 1.393 1,875 60,807 366 11,582 5,729 * 5,823 198,373 28,894 28,279 6,527 183,942 13,788 6,804 515 706 33,724 515,879 6,108 64 23,342 573,673 3,564 607 10,722 2,992 5,275 11,376 740 1,761 383 5,248 791 2,871 327 3,404 12,338 5*21 Commercial Statistics. NAVIGATION OF THE UNITED 8TATES— CONTINUED. AM ERICA N T O N N A G E . Countries. Entered U. States. Other Spanish W est Indies Portugal............................... Madeira............................... Fayal and the Azores......... Cape de Verd Islands......... Italy..................................... Sicily.................................... Sardinia............................... T uscanv.............................. Trieste and Adriatic ports. Turkey, Levant, &c........... Ionian Isles......................... Morocco................................ T ex a s.................................. Mexico................................. Central America................. New Grenada..................... Venezuela............................ Brazil.................................... Argentine Republic............ Cisplatine Republic............ C hili.................................... Peru..................................... Republic of Equador......... China................. .................. H ayti.................................... South America generally.. W est Indies generally....... East Indies generally......... Asia generally..................... Europe generally................ Africa generally.................. Pacific Ocean...................... Sandwich Islands............... Indian Ocean...................... Atlantic Ocean.................... Northwest Coast................. Uncertain Places................. Total............................. TO N NA G E Cleared U. States. FO R E IG N TO N N A G E. E n t’d U . States. Cleared U.S. 51,284 5,128 1,060 1,612 107 335 21,798 454 3,387 5,019 7,171 228 30,056 4,815 3,535 152 1,004 1,196 767 9,865 343 13,852 3,208 487 2,037 396 202 1,373 1,874 577 151 548 3,742 1,468 1,412 592 1,477 4,318 1,191 255 3,341 21,908 22,410 2,423 1,699 13,370 61,014 5,988 1,214 6,560 496 28,204 14,224 957 1,069 11,125 48,026 4,134 5,599 8,649 291 3,059 4,539 107 180 1,219 4,952 987 3,245 3,964 214 293 1,244 4,682 18,937 30,264 214 111 306 803 605 9,418 37,465 606 6,156 3,706 662 167 13,697 23,425 1,635 11,221 2,175 713 384 9,269 41,977 1,377 14,599 7,704 1,746 497 2,431 2,151,114 2,221,028 959,739 303 1,452 2,281 614 1,055 OF T H E U N IT E D STA TES, IN 1,642 226 ........ • 884 400 231 968,178 1845-46. Statement exhibiting a condensed view o f the Tonnage o f the several Districts o f the United States, on the 3 0 th day o f June , 1 8 4 6 , in tons and 9 5 ths. Districts. Passamaquoddy, Maine........ Machias, “ ......... Frenchman’s Bay, “ ......... Penobscot, “ ......... Belfast, “ ......... Waldoborough, “ ........... Wiscasset, “ ......... Bath, “ ......... Portland, “ ......... Saco, “ ........ Kennebunk, “ ......... York, “ ........ Portsmouth, New Hampshire. Burlington, Vermont............. Newburyport, Massachusetts. Ipswich, “ Registered. 5 ,5 0 2 5 3 8 7 9 03 433 49 6 ,4 8 2 71 1 1 ,4 1 0 34 1 5 ,8 7 1 76 5 ,0 0 4 62 4 2 ,4 8 5 67 4 5 ,8 9 1 8 0 1 ,1 0 3 2 0 6 ,4 9 6 73 1 1 ,5 0 3 11 1 6 ,5 4 1 08 Enrolled and licensed. 7 ,5 2 2 2 8 1 4 ,3 7 6 5 0 3 1 ,8 5 3 3 5 2 6 ,7 7 3 0 4 3 1 ,4 8 7 69 4 4 ,1 8 6 3 6 1 2 ,0 3 1 0 4 2 1 ,7 3 0 62 2 0 ,3 4 4 0 5 2 ,1 6 9 9 0 1 ,9 9 8 5 0 1 ,0 8 7 2 8 8 ,8 0 5 2 9 2 ,0 4 8 19 5 ,8 6 5 0 6 832 58 T otal o f each district. 1 3 ,0 2 4 81 1 5 ,2 5 5 5 3 3 3 ,2 8 6 8 4 3 3 ,2 5 5 7 5 4 2 ,8 9 8 0 8 6 0 ,0 5 8 17 1 7 ,0 3 5 6 6 6 4 ,2 1 6 3 4 6 6 ,2 3 5 8 5 3 ,2 7 3 1 5 8 ,4 9 5 2 8 1 ,0 8 7 2 8 2 0 ,7 0 8 4 0 2 ,0 4 8 19 2 2 ,4 0 6 14 832 58 522 Commercial Statistics, TONNAGE OF THE UNITED STATES— CONTINUED. Districts. Gloucester, Massachusetts.......... Salem, “ ......... Beverly, u ...... Marblehead, “ ....... Boston, “ .......... Plymouth, 4< .......... Fall River, “ .......... New Bedford, “ .......... Barnstable, “ .......... Edgar town, " .......... Nantucket, u .......... Providence, Rhode Island.............. Bristol, “ ............ . Newport, “ .............. Middletown,Connecticut................ . New London, “ ................. Stonington, " ................. . New Haven, “ ................. . Fairfield, “ .................. Champlain, New York.................. Sackett’s Harbor, “ .................. Oswego, “ .................. Niagara, “ .................. Genesee, “ .................. Oswegatchie, “ .................. Buffalo, “ .................. Sag Harbor, “ .................. New York, “ ............. . .. Cape Vincent, “ .................. Perth Amboy, N. Jersey.................. Bridgetown, w ....................... Burlington, “ .................. Camden, “ .................. Newark, *• .................. Little Egg Harbor,“ .................. Great EggHarbor," .................. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,.......... Presque Isle, “ .......... Pittsburgh, “ .......... Wilmington, Delaware.................. Newcastle, “ .................. Balti more, Maryland,.................. Oxford, “ .............. Vienna, K .................. Snow Hill, “ .................. St. Mary’s, “ .................. Town Creek, “ ................ .. Annapolis, “ .................. Georgetown, District of Columbia.. Alexandria, “ “ Norfolk, Virginia........................... Petersburg, Richmond, York town, East River, Tappahannock/ Accomac C.H.,‘ Yeocomico, Cherrystone, Wheeling, Wilmington, North Carolina.. Newbern, “ Registered. 2,174 39 18,444 03 60 53 192,879 10 4,492 15 3,008 19 108,553 70 5,414 92 5,522 48 28,282 60 14,354 43 13,705 67 6,692 85 502 84 29,473 07 13,740 90 5,068 87 1,227 45 23,679 19 260,896 36 627 82 364 79 39,673 93 1,652 38 51,241 34 193 2,153 6,346 10,433 948 3,371 12 67 09 63 45 13 988 02 62 52 12,134 48 1,213 80 Enrolled and licensed. 15,927 26 9,868 79 2,095 67 6,319 11 47,293 73 7,575 93 6,063 02 8,603 25 40,979 72 1,273 88 4,448 57 7,617 30 2,419 09 4,648 09 10,639 76 10,102 71 5,516 54 6,884 23 15,866 33 3,192 34 4,279 09 16,046 36 75 42 767 70 2,058 51 24,770 29 6,073 66 311,626 34 2,230 32 19,738 00 10,455 60 5,935 34 7,432 06 17,238 05 5,129 91 9,094 35 88,228 21 2,883 15 11,162 94 4,802 33 5,382 54 40,901 79 8,870 60 14,507 55 7,213 74 1,857 47 1,595 80 2,071 37 9,211 45 4,644 07 11,210 90 810 73 3,293 12 2,630 14 4,072 51 4,743 10 3,378 69 3,432 10 1,505 14 2,660 76 4,086 61 2,763 42 T otal of each district. 18,101 65 28,312 82 2,095 67 6,379 64 240,172 83 12,068 13 9,071 21 117,157 00 46,394 69 6,796 41 31,731 22 21,971 73 16,124 76 11,340 94 11,142 65 39,575 78 19,257 49 11,953 15 17,093 78 3,192 34 4,279 09 16,046 36 75 42 767 70 2,058 51 24,770 29 29,752 85 572,522 70 2,230 32 19,738 00 11,083 47 4,935 34 7,432 06 17,602 84 5,129 91 9,094 35 127,902 19 2,993 15 17,162 94 6,454 71 5,382 54 92,143 18 8,870 60 14,507 55 7,213 74 1,857 47 1,595 80 2,264 49 11,365 17 10,990 16 21,644 58 1,759 23 6,664 25 2,630 14 4,072 51 5,731 12 3,378 69 3,432 10 1,557 66 2,660 76 16,221 14 3,977 27 523 Commercial Statistics. TONNAGE OF THE UNITED STATES— CONTINUED. Enrolled Districts. Washington, North Carolina. Edenton, “ Camden, “ Beaufort, “ Plymouth, “ Ocracoke, “ Charleston, South Carolina. Georgetown, “ Savannah, Georgia................. Brunswick, “ ................. St. Mary’s, 11 ................. Pensacola, Florida................ S t Augustine, “ ................. Apalachicola, “ ................. St. Mark’s, “ ................. St. John’s, “ ................. Key West, “ ................. Mobile, Alabama................... Pearl River, Mississippi........ New Orleans, Louisiana........ Teehd, “ ......... Nashville, Tennessee............. Louisville, Kentucky............. S t Louis, Missouri................. Cuyahoga, Ohio................ Sandusky, “ ................. Cincinnati, “ ................. Miami, “ ................. Detroit, Michigan....... . Michilimackinac, “ ........ Registered. 839 76 577 58 638 75 422 52 1,251 88 1,386 67 8,124 88 390 80 7,282 71 1,238 1,227 360 1,223 92 49 33 55 93 46 2,633 61 6,496 21 55,511 65 1,130,286 49 T otal......................... V E S SE L S B U IL T IN EA CH S T A T E , IN and licensed. 3,033 86 437 30 9,014 09 ' 1,264 40 893 85 1,265 17 10,081 44 1,339 18 8,853 68 147 84 587 75 1,603 64 149 69 3,333 63 74 36 157 71 1,008 90 16,041 24 1,055 43 124,993 16 753 58 2,809 23 8,172 25 22,425 91 18,526 57 2,914 42 15,312 86 3,163 44 24,848 11 1,104 79 1,431,798 32 Total of each district. 3,873 67 1,014 88 9,652 84 1,686 92 2,145 78 2,651 84 18,206 37 1,730 03 16,136 44 147 84 1,826 29 2,831 02 510 29 4,557 61 166 82 157 71 3,642 56 22,537 45 1,055 43 180,504 81 753 58 2,809 23 8,172 25 22,425 91 18,526 57 2,914 42 15,312 86 3,163 44 24,848 11 1,104 79 2,562,084 81 1845-46. Statement of the number and class of Vessels built, and the tonnage thereof, in each State and Territory o f the United States, during the year ending September 30,1846. States. Ships. Brigs. Sch’rs. M aine........................ New Hampshire...... Massachusetts........... Rhode Island........... Connecticut............. New Y ork................ New Jersey............. Pennsylvania....... . D elaw are.................. M aryland.................. District of Columbia Virginia..................... North Carolina...... South Carolina....... Georgia..................... Ohio.......................... Tennessee................. Kentucky.................. Missouri.................... 47 3 26 4 1 11 1 2 97 2 26 140 3 108 4 26 46 25 15 12 109 Alabama................ Louisiana................. M ichigan.................. Total................ 4 3 8 1 2 1 18 ........ 2 26 26 4 1 13 ........ Sloops. S t’mboats. T otal. 2 3 4 2 5 170 26 87 6 3 23 6 4 4 25 7 55 3 3 11 1 1 4 ....... ........ ........ ........ ........ 1 3 100 1 164 2 14 3 576 4 7 355 34 289 8 160 10 35 260 60 161 22 137 23 45 31 4 1 52 4 4 46 11 46 11 3 4 2 8 8 5 33 2 25 1,420 8 T o tal tonnage. 49,4 4 7 2,171 24,321 2,394 3,712 33,253 5,856 15,787 2 ,2 6 4 13,817 951 3 ,4 6 5 1,884 34 2 21 9,615 5 74 8,661 2,338 557 451 5 ,1 7 4 840 60 08 43 56 32 37 19 59 13 64 20 22 83 00 45 50 59 47 02 92 35 01 35 1 8 8,203 93 IN T O EA CH OF T H E A M ERICA N . U N IT E D FO R E IG N . Tons. No. T O T A L A M ER IC A N AND FOREIGN . CREW S. Men. Boys. 60,109 2,513 76,125 287^683 17,884 25,494 1,198,734 2,401 85 5,430 13^059 838 1,419 61,738 109 5 50 309 40 16 972 346 5 319 32 72 185 162 59 101 69 656 78,843 593 65,563 5^923 11,945 26,474 33>96 13,444 8j078 24,722 203j813 3,236 35 2,982 '281 559 1,283 lj429 564 566 877 7,707 255 1 99 7,866 Texas............................... 16 3 T otal........................ 8,111 Massachusetts................ Connecticut.................... New Y ork ...................... Pennsylvania.................. District of Columbia__ South-Carolina............... No. Tons. _ Men. CREW S. No. Boys. 901 53 70,938 3,385 4,100 180 82 1,788 3 54 1,963 1 53 134,537 221 6,017 431,366 132 9,268 9,379 16 322 28,088 6 419 3 111 25 17 24 76 77 30 89 261 24,343 2^921 2,967 3,029 25^622 44,516 1,071 52,468 lli;8 7 4 1,194 162 147 170 964 1,612 253 1,897 4,534 561 41 4,818 1,327 785 87 48 122 13 2,151,114 105,165 5,707 8 1 6 9 1,781 Tons. Men. 1,225 59 304 2,966 87 176 5,932 1 399 5 430 57 89 209 238 136 131 158 922 131,047 5,898 76^125 422^220 18,105 3i;511 1,630,100 132 88,111 593 89,906 8^844 14,912 29’503 58>18 57,960 9’l49 77490 315J87 6,501 265 5,430 22,438 854 1,741 89,826 6 3,655 35 4,176 423 706 1,453 2^393 2,176 819 2,774 12;241 250 140 12,684 811 26,694 3,552 1,114 186 138 16 28,021 4,337 1,201 234 959,739 54,993 13,818 3,110,853 160,158 i 247 60 2 188 583 Boys. 191 5 50 312 40 17 1,219 315 1 10 1 6 197 2,364 Commercial Statistics. 324 6 304 1,178 84 122 3,969 Maine.............................. 1845-46. S T A T E S , IN CREW S. States. 524 TONNAGE E N T E R E D TO N NA G E CLEARED FROM EACH OF TH E A M E R IC A N . U N IT E D FO R E IG N . CREW S. States. Alabama......................... Louisiana........................ CREW S. Tons. 96,739 893 79,766 237^384 18,257 31,131 1,120,944 181 77,272 3,495 88404 15,390 48,571 38471 50414 13,493 8,159 46,044 238463 No. Men. Boys. 3,922 38 206 14 70 112 48 89 1,173 11,716 933 2,037 60,061 6 2,298 169 3,781 672 2.084 1,813 2,055 539 515 1,553 8,487 196 2 ii 1 25 CREW S. Tons. No. Men. Boys. Men. 945 54 72,053 3,413 4,134 194 89 1,801 5 53 1,922 137,117 785 5,937 425,942 7,864 40 329 28,105 2 1 241 47 7,627 379 36 128 28 30 30 85 77 26 88 274 30,887 3402 7,103 3,791 1,452 190 339 204 1,039 1,556 241 1,862 4,383 27479 44,748 1,413 51,007 110423 Tons. 3 173 1,485 58 319 2,870 94 191 5,636 1 424 21 533 117 257 290 291 131 113 198 914 168,792 4,306 79,766 97451 8,056 232 5 444 10,580 973 2,366 88,166 6 2,677 169 5,233 862 2,423 2,017 3,094 2,095 756 3,415 348486 11470 374401 19,042 37,068 1,546,886 181 84,899 3,495 119,291 18492 55,674 42,262 78,093 58,241 9,572 295 14 70 114 48 90 1,414 1 198 2,492 232 2 14 * T ennessee...................... 87 6,222 414 41 4,831 265 128 11,053 679 540 695 64 40 126 10 27,920 Texas............................... 12 2 2400 1,198 121 138 12 28,460 3495 1,262 161 T otal........................ 8,451 2,221,028 108,641 5,770 968,178 53,895 14,221 3,189,206 162,536 Boys. 525 Maryland........................ District of Columbia.... Virginia........................ North Carolina............... South Carolina............... Georgia..................... 540 4 319 1,069 89 138 3,714 1 377 21 405 89 227 260 206 54 87 110 640 T O T A L A M ER IC A N AND FO R EIG N . Commercial Statistics. M aine.............................. JNew Hampshire............. Vermont.......................... Massachusetts................ Rhode Island................. Connecticut.................... New Y ork...................... New Jersey.................... Pennsylvania................. No. 1 8 4 5 -4 6 . STATES, IN 1,947 ........ 545 ' 526 Commercial Statistics. U N ITE D ST A T E S IM PORT AND CONSUMPTION OF SUGAR. For the following statements of the quantity of sugar imported and consumed annually, in the United States, for the last forty-six years, we are indebted to the kindness of E d ward T remayne, Esq., of Washington, who was permitted to copy it from the books of the Treasury Department, for publication in the Merchants’ Magazine. The table, it will be seen, not only exhibits the quantity imported and consumed, but the rate of duty under the several tariffs, and the total amount of duty paid in each year, from 1801 to 1846. QUANTITY OF SUGAR IMPORTED AND CONSUMED, ANNUALLY FROM 1801 TO 1846, INCLUSIVE, TOGETHER WITH THE DUTY WHICH ACCRUED ON THE SAME. R A T E S OF D U TY . SU G A R C O NSUM ED. Y ears. 1801..lbs. 1802....... 1803....... 1804....... 1805....... 1806....... 1807....... 1808....... 1809....... 1810....... 1811....... 1812........ 1813....... 1814....... 1815....... 1816....... 1817....... 1818...... 1819....... 1820....... 1821....... 1822....... 1823....... 1824....... 1825....... 1826....... 1827....... 1828....... 1829....... 1830....... 1831....... 1832....... 1833....... 1834....... 1835....... 1836....... 1837....... 1838....... 1839....... 1 8 4 0 ......... 1841....... 1842....... 1843....... 1844....... 1845....... 1846....... B row n. 47,417,397 41,511,762 48,394,771 53,828,275 58,885,220 71,271,927 55.924,457 65,223,807 19,502,914 27,142,626 53,647,571 56,229,071 28,201,738 18,432,512 49,988,078 32,588,239 62,425,833 48,250,688 68,491,275 48,617,029 40,631,396 70,332,928 42,137,421 73,077,821 44,239,180 69,112,185 52,309,013 44,959,621 47,832,037 89,507,714 65,304,411 46,194,798 90,083,811 96,447,915 108,020,863 150,813,701 92,540,615 134,697,831 176,352,785 98,164,329 163,907,516 150,098,832 67,997,855 178,309,526 100,758,315 107,384,247 Clayed. 464,979 2,672,163 1,241,738 9,161,645 2,046,722 9,877,359 19,629,826 2,169,681 1,684,743 3,937,011 3,162,538 2,237,656 4,744,685 2,799,724 3,165,469 3,034,295 3,174,126 2,920,859 2,453,423 6,619,510 1,172,054 5,408,837 3,264,853 4,339,414 2,814,502 4,118,185 3,232,470 6,879,644 4,654,276 2,271,040 9,130,543 4,977,412 10,781,587 6,400,291 2,547,171 7,556,988 5,860,027 3,902,912 8,477,913 10,202,894 805,225 3,483,859 902,935 731,489 T o ta l. 47,882,376 39,443,814 51,066,934 55,070,013 68,046,865 73,318,640 65,801,816 84,853,633 12,381,330 29,312,307 55,332,314 60,166,082 31,364,276 20,670,168 54,732,763 35,387,963 65,591,302 51,284,983 71,665,401 51,537,888 43,084,819 76,952,438 43,309,475 78,486,658 47,504,033 73,451,599 55,123,515 49,077,806 51,064,507 96,387,358 69,958,687 48,465,838 99,814,354 101,425,327 118,802,450 157,213,992 95,087,786 142,254,819 182,212,812 102,067,241 172,385,429 160,301,726 68,800,080 182,793,385 101,661,250 108,115,736 B row n. Clayed. D uty. 2icts. 3 cts .$1,199,384 975,755 1,290,034 1,382,959 1,746,979 1,843,199 1,694,432 2,219,489 273,925 743,656 1,391,731 2,058,121 6 5 1,619,565 1,055,884 2,784,085 1,150,176 4 3 1,998,093 1,568,892 2,181,703 1,575,345 1,315,143 2,374,768 1,311,004 2,408,688 1,457,769 2,246,942 1,681,850 1,513,516 1,564,259 2,960,417 2,145,303 1,476,685 24 34 2,570,425 2,416,052 2,881,032 3,596,234 2,113,848 2,943,566 3,798,605 1,915,676 3,255,003 4 24 1,961,697 1,732,155 4,597,092 2,555,075 2,713,865 29 61 16 01 85 84 20 96 03 08 56 73 02 96 00 43 81 44 29 23 40 24 79 11 51 11 47 03 91 18 37 54 32 33 46 56 12 22 79 38 48 30 37 51 28 74 P H IL A D E L P H IA IM P O R T S AND D U TIE S, SINCE 1830. The following statement, showing the value of imports into the port of Philadelphia, and the amount of duties accruing thereon to the United States, has been carefully pre pared from official records:— 527 Commercial Statistics, Years. Total imports. *ip 1 8 3 0 ,.............. . . . 9 ,525,893 1 8 3 1 ,.............. . . . 11,673,755 1 8 3 2 ,............. . . . 10,048,195 1 8 3 3 ,............. . . . 1 1 ,153,757 1 8 3 4 ,............. . . . 10,686,058 1 8 3 5 ,............. . . . 11,868,529 1 8 3 6 ,............. . . . 1 6 ,116,625 1 8 3 7 ,............. . . . 1 0 ,130,838 1 8 3 8 ,............. . . . 1 0 ,417,815 1 8 3 9 ,............... . . . 14 ,7 5 3 ,5 8 9 Duties. <& np 3 ,5 3 7 ,5 1 6 4 ,3 7 2 ,5 2 5 3 ,5 0 0 ,2 9 2 2 ,9 8 5 ,0 9 5 2 ,1 1 0 ,4 7 7 2 ,5 0 1 ,6 2 1 3 ,1 4 6 ,4 5 8 1 ,8 2 0 ,9 9 3 2 ,1 0 9 ,9 5 5 2 ,8 8 4 ,9 8 4 Years. 10 98 50 50 32 43 43 21 30 16 Duties. $ 1 ,5 1 7 ,2 0 6 .......... 9,948,598 1,983,681 .......... 6,201,177 1 ,8 1 2 ,8 4 2 .......... 4,9 1 6 ,5 3 5 1,437,837 2,9 8 1 ,5 7 3 .......... 7,494,497 2,37 0 ,5 1 7 779,776 q’rte r, 2,4 8 2 ,0 4 4 690,114 “ 2,047,528 7 50,504 “ 2 ,3 3 0 ,5 2 7 Total imports. $ 1 8 4 0 ,....... 1 8 4 1 ,....... 1 8 4 2 ,....... 1 8 4 3 ........ 1844,. ... 1 8 4 5 ,....... 1846, 1st 2d “ 3d 70 64 82 84 15 71 13 51 52 IMPORT OF HIDES. D u rin g th e y ear 1846, the im p o rt o f h id e s in to th e p o rt o f P h ilad elp h ia, from foreign ports, w ere— F ro m L a G u ay ra and P o rto C abello, W est In d ie s an d S p an ish M a in ,................ B ahia and P ern am b u co ,............ * 42,8 8 3 18,089 17,041 DOM ESTIC EXPORTS OF PH ILA DELPHIA IN 1845-46. The following is a statement of the amount and value of the leading articles of domes tic produce, exported from the port of Philadelphia, in the two years ending 30th of December:— 1846. Amount. 366,712 21,572 168,817 36,731 231,615 279,771 637,651 1,709 750 Wheat Flour, Rye Flour,.... Corn Meal,.... Ship Bread,... W heat,........... C orn,.............. Cotton,........... Rice,.............. Tobacco,........ 1845. Value. $1,770,306 71,965 469,686 100,801 251,234 199,386 52,814 42,436 45,078 Total value in 1846,... (< 1845,... $3,003,706 1,574,502 Increase in 1846,......... $1,420,204 Amount. 200,643 17,132 113,195 31,340 84,717 • 128,316 631,930 1,173 381 Value. $980,339 58,203 276,547 90,687 95,711 74,992 51,474 24,215 22,334 $1,574,502 BRIGHTON C A T T L E M ARKET. The following table indicates ithe number of each kind of cattle, and the aggregate value, sold at the Brighton market annually, for a series of years:— 1835. ....................... 1836.,........................ 1837.,....................... 1838.,....................... 1839.,....................... 1840.,....................... 1841. ....................... 1842. ....................... 1843.,....................... 1844. ....................... 1845........................ 1846.,....................... Beeves. Stores. Sheep. Swine. 51,096 38,504 31,644 25,830 23,263 34,160 36,607 32,070 32,915 37,610 48,910 38,670 15,872 11,858 16,216 9,573 15,252 12,736 18,794 17,126 10,005 4,236 13,275 15,164 98,160 82,830 110,206 104,640 95,400 128,650 124,172 106,655 98,820 92,274 107,960 105,350 23,142 15,667 17,052 26,164 26,088 32,350 31,872 39,935 43,060 62,740 56,580 44,940 V alue. $1,878,032 1,858,202 2,449,231 2,058,004 1,901,864 1,990,577 2,400,881 1,741,740 1,685,332 1,689,374 1,893,648 1,871,113 Commercial Statistics. 5 28 AM ERICAN E A ST INDIA AND PACIFIC TRADE. A correspondent of the American (Boston) Traveller, famishes the following schedule of arrivals and clearances at different ports in the United States, which have been and are now engaged in the East India and Pacific trade, not including the whalemen which are engaged in the Pacific, but of merchant vessels, trading to ports at and beyond the Cape of Good Hope, and to ports beyond Cape Horn. The whole number of arrivals, engaged in the above trade, has been, for the year ending December 31, 1846, 140 ; of which, there were A t Boston,.............................................. New York........................................ 64 59 The 64 arrivals at Boston, were from— Calcutta,................................................... 21 M anilla,................................................... 11 Batavia,................................................... 8 Canton and Manilla............................... 1 Valparaiso,.............................................. 7 Cape Town, Cape Good Hope,........... 3 California,............................................... 2 Pulo Penang,.......................................... 2 At Salem ,__ Baltimore,. Paaang,............................. Zanzibar,.......................... Sumatra,........................... Canton, via Rotterdam,.. Batavia, via Amsterdam,. Columbia River,.............. Realaja, W. C. America, The 59 arrivals from New York, were from— Canton,................................................... 41 Manilla,.................. Sumatra,.................................................. 1 Zanzibar,................ Batavia,................................................... 1 Sandwich Islands,. Calcutta,................................................ 3 New Zealand,....... Valparaiso,............................................. 5 Coquimbo,.............. 12 5 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 Of the 41 arrivals at New York from Canton, 18 belonged to ports East of New York, viz: 15 to Boston, and 3 to Salem ; and of the whole number of arrivals at the port, du ring the year, from India, 29 belonged to ports East of there. The vessel from New Zea land was ordered to Salem, where she discharged her cargo. The 12 arrivals at Salem, were from— Zanzibar,..................... ........................... 7 I Sumatra,.................................................. 2 M anilla,................................................... 2 | Pulo Penang,.......................................... 1 The 5 arrivals at Baltimore, were from— ■ Valparaiso,............................................. 1 Talcuhuana,............................................ Coquimbo,............................................... , 1 Payta,...................................................... Arica, Peru,....... ..................................... 1 1 1 During the year ending December 31, 1846, the whole number of vessels which cleared for ports in the Pacific, and to ports in the East Indies, from different ports in the United States, was 139, viz:— Boston,......................... 73 Newburyport,.. New Y ork,............................................. 43 Bangor,........... Salem,...................................................... 11 New Orleans,.. Baltimore,............................................... 8 The 73 clearances at Boston, were for— Calcutta,................................................... 11 do. via Madras,............................. 5 4 do. via Bombay,............................ do. via Maulmein,........................ 1 do. via Cape Good Hope,............. 1 do. via Cape de V erds,................ 1 do. via Liverpool,.......................... 2 Bombay and Canton,............................ 1 C anton,................................................... 6 do. via Liverpool,............................ 1 do. via Batavia,.............................. 1 Manilla,................................................... 6 Batavia,........................... do. via Cape Town...................... Mauritius and m arket,......................... Valparaiso,........................... Sandwich Islands.................................. Cape Town and market,...................... New Zealand,........................................ Zanzibar,................................................. Pulo Penang,.......................................... Realaja, W. C. Am erica,..................... do. via Liverpool,......................... 6 1 2 9 3 6 1 1 2 1 1 529 Commercial Statistics. The 43 clearances at New York, were for— do. via Liverpool,.................. Zanzibar,....................................... Columbia River,.......................... ....... Batavia, via Cape Good Hope,.. ....... Callao,.............. , .......................... Valparaiso and California,.......... ...... Valparaiso,.................................... Mauritius,............................................... Batavia and Canton,.............................. California,......................................... . . . Sandwich Islands,.......................... ... ... Manilla, via Liverpool,.................. ... Batavia,............................................. .... Canton, via Rio Janeiro,................ Hobart Town, V. D. Land.............. ... Cape Town, via Rio Janeiro,....... ... 2 ... ... 2 2 6 Canton,.............................................. . .. 2 4 i i 1 1 The 11 clearances at Salem, were for— Manilla,......................................... ........ 1 Zanzibar,...................................... ....... 4 Pulo Penang,................................. 1 1 1 1 1 1 The 8 clearances at Baltimore, were for— Valparaiso,.................................... ....... The clearance at Newburyport, was for Oregon; the two at Bangor, for Valparaiso; and the one at New Orleans, for the Sandwich Islands. In 1845, the whole number of arrivals of vessels, engaged in the above trade, was 128, making an increase the last year of 11. The same year, clearances were 150, making a decrease of 11 the past year. There has been an increase of arrivals at Boston, over that of the year 1845, of 16, and a decrease of 10 in the clearances. A t New York, the decrease of arrivals has been 3, and the decrease of clearances, 6. EXPORTS OF SUGAR AND M OLASSES FROM HAVANA. The following table shows the exports of sugar and molasses from Havana, from the 1st of January to the 31st of December, in the year 1845 and 1846:— BOXES SUGAR. 26,660 10,315 65,521 11,919 22,794 6,715 2,459 11,847 91,716 2,246 9,147 United States,........................ Great Britain,........................ Cowes,.................................... Baltic,.................................... Hamburgh and Bremen,...... Holland,.................................. Belgium,................................ France,.................................. Spain,..................................... Italy,....................................... Other ports,........................... 96,457 22,273 121.721 9,125 50,506 8,010 21,994 35,710 107,192 8,901 22,379 261,339 T otal,........................ Mataazas. 19,331 55,665 2,797 23,625 35,722 92,334 4,517 17,232 13,104 45,580 1,094 4,790 2,892 2,658 3,204 13,108 17,889 887 340 6,274 46,423 H avana. 515,278 104,282 285,184 IIOGSIIEADS MOLASSES. United States,....................... Brit. Prov. and oth. parts,... 17,301 1,999 26,334 1,404 29,671 2,837 47,742 6,235 T otal,........................ 19,300 27,738 23,508 53,977 The exports of molasses from Cardenas, during the same time, were— United States,................................ . British Provinces and other parts, Total,................................... V O L . X V I.---- N O . V . 34 1845. 1846. 28,669 58,753 205 28,669 58,958 530 Journal o f Mining and Manufactures, JOURNAL OF MINING AND MANUFACTURES. M ANUFACTURE OF RAILROAD IRON IN T H E U N ITED STATES. W e cheerfully give place to the following communication from an intelligent correspond ent residing at Lynchburg, Va., and a large stockholder in the “ Tredegor Iron Company,” of that State. Our correspondent, it will be seen, refers to an extract from the “ Miners’ Journal,” published m the M e r c h a n t s ’ M a g a z in e for January, 1846, in which it is stated that the first railroad iron was made in 1844; and to a correspondent in a subsequent number* of our Journal, who states that the “ Great Western Iron Company,” on the Al leghany river, produced in 1842, two hundred tons of railroad iron:— TO THE EDITOR OF THE MERCHANTS* MAGAZINE AND COMMERCIAL REVIEW :---- Sir—In the January number of your truly valuable work, I find an article on the manu facture of railroad iron, taken from the Miners’ Journal, in which it is stated that only two years have elapsed since the first ton of railroad iron was made in this country ; and again in your February number, this subject is noticed, and the belief expressed that the credit is due to the “ Great Western Iron Company” of Pennsylvania, lor introducing this import ant branch of the iron business into our country. Both of these statements are erroneous, doubtless unintentionally so. I have no doubt that the first railroad iron made in the United States was manufactured by the Tredegor Iron Works, at Richmond, Va. The evi dence I will offer to sustain the claims of Richmond, is, I think, pretty conclusive. I give it in an extract from a letter of John F. Tanner, Esq., secretary of the Tredegor Iron Com pany, dated Richmond, 1st February, 1846, to whom I made application for accurate in formation, after reading your January number, lest my memory should mislead me. Mr, Tanner says, “ the first railroad iron made at these works was manufactured in (1837) eighteen1 hundred and thirty-seven. In 1838, we made a considerable quantity for the Richmond, Fredericksburg, and Potomac Railroad Company, and other roads in this State,” Ever since that period, occasional orders for railroad iron have been executed at these works. The Tredegor works were erected in 1836-7; commenced operations, I think, the 8th May, 1837. They were built by Edward Cunningham, John A. Cunningham, and Francis B. Deane, Jr., who conducted them on private account, till 1st January, 1838 ; when a joint stock company was formed, under a charter obtained from the legislature, at the session of 1837-8 ; to which company Messrs. Deane & Cunningham sold their works. So it would seem that the individuals who projected and completed the Tredegor rollingmill were the pioneers in the manufacture of railroad iron in the United States. The capital stock of the Tredegor Iron Company is about $280,000; the annual product turned out, about $350,000 ; coal consumed, from 175,000 to 200,000 bushels ; pig iron, about 4,000 to n s; annual payments for labor, from 50,000 to 60,000 dollars. This : establishment manufactures as great a variety of sizes of bar iron, rods, hoops, bands, extra sizes, rounds and squares, locomotive engines, screw moulds, boat plates, and rods for iron vessels, as any other in the Union. The quality of its production is equal to the best iron found in our markets, of English or American manufacture. Besides the extensive works for making malleable iron, of almost every description, which the wants of commerce re quire, there is attached to them a very large foundry, with machine-shops, fitted up in the best manner, with lathes, &c., for building steam-engines, sugar-mills, and, indeed, ma chinery of every description. Also, a large boring-mill, and all necessary apparatus for finishing ordnance of the largest size ordinarily used, either in our army or navy. From the Tredegor iron foundry, castings of excellent quality and great variety are annually turned out. The ordnance made there is regarded equal to the best which the government procures elsewhere, of which fact the records of the war and navy departments will afford ample testimony. I feel much confidence in claiming for the Tredegor works the credit of introducing several other important branches of iron manufacture, as well as railroad iron. I believe locomotive rolled axles were first made there; and if my information be correct, they have to a great extent superseded the English and American hammered axles. The same may be said of boat-rib irons ; these were also first made at the Tredegor works, and I am told that even now,“there are descriptions of this important article used by government in build ing iron vessels, which can only be procured at these works. * Merchants’Magazine forFebruary, 1846, Vol. XVI., No. 2, page 212. 531 Journal o f Mining and Manufactures, Without intending any disparagement to other works, or the enterprise of my fellowcitizens in the Northern States, I am induced to make this communication,—first, that cor rect information may be placed before the public; and secondly, that it may be known that the unrivalled advantages possessed by Virginia, for the manufacture of iron, are not so entirely neglected as many believe them to be. A Stockholder of the T redegor Company. IRON M IN ES AND M A NUFACTURE OF BELGIUM. The following account of the iron ore, and manufacture of iron, is from the unpublished work of R ichard C. T aylor, Esq., of Philadelphia, who has kindly abstracted it from that work, for publication in the Merchants’ Magazine:— Metalliferous Mines, I ron Ore, and Manufacture of I ron.—There are a few mines of lead, pyrites, and manganese, in the Belgian provinces, but iron ore is, above all, dis tributed in the greatest profusion. It is contained in great deposits, in'the form of basins, and also in the state of immense pipes, or funnels, in limestone. Other accumulations fill cavities and depressions in the oolite limestone, and elsewhere occur in great veins. These minerals furnish all the varieties of the best, or strong iron. In general, they are treated with charcoal; but in some localities, mineral coke is employed, especially all the recently erected high furnaces. The oxydes and hydrates of iron, have, for some years, been worked in several com munes on the north of the province of Namur and Luxemburg. In Hainault, the work ings of iron ore are not very important, and there are no other minerals mined. In Liege, there are mines of iron ore, and some of zinc, or calamine. Iron ore does not accompany the coal measures here, but forms separate bands and extensive deposits, towards the Meuse, and extending to the Prussian frontier. P laces of Concesextraction. sions. Provinces. A rea in hectares. 1816. ’I 8 . ’I8 .’4H. ’18. H a in a u lt,........ N am ur and | Luxemburg, Liege................ ’42. W orkm en. ’16. ’18. T ons o f iron ore H igh St. eng. in furn. ir ’n w ’ks. extracted. ’16. 13 524 206 39,981 2 .. 2,559 1,061 569 22 27 35,685 36,857 3,213 1,687 528,925 153 12 . . 11,977 1,067 1,082 68,049 T o ta l,... . 1,323 740 36 27 50,221 36,857 4,804 2,975 633,955 ’18. ’18. 31,826 231,665 71,347 22 334,833 139 H orse N o . p ow er. 34 83 160 3,640 The reduction in the last year’s produce, arose from the excessive supply of the two pre ceding years, and the consequent encumbering of the magazines. It was the natural con sequence of an excessive supply. Metallurgic industry, in consequence of the previous ex cess of production beyond the wants of the consumers, suffered a reaction, the effects o f which were considerable losses during the five succeeding years. W e have already ad verted to this epoch of over-production and speculation, and to its injurious influence and results, when treating on the subject of coal. Little more than one-half the workmen were employed this year. In 1838, out of the two hundred and seventy mineralurgic establishments in the king dom, two hundred and twenty-one were for the treatment and the preparation of iron, of which number one hundred and thirty-nine were high furnaces. Through the pressure of the times, alluded to, several high furnaces were put out; and in 1841, eight high coke furnaces, alone, out of sixteen, were in operation in the province of Liege.* In 1830, the first high furnace was erected in Charleroi, for the smelting of iron. Seven years after, 1837, there were twenty-five coke furnaces in action, producing annually 75,000 tons of metal. On the termination of its union with France, Belgium possessed eighty-nine high fur naces, one hundred and twenty-four forges, and eighty other iron works. The coke furnaces in Hainault, produced of pig iron, in— 1839. 1844. T ons. T ons. t30,583 41,956 1845. 1846. T ons. T ons. 58,135 estimated 114,000 The condition of the iron establishments, in 1838, was as follows:— * Rapport au Roi. 1843. LXVII. and p. 236. t Report of the Sambre and Meuse Railway Company, July 2, 1846. Journal o f Mining and Manufactures, 532 Active. 98 High furnaces,... Foundries,.......... Fineries,............. Affineries,.......... Forge-hammers,. Other machines,. Inactive. 41 ... 220 36 Total. 139 47 17 256 131 263 853 In 1842, there were only fifty-eight blast furnaces in Belgium. Of these, thirty-eight had been out of blast for three years; and of the remaining twenty, not one was paying a dividend to the shareholders. There was not a single furnace at work with the hot blast; and the lowest price at which a ton of forge pig could be produced, under the most favor able circumstances, was £ 3 14s. sterling, = $18.* The make of iron, this year, was 121,000 tons,t and advanced to 150,000 tons in 1845. The demand for.iron has, however, of late years, been much on the increase—not only for the home consumption, in consequence of the progress of railways from one end of Belgium to the other, but for supplying numerous railways in France. Hundreds of fur naces are now (1847) in blast, where, twelve years ago, not one was seen, and the others were abandoned. The following table sufficiently indicates the periodical condition of the iron trade, in one department, during the eventful periods of which we have been speaking:— STATEMENT OF BELGIAN IRON EXPORTED TO FRANCE. Tons. Year*. Years. Tons. Years. Tons. . 3,200 1832.. 3,178 1843.. . 5,085 . 3,400 1834.. . 3,815 1 8 4 1 .. . 9,029 . . 3,587 1836.. 12,543 9,303 1 8 4 2 .. . . . 3,800 1838.. 21,521 3,678 1843.. . 2,934 1839.. . 3,100 1644.. . 31,387 The price of iron has, in consequence of this favorable change and its enlarged demand, increased, within the last sixteen years, at least from 25 to 30 per cent, although there were, in 1846, more than five times the number of furnaces at work than formerly .t The exportation of unwrought cast iron, during the first six months of 1845, was 19,000 tons; and during the first six months of 1846, 33,000 tons. The greater part of this was sent to Germany and France.^ The home consumption of iron, in 1845, was 120,000 tons. In 1846, Messrs. Sopwith and Smith, civil engineers, reported on the mineralogical capabilities of the district, between the Sombre and the Meuse, and upon the apparently exhaustless deposits of iron ore, particularly with reference to the iron mines at Couvin, near the frontier of France. They state, that the limestone formation of that district con tains vast deposits of iron ore, in pockets, or funnel-shaped cavities, which admit of being worked with great facility, owing to their proximity to the surface. These deposits of iron ore extend upwards of seventy miles, in an east and west direc tion. For some years, the iron works of this region have remained in a state of inactivity, arising from the commercial embarrassments of 1838-39, which caused so much loss and interruption throughout the whole of the industrial establishments of Belgium. From these great and ruinous causes of depression, many of these works never revived; others, in time, began slowly, and under great disadvantages, to resume operations. The most ap parent of these difficulties was, the want of capital; but, it is stated, the iron works arc now, almost without exception, doing well. We infer that English capital, to a large extent, is now brought to bear on the mineral resources of this quarter. 18 2 1 ,.. 1 8 2 4 .. 1 8 2 7 .. 1 8 2 8 .. 1830,.. RUSSIAN GOLD AND PL A T IN A . Gold was first collected in the Uralian Mountains, in 1815 ; and up to the year 1844, only 9,000 pounds pure gold was produced, valued at 150,000,000 rubles, or 600,000,000 francs. Platina was first obtained there, in 1809, and produced more than 2,000 pounds, and valued at 7,000,000 rubles, or 28,000,000 francs. The mines are situated along the Uralian Mountains from 52° to 62° North latitude, and 80° and 135° East longitude.*§ * Correspondent of the Mining Journal. London, 1842. t Traite de fabrication de la Fonte et du Fer. 1845. P. 1,2881 Mining Journal, Feb. 21, 1846. § Report of the Belgian government, in 1846. Journal o f Mining and Manufactures. 533 T H E A G A TES FROM OBERSTEIN. TO THE EDITOR OF THE MERCHANTS* MAGAZINE AND COMMERCIAL REVIEW. Sir—It is well known that for centuries past, millions of marbles, snuff-boxes, buttons, seal-stones, breast-pin and ear-ring ornaments, mortars and pestles, have been made from agate, cornelian, chalcedony, onyx, quartz, or rock crystal, bloodstone, or heliotrope, jas per, amethyst, petrified wood, &c., and that they have borne the name of Oberstein pro ductions. It may be well to clear the path of the ignorant, and to state that there exists at Oberstein but one agate polishing establishment, while Idar, a small place with 1,500 inhabitants, on the little river Idar, in the neighborhood of Oberstein, appertaining to the Duchy of Oldenburg, is the principal depot. The little town of Idar is situated in a very romantic valley, surrounded by steep columns of porphyry and amygdaloid, from which the agate is dug out. It contains (including two small villages of the same parish) fifty polishing establishments, and 300 polishers; and as many as forty men are wholly en gaged in boring and drilling the holes in the agates. Large quantities of the rough semi precious stones, such as amethyst, beryl, garnet, and others, are brought from Brazil, Si beria, and the East Indies, to this place, to be converted into the various useful utensils, such as mortars and pestles, for enamellers and chemists; teeth and stones, for book binders, and burnishers of m etals; flints, cups, snuff-boxes, pen-holders, ftacons, thimbles, finger-rings, letter-weights, necklaces, knife-handles, &c., &c. Oberstein furnishes, at present, the greatest quantity of snuff-boxes of pasteboard, or papier mache, and cyprea shell. L. F euchtwanger. M ANUFACTURE OF T A PE ST R Y CA RPETIN G IN M ASSACHUSETTS. This beautiful branch of manufacture, as we learn from the “ Farmer and M echanic” (a most valuable journal, conducted with ability by William H. Starr, Esq.,) hitherto exclu sively foreign, has recently been introduced into this country, and bids fair to become a pro fitable and extensive business. W ith that energy and enterprising spirit, so characteristic of the mechanics and manufacturers of our country, Messrs. Clark & Hartman, of Clapville, Massachusetts, have embarked in this business, and we are gratified to learn that it promises to be abundantly successful. Mr. Starr has seen specimens of their manufacture which he pronounces equal in appearance to the finest Brussels, and one of its peculiarities consists in having the figure beautifully and ingeniously printed upon the warp, before being woven, instead of the insertion of the various separate colors during the process of weaving, as was generally practised in Europe. The back of the web is of flax or hemp, rendering it very strong and durable. It is woven on a simple common loom, requiring no extra har ness or pattern guides; as the figure, whatever its form or character, whether groups of flowers, landscape, or fancy sketches, must come in right in the weaving. The colors are laid upon the warp of the printing machine with such mathematical precision that there is no possibility of getting the figures wrong. The entire machinery for this business is of American origin, and patented. It was invented by Mr. Hartman, who is by birth a Scotch man, but a naturalized citizen of the United States, having been in this country over twenty years, and was only acquainted with the Scotch plaid and ingrain carpet-weaving when he left his native home. He has been now more than three years perfecting his machinery, and making experiments with his coloring matter and process. He has now three printing machines in operation that print one hundred yards each, per day.* He has also about a * The plan of block printing, on the warp, was introduced into Scotland, about eight years ago, and to this time, by their method, one man can only get off from ten to fifteen yards per d a y ; but Mr. H. did not, nor does he yet know, their method of calculation for laying the figure, or preparing the colors. Mr. H. sets the colors by steaming, after print ing, and uses every variety of shade. 534 Journal o f Mining and Manufactures. dozen looms ready for weaving. The company will put up a building this spring, for one hundred looms. The first piece of carpeting of the kind manufactured in America, was made by this firm, in April, 1846; and since that time until quite recently, they have done but little more tjian make experiments, in order to produce a perfect article. Mr. Hartman says, that in bringing out this machinery, he is not indebted to Europe for any part of i t ; and so confident was he of success, that he expended his whole property long before it was completed, and was only able to mature it by parting with one-fourth of his interest in the patent; and if he had failed, his family and himself must have been left pennyless. Ifc gives us ^peculiar pleasure, however, to say, that success seems to crown his efforts, while he rejoices that his invention is altogether American. SHIP-BUILDING IN N E W YORK. The demand for shipping, and the high rates which freights command in all our ports and harbors, has produced great activity in this department of the industrial a rts; a cir cumstance, it is scarcely necessary to state in this place, that illustrates the mutual rela tions of commerce and the mechanic arts. Indeed, agriculture, commerce, and manufac tures, are mutually dependent on each other, and no considerable degree of depression or prosperity can be experienced for any length of time by one, without producing a corre sponding effect on the other branches of enterprise and industry. For the following list of vessels, now building and about to be built, at the different ship yards in the port of New York, we are indebted to a correspondent of the New York Farmer and Mechanic:— A t W . H. W ebb’s Y ard.—Ship of 1,000 tons burden, 160 feet long, 31 feet beam, and 21 feet hold, called the New York, designed for Messrs. Fox & Livingston’s line of Havre packets. Ship of 1,300 tons, 175 feet long, 38 feet beam, and 22 feet deep, for C. HMarshall’s line of Liverpool packets. Ship of 1,000 tons, and about the size of the New York, intended for Messrs. Taylor & Merril, Liverpool trade. Steamship United States, the first of the line of the four between this city and New Orleans, under the direction of C. H. Marshall, Esq. She is 244 feet long on deck, 40 feet beam, 23 feet hold, and 1,900 tons burden. The keels of two ships, 1,300 tons burden each, for Messrs. Grinnell, Minturn & Co.’s London line, will be laid immediately at this yard. A t Brown & Bell’s Y ard.—Ship of a beautiful model, intended for the China trade. She is 950 tons burden, 34 feet 6 inches beam, 175 feet long, and 20 feet hold. Steamship-of-war for the Peruvian government, about 800 tons burden. A t W estervelt and Mackay’s Y ard.—A large ocean steamship, to be called the La fayette, the second in the Bremen and New York line of steam packets. She will meas ure 2,500 tons burden, 255 feet long, 40 feet beam, 24 feet 6 inches hold. Ship of 1,100 tons measurement, 162 feet long, 37 feet beam, and 21^ feet hold, for Robert Kermit’s line of Liverpool packets. A t J abez W illiams & Son’s Y ard.— A beautiful modelled ship of 850 tons burden, 145 feet long, 33 feet beam, and 20 feet hold. She is called the Creole, and is intended for Messrs. Stanton & Frost’s line of New Orleans packets. Also, a ship of 1,000 tons, 160 feet on deck, 38 feet beam, and 22 feet hold, for the same line. A t W . H. Brown’s Y ard.—A ship for the Charleston trade, measuring about 750 tons. Also, about laying the keel of steamship Northerner, for Messrs. Spofford, Tileston & Co.’s Charleston steam packet line. A t L awrence & Sneeden’s Y ard.—A steamboat of 400 tons. A t P erine, P atterson & Slack’s Y ard.—Ship for Messrs. Slate, Gardiner & Howell, of about 1,200 tons burden, intended for a Liverpool packet. Ship for W arren Delano, Esq., of about 950 tons burden, intended for the general freighting business. Ship for Messrs. Slate, Gardiner & Howell, Liverpool packet, about 1,300 tons burden, now commenced. A t Smith & Dimon’s Y ard.—A magnificent ship for Mr. Delano, measuring 1,000 tons, length 170 feet, breadth of beam 34 feet 6 inches, and 20 feet hold. She is designed for the Liverpool trade. A t Bishop & Simonson’s Y ard.—A neat steamship, contracted for by Messrs. Mason & Thompson, to run between Porto Rico and St. Thomas. She is about 450 tons, 135 Railroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics, 535 feet long, 26$ beam, and 1 L feet hold. Also, a steamer of 150 tons, for the Brazilian gov ernment, to ply as a mail or passenger boat on the Rio Grande. Also, a boat for the Ful ton ferry. The keel of a steamer will be laid immediately for the river trade, measuring 450 tons, 190 feet in length, and 28 feet beam. AM ERICAN MANUFACTURED DUCK. This article will soon become not only a desirable, but a decidedly popular article in the commercial world. The editor of the “ Louisville Journal ” has received a letter from Mr. J. Goulding, formerly of that city, dated January 19th, enclosing a specimen of duck, manufactured by him from Kentucky hemp. The most expensive article of the sort, now made, is the Holland hempen duck, which is not as handsome a fabric as that made of flax. Mr. Goulding’s specimen is pronounced excellent in all respects, and in appearance resembles the flax duck. In his letter, Mr. Goulding says:— “ I send you in this letter a small sample of my duck. It is made ef Kentucky dewrotted hemp, and is the production of the first loom that was started. The machinery I had, made in England, has required considerable alterations; and the ten looms, made in Worcester, Massachusetts, contrary to my expectations, required considerable change. I have overcome these difficulties, and expect to be under full headway in two months, making an A. No. I. article—nothing better, to say the least of it. I can weave as thick or as thin as there is any call for, and thicker than is needed; and I don’t know that I have much to learn in the preparation of the hemp for duck.” MANUFACTURE OF MARBLE BY CASTING. The invention of a composition which perfectly imitates marble, and which mqy be poured in a fluid state into moulds, for the making of casts, is found to answer so well that a manufactory of these casts has been erected at Charlottenburg, in Prussia. The " Nu remberg Correspondent” states that the first samples have made their appearance, and that they surpass all expectation, having all the soundness and transparency of the stone they imitate, and perfectly resemble the Carrara marble. Statues may be cast of this material as easily as of plaster of Paris, and will be afforded at so cheap a rate that it will be in the power of persons of very moderate means to possess them. It is expected that this inven tion of marble castings will be applied to the building and ornamenting of houses. Moser and Kriegk, the inventors, keep their method a secret, but admit that they obtain the ma terial from Bohemia. RAILROAD, CANAL, AND STEAMBOAT STATISTICS. ST E A M COM MUNICATION B E T W E E N ENGLAND AND N E W ORLEANS. T he leading merchants of Liverpool, England, have addressed a memorial to the “ Right Honorable the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty,” representing to their lordships the great advantages which would follow a direct steam communication between England and the port of New Orleans, and earnestly request their lordships to avail of the opportunity now open for such communication, by ordering the British West India steamships to call at Cat Island harbor. In regard to the number of passengers, and value of correspondence, the Liverpool mer chants say, “ there is no station, in the present route of the company, of equal importance to that of New Orleans, which is at once the depot for the produce of the valley of the Mississippi, and the port through which British manufactures find an entrance into the Western States.” 536 Railroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. The value of such a trade, not only to the petitioners, but to England, will doubtless se cure for the measure the consideration of their lordships. The memorial is signed by Brown, Shipley & Co.; Watson, Brothers & Co.; Rathbone, Brothers & Co.; Fieldon, Brothers & Co.; A. Dennistoun & Co.; Todd, Jackson & C o.; Molyneux, Taylor &. Co.; Geo. Green & Son ; and about forty other of the most influential houses in Liverpool. COST OF CANAL REPAIRS. We find, in a late number of the Rochester Democrat, the following tabular statement in reference to a subject of interest at this time. It contains much interest for those who desire to offer proposals for portions or sections of canal repairs—as it gives the average cost o f repairs per mile, for several years:— 1828........... 1829........... 1830........... 1831........... 1832........... 1833........... 1834........... 1835........... 1836........... 1837........... 1838........... 1839........... 1840........... 1841........... 1842........... 1843........... 1844........... 1845........... 1846........... Erie. Oswego. *513 529 461 382 743 746 976 893 704 830 851 676 827 581 732 676 844 907 843 *239 361 349 254 340 313 338 453 1,434 1,608 1,371 679 915 694 827 623 752 1,227 1,409 Cayuga & Seneca. Chemung. Crooked Lake. *386 247 153 243 274 401 440 1,358 1,297 861 1,063 1,124 633 719 497 656 945 560 $666 691 269 251 393 364 391 335 933 386 344 485 485 385 *231 445 592 776 556 444 592 1,129 1,014 505 493 595 663 Chenango. Genesee Valley. __ *201 214 177 159 160 195 155 164 195 190 *125 290 341 292 299 325 334 COST OF R A IL W A Y CONSTRUCTION IN G REAT BRITAIN. The railways completed, from 1823, in which year the Stockton and Darlington, (the first line,) was opened, to 1844, comprise altogether 64 lines, of an aggregate length of 2,0694 miles, and have been constructed at an actual cost of £64,238,600 ; being an aver age of £31,048 per mile, as will be seen by the following list, compiled from the Board of Trade Reports:— Completed. 1 8 2 3 ............. 1 8 3 0 ............. 1 8 3 1 ............. 1 8 3 2 ............. 1 8 3 4 ............. 1 8 3 5 ............. 1 8 3 7 ............. 1 8 3 8 ............. . . . 1 8 3 9 ............. Railways. Length. i 38 47J 14* 16 35 3 2 1 2 1 1 10 27 357* 6 78 6 Cost. £ 2 5 6 ,0 0 0 1,780,000 185,000 175,000 375,4 0 0 38,400 158,000 11,471,600 2 ,6 9 2 ,2 0 0 Completed. Railways. Length 7 1 8 4 0............. 1 8 4 1............. .. 1 8 4 2 ............. 1 8 4 3 ............. 1844............. 1 8 4 5 ............. 219 4 23 3554 Cost. 3024 834 £ 8 ,4 0 5 ,7 0 0 17,452,900 10,472,600 3,052,800 5,586,000 2,1 3 7 ,0 0 0 64 2,0694 £ 6 4 ,2 3 8 ,6 0 0 12 8 2 7 664 — Total... .. In an able statistical paper in the Edinburgh Review, said to be written by Dr. Lardner, it is stated that if we take the principal railways which have been completed and brought into full operation, excluding only a few obviously exceptional ones, we shall find that the average amount of capital which they have absorbed, is at the rate of £35,000 per mile. This amount has in different cases been distributed in different proportions among the sev eral heads of expenditure ; but the following may be taken as near the average distribu tion:—Cost of land, £4,000; way and works, £22,000; office and sundries, £1,000; lo comotive power and working stock, £8,000; total, £35,000. Railroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics 537 The railways constructed with the wide guage were more expensive. An extent of 240 miles had absorbed £9,704,368, at the close of last year, being at the rate of above £40,300 per mile. T A B L E O F F R E IG H T AND TOLLS ON COAL. The following table shows the rate of freight and tolls on coal, per Philadelphia and Reading Railroad, from March 1st to July 1st, 1847:— From Mount From Schuylkill From Port Carbon. To Philadelphia,........................................... $1 Inclined Plane,...................................... 1 Richmond,.............................................. 1 Nice town,................................................ 1 Germantown Railroad.......................... 1 Falls of Schuylkill.................................. 1 Manayunk............................................... 1 Conshehocketi-....................................... 1 Turn-out, one mile below Norristown. 1 Plymouth Railroad................................ 1 Norristown or Bridgeport..................... 1 Port Kennedy......................................... 1 Valley Forge........................................... 1 Phcenixville............................................. Rover’s Ford........................................... Pottstown................................................ Douglassville,.......................................... Reading.................................................... Mohrsville............................................... Hamburg................................................. Orwigsburg............................................. By order of the Board of Managers. H aven. Clinton. $1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 40 40 40 40 25 15 05 00 00 00 00 00 95 90 90 90 80 60 40 30 S. 40 ©1 25 30 1 10 30 1 10 30 1 10 1 10 30 1 00 15 95 05 05 90 90 00 00 90 00 90 00 90 00 90 95 85 90 80 80 90 90 80 70 80 50 60 30 40 30 30 B radford, Secretary TRO Y AND GREENBUSH RAILROAD. This road extends along the eastern margin of the Hudson River, from the city of Troy to Greenbush, (opposite Albany,) a distance of six miles, connecting with trains on the Boston and Western Railroad. The following statement exhibits the number of passen gers, and the amount of passenger and freight earnings, for each month, from the opening of the road to the close of the year 1846:— 1845. No. Amount. 1846. Freight. January....... February..... M arch......... May............ Ju n e ........... July............. August’....... September.. October....... November.. December... *3,429 15,811 16,191 18,434 18,270 17,215 9,361 ' $425 1,968 1,994 2,271 2,249 2,124 1,167 62J 374 044 26 84 114 60 $37 218 290 545 577 617 1,359 984 8O4 83 35 40 51 44 No. A mount. 10,729 $1,335 90 1,192 944 9,580 1,603 35 12,905 2,627 424 21,134 2,611 474 21,827 3,141 22 25,381 4,000 41 32,204 28,219 3,801 74 3,724 214 26,091 3,347 05 22,925 18,620 1,741 83 1,738 94 10,420 Freight. 94 $ 1 ,5 9 7 1,310 1,383 1,171 lj020 879 925 930 933 1,698 1,570 2,601 25 60 81 02 71 73 29 52 65 62 48 240,036 $31,966 50 $16,023 69 Total... 98,711 $ 1 2 ,2 0 0 8 6 $3,647 32 From January 1st, to August 17th, the fare over the road was 12^ cents. From that date to December 7th, it was 15 cents. From that time it has continued at 20 cents. * Road opened for travel, June 13th, and until July 4tb, only two trips each day were made. 538 The Book Trade. T H E BOOK T R A D E . 1. — R e p o r ts o f C a s e s d e c id e d i n th e H i g h C o u r t o f C h a n c e r y , b y th e R i g h t H o n o r a b le L o r d C h a n c e llo r C o tte n h a m , L o r d H i g h C h a n c e llo r o f E n g l a n d , w i t h N o t e s a n d R e f e r e n c e s to bo th E n g l i s h a n d A m e r i c a n D e c i s i o n s . By J o h n A. D u n l a p , Counsellor at Law. Vol. X V III. Containing Myle & Craig’s Chancery Reports, Vol. IV., and Craig & Phillips’, Vol. I., 1838,1839, 1840, 1841, 1842, 1843, 1844, Victoria. New York : Banks, Gould & Co. This is volume X V III. of the series o f English Chancery Reports now in course o f republication. I t con tains tw o volumes o f decisions made by the present Chancellor of England, Lord Cottenham, during his former term of office ; for it has been the fortune o f Lord Cottenham to be both predecessor and successor o f Lord Lyndhurst as Chancellor, having held the office in the Melbourne ministry as well as th at of Rus sell. As to the value of English cases, in American courts, w hatever controversy a t any time existed on the subject has pretty much died away. Nearly all now adm it that, however little their binding authority as decisions, they are at least worth all th a t their reason is worth ; and how much th a t is worth becomes very evident the moment we consider th a t the legal systems of both countries not only rest on the same great principles, but are similar in their organization of courts and in the forms o f remedy. This is par ticularly true of New York, where the law is identical w ith that o f England in very many o f the minuter points o f pleading, and even of practice. As to the value of Lord Cottenham’s decisions in particular, we believe they are highly esteemed by the profession at large for their soundness. It was the opinion o f Judge Story that they carried far greater weight than those o f his successor, to whom, as we have seen, he has him self ju st succeeded. There is one point about this work deserving of special commendation. I t gives the decisions o f the English volumes entire, and it gives a l l of them. Hitherto our publishers have been in the habit of furnishing the profession w ith the English Reports condensed. Now we cannot conceive o f a book less capable o f being abridged to advantage than a Book of Reports. Apart from Coke’s O m n ia C o m p e n d i a s u n t d is p e n d i a , &rc., it is not disparaging a lawyer’s ability, but only denying his prescience, to say th a t he cannot make a good or safe abridgment o f reports, to take the place o f the original. I t is impos sible for any lawyer, however great his legal insight, to foresee w hat cases may or may not occur, and, con sequently, w hat precedents may not be needed and may be omitted in such an abridgment. And the diffi culty is ten-fold greater in a country like this, with some thirty different S tate tribunals, which, though having a family resemblance, yet, like the sisters in Ovid, who looked alike, yet unlike, f a c i l s n o n o m n ib u s u n a n e c d i v e r s a , vary and differ in a thousand points more or less minute, so th at the precedent which may be thought obsolete in one State may be of great value in another. A law book, therefore, republished or edited for the use of the whole country, is the last thing to be edited with reference to any particular State. W e hope and believe th a t the publishers o f this volume will be supported in their enterprise, and encouraged to go on with the series in the same thorough manner. 2. — A r g u m e n t o f {la te ) E d w a r d L i v i n g s t o n a g a i n s t C a p ita l P u n i s h m e n t . Published by the New York S tate Society for the Abolition of Capital Punishment. Office of the Society, 140 Fulton street. W . H. Graham, Tribune Buildings, New York. E dw ard Livingston was one of those great intellects th a t appear at intervals in the world’s history, whose views reach far beyond those of their cotemporaries. His “ Crim inal Code for Louisiana,” from which the pamphlet before us is extracted, is an illustration o f this remark. In a volume o f 745 pages he spread out the most comprehensive and enlightened system o f criminal jurisprudence ever produced. Every improve ment in the codes of our different States, th a t has been made or proposed, was shadowed forth by his great mind. T he prison associations, the societies for relief of discharged convicts, and the homes for prisoners, which are springing up in all parts of Christendom, are but emanations from the same source. O f course he was opposed to the death penalty, and his argum ent on this point is concise, clear, and unanswerable. T he N . Y. Society have done well in republishing it in a neat pamphlet of 24 pages. T he testimony o f some fifty em inent jurists, philosophers, and clergymen o f all denominations, has been appended to the work, also the names of the officers and honorary members of the S tate Society. T he subject o f capital punishment is at present engrossing a large share of the public attention, and all classes o f the community are interested in understanding the merits o f the controversy. W e know o f no way in w hich this can be so easily done as by an examination o f this pamphlet. 3.— A S c h o o l G r a m m a r i n th e L a t i n L a n g u a g e . By C. S. Z u m p t , Professor in the University, and Member o f the Royal Academy of Science o f Berlin. Translated and adapted to the use o f the High School o f Edinburgh. By L e o n a r d S c h m i t z , F . R. S. E., Rector of the High School o f Edinburgh. Corrected and Enlarged. By C h a r l e s A n t h o n , L L . D., Professor o f the Greek and Latin Languages in Columbia College, N ew York, and Rector o f the Gramm ar School. 12mo., pp. 246. N ew York : Harper &. Brothers. In order to render this excellent manual still more serviceable to the young student, Dr. Anthon has in corporated, not only from the larger work o f the author, but also from other equally valuable sources, much additional matter. Dr. A nthon’s reputation as a classical scholar is, o f itself, a sufficient recommendation o f the work. The Book Trade, 4. 539 — T h e W r i t i n g s o f G e o r g e W a s h i n g t o n ; b e in g h i s C o r r e s p o n d e n c e , A d d r e s s e s . M e s s a g e s , a n d o th e r P a p e r s , O fficia l a n d P r i v a t e . S e le c te d a n d P u b l is h e d f r o m th e O r i g i n a l M a n u s c r i p t s ; w i t h a L i f e o f th e A u t h o r , M o te s , a n d I l l u s t r a t i o n s . By J a r e d S p a r k s . Vol. I. 8vo., pp. 586. N ew Y o rk : Harper & Brothers. This is the first o f twelve large and handsome octavo volumes, originally published about ten years ago, and now reproduced by the enterprising Harpers, in a style equal, if not superior, to the first edition, and at less than one-half the p ric e; and this, notwithstanding a liberal copyright is paid to Mr. Sparks, the able and laborious compiler. I t is incomparably the cheapest standard publication th a t has yet been pro duced in this country. T he publishers certainly deserve the thanks o f every American, for placing so valuable a work in the hands of the whole people; as it must hereafter be found in every public library in the land, including the ten th'ousond District School Libraries of the State o f New York, &c. T h e present volume embraces a full, complete, and satisfactory life o f the F ather of his C o u n try ; to whom, under Providence, we are indebted for our national existence, and th a t measure o f civil and religious liberty we enjoy. T he volumes are sold at o n e d o l la r a n d f i f t y c e n ts each —the original price was §3 50. — T h e T r u e B e l i e v e r : h i s C h a r a c te r , D u t y , a n d P r i v i l e g e s , e lu c id a te d i n a S e r ie s o f D i s c o u r s e s . By Rev. A s a M a h a n , President o f the Oberlin Collegiate Institute, Oberlin, Ohio. 18mo., pp. 2 8 0 . N ew Y ork: Harper i t Brothers. T he revered and learned author of these discourses is at the head o f a denomination o f Christians known as “ Perfectionists.” The present volume, o f course, inculcates views in harmony with the peculiar sen tim ents of the author, and the sect o f which he is an honored member and teacher. I t seems to us th a t a system of religion which contemplates a high degree o f human excellence, is more likely to reach the mark than one that reverses the standard, and views w ith despondency m an’s aspirations after perfection. 5. 6. — T h e P r i n c i p l e s o f S c ie n c e a p p lie d to th e D o m e s ti c a n d M e c h a n ic A r t s , a n d to M a n u f a c t u r e s a n d A g r i c u l t u r e ; w i th R e fle c tio n s o n th e P r o g r e s s o f th e A r t s , a n d th e i r In flu e n c e o n N a t i o n a l W e l f a r e . By A l o n z o P o t t e r , D. D., Professor o f Moral Philosophy and Rhetoric in U nion College, S chenec tady. Revised edition. 12mo., pp. 444. N ew York : H arper & Brothers. T h e present work, w h ich w as originally prepared for, and incorporated into, th e M assachusetts “ School Library,” is designed for those w ho are engaged in industrial pursuits, and also for students, an d for popular reading. So far as it presents a form al and som ew hat extended view o f th e connection betw een science and art, it fills, perhaps, a place not y et occupied in our literatu re. T h e au th o r appears to have had access to th e m ost recent works on th e subject, and h as introduced m any o f th e im provem ents in such arts as are discussed. I t is w ell adapted for our District School Libraries. 7. — L e t t e r s , C o n v e r s a ti o n s , a n d R e c o lle c tio n s o f S . T . C o le r id g e . Second edition. 12mo., pp. 266. New York : H arper &. Brothers. Bolingbroke, in a letter to Swift, once said th a t “ Pliny w rit his letters for the public ; so did Seneca, so did Balzac, V oirture,” etc.. “ Tully,” he adds, “ did n o t; and therefore they give us more pleasure than any which come down to us from antiquity.” T he last statem ent applies with equal force to Coleridge, o f our own time. In these letters we are admitted, as it were, into the inner shrine o f the man, where we hear him commune w ith his own soul. They place before us memorials o f one o f the greatest and best men of this age ; for, in great and varied attainm ents, in the power o f placing scattered truths in harm o nious combination, and illustrating them out o f the stores o f a vast intellect, Coleridge is considered by far the most wonderful man o f his time. 8. — I m p o r ta n c e o f P r a c ti c a l E d u c a t io n a n d U s e f u l K n o w l e d g e ; b e i n g a S e le c tio n f r o m h i s O r a t io n s a n d o t h e r D i s c o u r s e s . By E d w a r d E v e r e t t . 12mo., pp. 419. N ew York : H arper & Brothers. This volume embraces selections from the orations and speeches delivered by the author on various pub lic occasions, within the last twenty years. They all refer to the subject o f education ; and, as models o f a correct, elegant, and scholarly style of writing, they w ill have many admirers and imitators. Classic grace, rather than Anglo-Saxon boldness and energy, characterise the orations o f Mr. Everett. They are rather designed to stim ulate scholarship, than develop bold and original thought. 9. — T h e I n s t i t u t e s o f M e d ic in e . By M a r t y n P a i n e , A . M., M. D., Professor o f the Institute o f Medi cine and Materia Medica in the University of New York ; Member of the R oyal Vereinfur H eilkunde iti Preussen ; of the Medical Society at Leipsic ; o f the Montreal N atural History Society, etc., etc. 8vo., pp. 826. N ew York : Harper & Brothers. This is an elaborate treatise on medical science—if, indeed, it can be dignified, in its present condition, with th a t title. T h e author has aimed to keep before him the difficult objects o f adapting his work not only to the student in medicine, but to the more advanced practitioner. How far he has succeeded in this respect, there are those more competent than we are to judge. It is evidently a work o f great research and ability, and will, no doubt, be duly appreciated by gentlemen of the regular alopathic school. T h e learning and erudition displayed in its preparation, is creditable to this branch o f our country’s literature. — R a m b le s A b o u t th e C o u n t r y . B y Mrs. E . F. E l l e t . 18mo. N ew Y ork : H arp er &. Brothers. T h e se sketches are w ritten in a graceful and pleasing style, and are n ot only calcu lated to in te re s t an d in stru ct those for w hose benefit they w ere designed, but to satisfy th em th a t th ere are in our ow n co untry objects o f equal in terest to those o f other countries, and th a t th e re is no need o f going to foreign lands to enjoy th e gratification o f w itnessing grand and beautifu l scenery, w h en so m u c h o f i t is to be found a t home. 10. 540 The Book Trade, 11•— T h e L e c t u r e s d e liv e r e d b e fo r e th e A m e r i c a n I n s t i t u t e o f I n s t r u c t i o n , a t P l y m o u t h , A u g u s t , 1846 ; i n c l u d i n g th e J o u r n a l o f P r o c e e d i n g s a n d a L i s t o f th e O ffic e r s. P u b l is h e d u n d e r th e d i r e c tio n o f th e B o a r d o f E d u c a t i o n . l2mo., pp. 203. Boston : W illiam D. Ticknor & Co. Besides the few pages occupied with the proceedings and officers of this im portant Institute, the volume contains eight lectures from as many individuals, whose education and experience cannot fail to command the respect of all who are interested in the advancement of learning. An enumeration o f the titles of these lectures will give the best idea of the contents of the volume, at least which our limited space will permit. T h e subjects are—1st, Home Preparation for School—2d, T h e Influence o f Morals upon Intellectual Im provement—3d, T he Essentials o f a Common School Education, and the conditions most favorable to their attainm ent—4th, T he Education o f the Faculties, and the proper employment o f young children—5th, Obligations to elevate the Character o f our Common Schools—Cth, Importance o f Cultivating Taste in Early Life—7th, On Phronotype and Phronography, or Speech W riting and Speech Printing—8th, On the Study of the English Language. T h e subjects are generally discussed in a satisfactory manner, and furnish good evidence o f the progress of knowledge on the vital question o f education. W e cheerfully commend the lectures to teachers, parents, and indeed to all who feel an interest in the intellectual and moral de velopment o f the race. 12. — E s s a y s . By T h e o p h i l u s P a r s o n s . Second Edition. 18mo., pp. 181. Boston : W m .D . Ticknor. T h e number is small who have read any o f the writings o f Swedenborg, whatever may have been their religious creed, who have not become impressed w ith the sincerity o f his convictions, and the purity o f his character. Many, w ithout receiving in full all his teachings, find in his works much th a t harmonizes with the instructions of their own minds. Mr. Parsons, the author o f these essays, a gentleman o f intelligence and great moral worth, is a disciple of Swedenborg, or a devoted member of the “ New C hurch,” and in these essays discusses the several subjects in th e light learned from the religion and the philosophy o f the Swedish Seer. T he titles o f the essays are :—Life, Prudence, Correspondence, the Human Form, Religion, and the N ew Jerusalem. “ W hatsoever is found in them ,” says Mr. Parsons, in his brief and modest preface, “ new, and just, and interesting, belongs to that system and he publishes them for the good they mny do, “ with very great reluctance, from the fear that their faults and imperfections may be attributed to the system of tru th, o f which they present a few portions.” Swedenborgians will read this volume with pleasure ; and eclectics in religion, like ourselves, “ if we have any,” us a venerable divine once said, “ to speak of,” gather, peradventure, from its pages, some grains o f “ truth and good.” 13. — P a s t a n d P r e s e n t , a n d C h a r t i s m . By T h o m a s C a r l y l e . “ Library o f Choice Reading, Nos. 96,97.” N ew Y o rk : W iley & Putnam . These two distinct works are so similar, both in their aim and their style, th at they seem parts o f one and the same work. T heir bearing on British politics is not a matter o f indifference to us. Carlyle, w ithout ranging himself under the banner of any party, pleads the cause o f the poor—their right to breathe and w o rk ; to be fed, taught and governed. In defending their cause, he runs back to first principles a little more than would be agreeable to those whose sole end is “ to own land.” T heir application contains some o f the most perfect specimens o f sarcasm we have ever seen. T he lower classes, should they read his books, would never know w hat their champion had done for them. W ere his argum ents done into plain English they would tend to deluge England in blood ; but he seems purposely so to have veiled his meaning th at i t should be to the upper classes a most pungent appeal—to the masses an unreadable rhapsody. I f he would only add a third volume on the N ational Debt, in all its bearings, a more perfect political essay could not be found in the English language. 14.— T h e H o m e T r e a s u r y , N o . 1. C o m p r is i n g — C in d e r e lla , B e a u t y a n d th e B e a s t , G r u m b le a n d C h e e r y , th e E a g l e 's V e r d i c t , a n d th e S l e e p i n g B e a u t y i n th e IV ood. Vol. 1. 12mo. New Y o rk : W iley & Putnam . T his first volume of the Home Treasury is one of those enchanting little selections which all children devour; and whose pages even grown persons are beguiled into reading, scarcely knowing whether it is their manifest falsity, or the intense interest they excite and sustain so well. In short, these are tales which almost every one reads a t some tim e—most when they are children—and even Macauley draws some of his aptest illustrations from a quaint allusion to some such fairy tale. 15. — T h e H a l g a n G o d s p e l i n E n g l i s c . — T h e A n g l o - S a x o n V e r s io n o f th e H o l y G o s p e ls . Edited by B e n j a m i n T h o r p e , F . S. A., from the Original Manuscripts. Reprinted by L o u is F . K l i p s t e i n , M. A ., author o f “ A Grammar o f the Anglo-Saxon Language,” “ A nalecta Anglo-Saxonica,” etc. New York : W iley & Putnam . T h e first edition o f the Anglo-Saxon version o f the four Gospels was printed at London in 1571, w ith a dedication to Q ueen Elizabeth, by Foxe, the martyrologist. T he second was printed at Dordrecht in 1665. T his reprint is laid before the public w ith the hope th a t it may conduce to the study o f the language of our forefathers, as well as to a still higher purpose. 16. — A S e r m o n o c c a s io n e d b y th e D e a t h o f H o n . J o h n D a v i s , L L . D . , a n d p r e a c h e d i n th e F e d e r a l S t r e e t M e e t i n g H o u s e i n B o s t o n , J a n u a r y 2 4 , 1847. By E z r a S . G a n n e t t , Minister o f the Federal Street Society. 8vo., pp. 42. Boston : W illiam Crosby and II. P. Nichols. A beautiful tribute to the memory o f a good man, not unworthy of the pulpit consecrated by the eloquence and power o f the sainted Channing. The Book Trade. 541 17.— T h e P r o s e - W r i t e r s o f A m e r i c a , w i th a S u r v e y o f th e H i s t o r y , C o n d i ti o n , a n d P r o s p e c t s o f A m e r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e . By R u f u s W i l m o t G r i s w o l d . Illustrated w ith Portraits from O riginal Pictures. 8vo., pp. 552. Philadelphia: Carey 6c H art. T h e present volume is designed to exhibit a general view o f the actual state and future prospects o f the literature of the country, and also brief portraitures o f those individuals who have become most distin guished as prose-writers in this department of intellectual enterprise. I t accordingly contains biographical sketches of those persons who seem to have attained the most eminence in the various branches o f literary effort, with criticisms upon their writings, and quotations o f the most select passages from their several works. W e have among the list not only the names of literary men in the narrow and technical sense in which the term is understood, or that class who devote themselves to literature as an exclusive pursuit, but also those of orators, statesmen, jurists, theologians, and others whose desultory efforts appeared worthy o f permanent record. It must of course be expected that in so large an array o f names there will be found various degrees of m erit; that there will appear the productions of those w ho have established a solid re putation as wide as the domain of public intelligence, as well as those who have made th e pursuit o f letters an occasional occupation, without aspiring to the more lofty niches in the temple o f fame. Y et the whole work presents a rather favorable specimen of the various powers of the prose-writers o f the nation, and shows us that we possess much native ability of this sort, which requires only to be developed. T he exe cution o f the work is, on the whole, moreover, creditable to its author and compiler, and is illustrated with engravings o f W ashington Irving, Mr. Justice Story, Jonathan Edwards, W illiam II. Prescott, Ralph W aldo Emerson, Churles F. Hoffman, and other prominent writers o f the country. 18. — M o d e m C h i v a l r y , o r th e A d v e n t u r e s o f C a p ta in F a r r a g o , a n d T e a g u e O 'R e g a n . By r id o e . 2 vols., 12mo., pp. 381. P hiladelphia: Carey 6c H art’s “ Library o f Humor.” H. H . B racken - This is the second edition of this work w hich has been published since the author’s death, in 1816. It embraces a biographical notice, a critical disquisition on the work, and explanatory notes. “ Modern Chivalry” is a thoroughly American work—a political satire—its scenes, characters, incidents, all spring from the soil with “ a raciness unequalled by any other American production, previous to its appearance.” T he designs by Dnrley are capital—and, on the whole, we consider the present one o f the best o f the pub lishers’ series o f “ Humorous American W orks.” 19. —A D i c t i o n a r y o f th e E n g l i s h L a n g u a g e , a b r id g e d f r o m th e A m e r i c a n D i c t i o n a r y . By N o a h W e b s t e r , L L . D. Revised Edition. Containing several thousand additional words from the lust edi tion o f the larger work, im portant Etymologies, Rules for the Orthography and Pronunciation o f Words, the Accented Vocabularies of W alker’s Key to the Classical Pronunciation o f Greek, Latin, and Scrip ture Proper N am es; Tables of Moneys, and of W eights and Measures, with a Memoir o f the A uthor. 8vo., pp. 546. New Y o rk : Huntington 6c Savage. T h e great work of Mr. W ebster, the American Dictionary, we need hardly remark, has attained the highest reputation as a sound authority upon the English language, both in our own country and in Europe. Had the learned author left no other memorial of his labors, it would constitute an enduring monument, w hich would bequeath his name to the latest posterity. I t is remarked in the preface, th a t “ in this second edition th e principal object has been to furnish a work to those numerous classes o f the community who w ant for consultation something above an ordinary school dictionary, but who are not disposed to purchase W ebster’s larger works.” I t will doubtless have a deserved and wide circulation. 29.— T h e H i s t o r y o f O r e g o n a n d C a l if o r n ia , a n d t h e o th e r T e r r i t o r i e s o f th e N o r t h w e s t C o a s t o f N o r t h A m e r i c a , f r o m t h e i r D i s c o v e r y to th e P r e s e n t D a y , a c c o m p a n ie d b y a G e o g r a p h i c a l V i e w o f th o s e C o u n t r i e s , a n l a n u m b e r o f D o c u m e n ts a s P r o o f s a n d I l l u s t r a t i o n s o f th e H i s t o r y . By R o b e r t G r e e n h o w , author of a Memoir, Historical and Political, on the N orthw est Coast o f N orth A m erica, pub lished in 1840, by direction of the Senate of the United States. 8vo., pp. 400. N ew Y o rk : J . Disturnell. This is the fourth edition o f a most valuable work, revised, enlarged and corrected. Its author has with persevering diligence examined the ancient records th a t were calculated to throw light upon his subject, and has exhibited it in a satisfactory form. From the political circumstances now pending respecting the territories o f which it treats, it is peculiarly valuable at the present time. T h e historic researches o f the author have been heretofore cited with much respect in the discussions o f Congress relating to those coun tries, and we are gratified to learn th a t they have been received with so much favor by the public. T he style is very clear and condensed, and the volume is accompanied by a general index, which conveniently points out the matter of the text. 21.— M a r r i a g e : i t s H i s t o r y a n d C e r e m o n ie s ; w i th a P h r e n o lo g ic a l a n d P h y s io l o g i c a l E x p o s i t i o n o f th e F u n c t i o n s a n d Q u a l i fi c a ti o n s f o r H a p p y M a r r i a g e s . By L. N. F o w l e r . i2mo., pp. 216. New York : Fowler & W ells. T h e present work furnishes a comprehensive history o f marriage, and a description o f the methods and customs adopted by different nations and tribes, from the commencement o f the world to the present time, touching their sexual feelings and social relations. T he main body of the work, however, is devoted to an exposition c f man’s social nature, as explained and developed by Phrenology and Physiology. T he subject is one of vast im portance; and the information this treatise contains, were it more generally diffused, would prevent many o f the miseries of th e matrimonial alliance, besides incalculably advancing the physical, social and moral progress of man and society. The wood-cuts, although they serve to illustrate the subject, and render it more familiar, are by no means executed with the neatness and ca r th a t should characterise the illustrations o f a work, in other respects, so truly valuable. 542 The Book Trade . 22. — H i s t o r y o f th e R o m a n R e p u b l ic . By J . M i c h e l e t , Member of the Institute, author o f “ History o f France,” “ Life of Luther,’ l* The People,” etc. Translated by W i l l i a m H a z l e t t , Esq., o f the Middle Temple, Barrister at Law . 12mo., pp. 404. N ew Y ork: Appleton’s Library Miscellany. “ This book is a history, and not a dissertation.” So says M. Michelet, who, (we quote from a former reviewer,) first introduces the reader to the Ancient Geography o f Ita ly ; then, by giving an excellent pic-* lure o f the present state o f Rome and the surrounding country, full of grand ruins, he excites in the reader the desire to investigate the ancient history o f this wonderful land. H e next imparts the results o f th e latest investigations, entire, deeply studied and clearly arranged, and saves the uneducated reader the trouble o f investigating the sources, while he gives to the more educated mind an impetus to study the literature from which he gives very accurate quotations in his notes. He describes the peculiarities and the life of the Roman people in a masterly manner, and he fascinates every reader by the brilliant clearness and vivid freshness o f his style, while he shows himself a good historian, by the justness and impartiality with which he relates and philosophizes.” 23. — T h e F a i r y B o w e r , o r th e H i s t o r y o f a M o n t h , a T a l e . 12mo., pp. 310. N ew Y o rk : D. Appleton &. Co. Philadelphia: George S. Appleton. A domestic tale, which may be viewed as a successful attem pt, rather to represent characters as they really are, than to exhibit moral portraitures for universal imitation or avoidance. It aims at the real rather than the ideal, and though it may not possess the poetical beauty o f the latter, it has this advantage over it, inasmuch as it introduces young persons to those scenes and situations o f life, which are their actual sphere and trial. T he present American edition is from the third London ; a fuct th a t speaks well for its popularity at home—and it forms, on the whole, no unw orthy addition to the “ Literary Miscellany ” o f the publishers. 24. — M a s s a c h u s e t t s S t a te R e c o r d a n d Y e a r - B o o k o f G e n e r a l I n f o r m a t i o n , 1847. 12mo., pp. 280. Boston : James French. New Y o rk : M. H . N ewman & Co. This work is emphatically w hat its title implies, a record-book o f the State ; but while its chief object is to furnish information in regard to Massachusetts particularly, it embraces a mass o f useful information in reference to other States and countries, th a t imparts to it more than a local habitation or value. Besides the usual almanac and diary, it contains a list of all the officers in the State, the principal traders and mer chants in each town, the names and residence o f attorneys and counsellors at law, banks, insurance com panies, with valuable statistical tables, and, indeed, an amount and variety o f information in every depart m ent ©f statistics, the bare enumeration of which would occupy two or three pages o f our journal. The editor of the work, N a h u m C a p e r , Esq., has evinced in its preparation a degree o f research, industry, and ability, that is rarely brought to bear on works of this class. I t is, on the whole, one o f the best digested S tate registers ever before produced. 25. — T h e G e n i u s o f S c o t l a n d ; o r , S c o t t i s h S c e n e r y , L i t e r a t u r e a n d R e l i g i o n . By Rev. R o b e r t T urn . 12mo., pp. 3 7 (J . New York : Robert Carter. T h e author of this work was born and educated in Scotland, and his object in the present volume is to “ give to the people of this country a ju s t idea o f his native land.” T he volume embraces descriptions of scenery, w ith literary and biographical sketches, portraitures of character, moral and religious, incidents o f travel, and reflections on matters of local or general interest. Many things which a tourist would not fuil to notice are omitted, but their place is supplied with sketches of more enduring interest. T he notices of Knox, Burns, W ilson, Chalmers, Bruce, Scott, and others, enliven the author’s rambles through “ fair or classic scenes.” W ithout any rem arkable degree o f originality in matter or manner, Mr. T . has contrived to give the reader, in an easy and natural way, quite a readable conception o f the scenery, literature, and religion of Scotland. bull — T h e O ffice a n d W o r k o f th e H o l y S p i r i t . B y J a m e s B u c h a n a n , D. D., Professor o f Divinity, New College, Edinburgh. I2mo., pp. 519. New York : Robert Carter. Dr. Buchanan is a distinguished divine o f the Scotch Church ; and the present work elaborately sets forth »* the Spirit’s work in the conversion o f sinners,” and the classification o f those who are converted, to w h at the author considers evungelicul religion. His illustrations are drawn from the Scriptures, nnd the doctrine he inculcates enforced by an array o f argument th a t will doubtless satisfy a large class o f the Christian world. T he works published by Mr. Carter, we need scarcely repeat in this place, are uniformly printed on fine paper, and handsomely bound. 26. 27 . — M a n u a l o f th e C o r p o r a tio n o f th e C i t y o f M e w Y o r k , f o r t h e y e a r 1847. By D. T . V a l e n t i n e . 18mo., pp. 386. N ew York : Casper C. Childs. T his volume is prepared in accordance w ith a vote o f the city government. T h e compiler is the city clerk, who has embodied in its pages every particular, in regard to our city officers, o f interest to the gov ernm ent and our citizens generally. N o adequate idea can be formed of the work, without an examination o f the table o f contents, and for th a t we have not space; but must ask our merchants and businessmen, and particularly those who wish to obtain correct information on city affairs, to examine the book, which can be done by applying to the Clerk o f the Common Council. I t should find a place in every public office, and every counting-room o f N ew York. The Book Trade . 543 88.— H i s t o r y o f W y o m in g , i n a S e r ie s o f L e t t e r s f r o m C h a r l e s M i n e r to h i s S o n , W M i a m P e n n M i n e r . 8vo., pp. 600. Philadelphia: Crissy &. Markley. T he beautiful valley of W yoming has long been distinguished for its mineral resources, and the his torical circumstances of its early colonization, and particularly as the scene o f a horrid massacre, black With cruelty, and crimsoned with blood. I t has moreover been rendered classic ground by the “ Gertrude” o f Campbell, one of England’s undying poets. In the work before us, the worthy author, whose long residence in this interesting section of Pennsylvania, and whose fam iliar association w ith its prominent interests seem peculiarly to have qualified him for the labor, has exhibited the strongly marked feature# o f its history in a very satisfactory manner. The exaggerated statements o f former writers, touching the massacre, are corrected ; and, altogether, we have a narrative based upon the most authentic documents, and the verbal statements o f persons who were familiar with many o f the events recorded. Although the immediate scene of the work is rather circumscribed, the events connected with it are o f deep and thrilling interest. Indeed, we can scarcely point to a local history that presents more startling facts. 29. — T h e P o e tic a l W o r k s o f P e r c y B y s c h e S h e lle y . Edited by M rs. S h e l l e y . R oyal 8vo., pp. 391. P h ila d e lp h ia : Crissy & M arkley. Mrs. Shelley, in h er introduction to th e poem s of h er husband, pays an unaffected and b eau tifu l tribute to his m em ory. S he says he w as generous to im prudence, devoted to heroism , and th a t th ese characteristics breathe throughout his poetry. “ T h e struggle for h u m a n w e a l; th e resolution firm to martyrdom ; th e im petuous p u rs u it; th e glad trium ph in good ; th e determ ination not to despair— w ere th e features th a t m arked those of his works w h ich he regarded w ith m ost com placency, as sustained by a lofty aim .” S he divides his poems into tw o classes—th e purely im aginative, an d those w h ich sprung from his heart. T h e second class, th e m ore popular, appeal a t once to em otions com mon to us all. Some o f these rest on th e passion o f love ; others on g rief and despondency, and others on sentim ents inspired by n atu ral objects. W h a te v e r m ay be th e difference o f opinion as to th e character and tendency o f some of his poems, no one w ould be w illing to d etract from the genius and pow er of the poet. T h e present, the first octavo edition th a t h as been published in th is country, is printed on a fine w hite paper, w ith a bold, handsom e ty p e ; furnishing, altogether, a m ost beautiful volum e for th e library. 30. — T h e B o o k o f th e F e e t : a H i s t o r y o f B o o t s a n d S h o e s , w i t h I l l u s t r a t i o n s o f th e F a s h i o n s o f th e E g y p t i a n s , H e b r e w s , P e r s i a n s , G r e e k s , a n d R o m a n s , a n d th e P r e v a i l i n g S t y l e t h r o u g h o u t E u r o p e , d u r i n g th e M id d l e A g e s , d o w n to th e p r e s e n t p e r io d ; a ls o , H i n t s to L a s t - M a k e r s , a n d R e m e d i e s f o r C o r n s , Src. By J. S p a r k s H a l l , Patent Elastic Boot-nmker to her Mujesty the Q ueen, the Dowager, and t h e Q ueen of the Belgians. From the Second London Edition, with a History o f Boots and Shoes in the United States, Biographical Sketches of Em inent Shoe-makers, and Crispin Anecdotes. 12mo., pp. 216. N ew York : J . S. Redfield and W illiam II. Graham. Mr. Hall, “ Patent Elastic Boot-maker to her Majesty,” the reigning Q ueen of England, says he has given the result of his experience, derived from twenty years practical acquaintance with this departm ent o f trade. T he volume embraces the history o f boots, shoes, &c., from the earliest time, and treats o f the structure o f the human foot, the method of making lasts, curing corns, &,c. In addition to all the matter in the London edition, the American editor has subjoined a history of boots and shoes in the United States, and numerous biographical sketches o f distinguished boot and shoe-makers—men o f genius, talents, and worth, who have occupied eminent stations among their fellow-men. 31. —A n E l e m e n ta l T r e a t i s e o n A n a l y t i c a l G e o m e t r y : T r a n s l a t e d f r o m th e F r e n c h o f J . B . B i o t , f o r th e U se o f th e C a d e ts o f th e V i r g i n i a M i l i t a r y I n s t i t u t e , a t L e x i n g t o n , V a ., a n d a d a p te d to th e P r e s e n t S t a te o f M a th e m a t i c a l I n s t r u c t i o n i n th e C o lle g e s o f th e U n ite d S t a te s . By F r a n c i s H. S m t t h , A. M., Superintendent and Prolessor of Mathematics o f the Virginia M ilitary Institute ; late Professor o f M athematics of Hampden Sydney College, and formerly Assistant Professor iri the United States M ilitary Academy a t W est Point. 8vo., pp. 252. Philadelphia : Thomas, Cow perthw ait & Co. T h e design of this work is to furnish a text-book, which may be readily embraced in the usual collegiate course w ithout interfering with the time devoted to other subjects; while, at the same time, it contains a comprehensive treatise on the subject of which it treats. T he original work, o f which this is a translation, was for many years the text-book in the United States Military Academy a t W est Point. I t is, we believe, justly regarded as the best treatise on analytical geometry th a t has yet appeared. 32. — H a r t m a n 's T h e o r y o f A c u t e D i s e a s e s , a n d t h e i r H o m c e p a th ic T r e a t m e n t . T h ird G erm an E d ition. Revised, and considerably enlarged by the author. T ranslated, w ith A dditions, an d adapted to the use of the A m erican Profession, by C h a r l e s J . H e m p k l , M. D. V olum e I . 12mo., p p . 2 7 2 . N ew Y o rk : W illiam Radde. T h is is, w e believe, th e first system atic exposition o f th e treatm ent o f acu te diseases published by th e homcepathic physicians ; an d y e t th e ir success in those diseases is considered th e m ost m arked and certain. T h is omission is probably ow ing in part to th e in h eren t difficulty of th e undertaking, and partly to th e rem ark o f H ahnem ann, th a t no treatm ent can be based upon th e classification of diseases a s adopted by th e old school. Dr. H artm an, th e author o f th e present treatise, practised homoepathy for tw enty-eight years, an d w ith great success. T ho u g h th e w ork is designed for m edical m en, w e com m end it to a ll inquirers after tru th —to all w ho are not w edded to th e errors o f th e past. T h e se cond volum e of H artm an’s A cute Diseases is in press, and w ill soon b e published. 544 The Book Trade. 33. — H i s t o r y o f th e R e f o r m a t i o n i n E n g l a n d . By Rev. J . A . S pe n c e r , A. M., author o f “ T he Christian Instructed in the W ays o f the Gospel and the Church,” etc. 18mo., pp. 205. New York : Stanford & Swords. This is the most condensed history of the “ Reformation in England” that we have seen. Mr. Spencer, the author, is an accredited minister of the Protestant Episcopal Church in this country, and we believe the present work is approved by “ high” and “ low” churchmen'; at least it has received the favorable notice o f th e journals o f each party. T he features th a t w ill commend it to popular reading are, its precision, brevity, and comprehensiveness. I t is printed in a bold, handsome type, and forms, altogether, a very neat volume. 34. — T h e C h u r c h m a n 's R e a s o n s f o r h i s F a i th a n d P r a c ti c e , w i t h a n A p p e n d i x o n th e D o c t r i n e o f D e v e lo p m e n t . By Rev. N. S. R i c h a r d s o n , A . M., author o f “ Reasons W hy I am a Churchm an,” etc. N ew York : Stanford &. Swords. T h e object o f this treatise is to bring before the mind o f the reader a distinct view o f w hat the author, who is an Episcopalian,considers the “ Church o f C hrist;” and also the leading arguments by which the more prominent points o f that Church are defended. T he distinctive features o f the Church are set forth with earnestness ; and, as the author “ trusts, under the chastening influence o f the responsibility which he necessarily assumes, who, in the midst of a distracted world, claims to be a sure guide in the way o f the Church, to a haven o f rest and peace.” • 35. — T h e M o d e r n S t a n d a r d D r a m a ; A C o lle c tio n o f th e m o s t P o p u la r A c t i n g P l a y s , w i t h C r i ti c a l R e m a r k s ; a ls o , th e B u s i n e s s o f th e S t a g e , C o s tu m e s , e tc . E dited b y E p e s S a r g e n t , au th o r o f “ V e lasco, a T ragedy,” etc. Vol. IV . N ew Y ork: W illiam T aylor & Co. T h e volum e before us contains eight popular plays, v i z : V irginius, by Jam es Sheridan K n o w le s ; the King of the Commons, by th e Rev. Jam es W h i te ; L ondon A ssurance, by Dion L . B o u rc ic a u lt; th e R ent Day, by Douglas J e rro ld ; S hakspeare’s T w o G entlem en o f V e ro n a ; th e Jealo u s W ife, by George C o lm an; th e Rivals, by R ichard B rinsley S h erid a n ; and Perfection, or th e M aid o f M unster, by T h o m as H aynes Bayly. E a c h play is introduced by critical notices from th e pen o f Mr. Sargent, th e editor, as also a biographical sketch o f Jam es H . H ackett, w ith a handsom e portrait. 36. — C h r i s t i a n C o n s o la tio n s . S e r m o n s d e s ig n e d to F u r n i s h C o m fo r t a n d S t r e n g t h to th e A f flic te d . By A. P. P e a b o d y , Pastor of the South Church, Portsmouth, N . II. 18mo., pp. 312. Boston : W illiam Crosby and A . P . Nichols. W e have in this volume twelve discourses, selected from the author’s “ common parish sermons,” writ ten at wide intervals of time, and many o f them with reference to individual cases o f affliction. Although th e range of subjects is wider than the title would seem to authorize, many o f them are peculiarly per tinent to the subject, and all possess a bearing upon the leading idea indicated by the title. They possess more originality o f thought than many volumes of sermons th a t are published ; and as literary compositions, they will bear a favorable comparison with our best English essayists. T heir freedom from sectarian pecu liarities should secure for the volume a circle o f readers more numerous than th at to which their author belongs. A M o ti o n a l R o m a n c e . By S a m u e l L o v e r , Esq., author o f “ Legends and Stories o f Ireland,” etc. W ith illustrations by the author. I2mo., pp. 275. Philadelphia : L ea & Blanchard. Like everything from this versatile writer, this romance is rich in descriptions o f Irish character, rich humor and innocent drollery. I f laughing is conducive to health, let lean, melancholic invalids read Lover —“ laugh and grow fat.” “ An ounce of mirth is worth a pound o f sorrow.” 3 7 . — R o r y O 'M o r e . 38 .— T h e E l e m e n t s o f T h e o l o g y ; o r, T h e L e a d i n g T o p i c s o f C h r i s t i a n T h e o lo g y , P l a i n l y a n d S c r ip t u r a l l y S e t F o r t h , w i t h th e P r i n c i p a l E v i d e n c e s o f D i v i n e R e v e la t io n C o n c is e ly S t a t e d ; w i t h Q u e s t io n s ‘f o r t h e U s e o f F a m i l i e s , B i b le C l a s s e s , a n d S e m i n a r ie s o f L e a r n i n g . By D a n i e l I I a s c a l l , A. M. 18mo., pp. 261. New York : Lewis Colby & Co. T h e design o f this work is, after a concise proof o f the existence o f God from creation, to set forth the evidence o f a Divine Revelation contained in the tw o Testaments, or Bible. The attributes o f God, the primitive and present character o f man, his recovery, the agency of creatures connected w ith this recovery, and w hat befalls man a t and after death, are the subjects discussed; tinctured, o f course, w ith the peculiar views of the writer, who holds the popular orthodox theology of the day. 33.— T h e R o s e C u l t u r i s t , a P r a c ti c a l L e c t u r e o n th e C u l t i v a t i o n a n d M a n a g e m e n t o f th e R o s e . 18mo., pp. 125. New Y ofk: W illiam II. Starr. This appears to be a very complete treatise on th e rose in all its varieties, and furnishes ju s t th at kind of inform ation required for its successful cultivation. 40. — T h e T r a v e l l e r : o r W o n d e r s o f M a t u r e . I8mo., pp. 202. N ew Y ork: M. W . Dodd. T h e wonders of nature, as displayed in mountains, volcanoes, precipices, caverns, earthquakes, deserts, Tivers, cataracts, whirlpools, whirlwinds, and waterspouts, are familiarly described in this instructive little volume, which is admirably adapted to the taste and capacity of children. 41. — F l o r a l G e m s , o r S o n g s o f F l o w e r s . By Mrs. J . T h a y e r , author o f “ T he V acation,” “ Passion,” &c. 32mo., pp. 128. Boston: James French. E ach flower, that opens its portals to the sun, imparts its appropriate social or moral lesson. T he selec tion of emblems from the floral creation is made w ith taste, and the poetic illustrations from some o f our sweetest poets express the silent teaching of flowers in their almost infinite beauty and variety. \